Cyclodextrin containing Nano- and Microgels for Uptake and ...
Transcript of Cyclodextrin containing Nano- and Microgels for Uptake and ...
Cyclodextrin containing Nano- and Microgels
for Uptake and Release of Chemical Agents
Von der Fakultät für Mathematik, Informatik und Naturwissenschaften
der RWTH Aachen University zur Erlangung des akademischen Grades
eines Doktors der Naturwissenschaften genehmigte Dissertation
vorgelegt von
Diplom-Chemiker
Markus J. Kettel
aus Mönchengladbach, Deutschland
Berichter: Universitätsprofessor Dr. Martin Möller
Universitätsprofessor Dr. Andrij Pich
Tag der mündlichen Prüfung: 07.11.2013
Diese Dissertation ist auf den Internetseiten der Hochschulbibliothek online verfügbar.
Für meine Familie
„Man muss immer etwas Neues machen, um etwas Neues zu sehen.“
Georg Christoph Lichtenberg (1742-1799)
I
Table of contents
List of abbreviations ................................................................................................................... III
Acknowledgment .................................................................................................................... V
Publications ..................................................................................................................VII
Summary ................................................................................................................ XIII
Zusammenfassung ................................................................................................................. XV
Chapter 1 Introduction .................................................................................................. 1
Chapter 2 Literature Reviews ....................................................................................... 7
Chapter 3 Functional PMMA nanogels by cross-linking with cyclodextrin
methacrylate ............................................................................................... 31
Chapter 4 Chlorhexidine loaded cyclodextrin containing PMMA nanogels as
antimicrobial coating and delivery system ................................................ 67
Chapter 5 Ibuprofen loaded cyclodextrin containing poly(2-hydroxyethyl
methacrylate) nano/microgels .................................................................. 101
Chapter 6 Thermosensitive aqueous nanogels modified with cyclodextrin ............. 125
Chapter 7 Thermochromic cyclodextrin containing nanogels by complexation
of solvatochromic dye Nile Red .............................................................. 151
Chapter 8 Surfactant-free preparation of nanogels with high functional β-
cyclodextrin content ................................................................................. 187
Chapter 9 Application of β-cyclodextrin containing nanogels as carriers of
permethrin on keratin fibers ..................................................................... 205
Chapter 10 β-Cyclodextrin based host-guest systems for safe application and
release of insecticides (Appendix to Chapter 9) ...................................... 239
II
III
List of abbreviations
AAEM Acetoacetoxyethyl methacrylate
AIBN 2,2-Azobisisobutyronitrile
AMPA 2,2-Azobis(2-methylpropyonamidine)
dihydrochloride
BIS N,N-methylene bisacrylamide
CD Cyclodextrin
CD-A Cyclodextrin acrylate
CD-MA Cyclodextrin methacrylate
CHX Chlorhexidine
d days
Da Dalton
DLS Dynamic light scattering
DMF Dimethyl formamide
DMSO Dimethylsulfoxide
DS Degree of substitution
DSC Differential scanning calorimetry
FESEM Field-Emission Scanning Electron Microscopy
FTIR spectroscopy Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy
GC Gas chromatography
h hour
HCl Hydrochloric acid
HEMA 2-Hydroxyethyl methacrylate
HPLC High pressure liquid chromatography
LCST Lower critical solution temperature
MALDI-TOF MS spectrometry Matrix assisted laser desorption ionization time
of flight mass spectrometry
MeOH Methanol
MMA Methyl methacrylate
MWCO Molecular weight cut-off
IV
NCO Isocyanate
NG Nanogel
NMR Nuclear magnetic resonance
NR Nile Red
PBS Phosphate-buffered saline
PDI Polydispersityindex
PEO Poly(ethylene oxide)
PHEMA Poly(hydroxyethyl methacrylate)
PMMA Poly(methyl methacrylate)
PNIPAM Poly(N-isopropylacrylamide)
ppm Parts per million
PPO Poly(propylene oxide)
PSD Particle size distribution
PVCL Poly(vinylcaprolactam)
Rh Hydrodynamic radius
rpm Rounds per minute
RT Room temperature
SFPP Surfactant-Free Precipitation Polymerization
sP(EO-stat-PO) Star shaped Poly(propylene oxide-stat-
propylene oxide)
STEP- technology STEP™-Technology
TCM Trichloromethane
TEA Triethylamine
TEM Transmission electron microscopy
TGA Thermogravimetric analysis
THF Tetrahydrofuran
TICT Twisted intermolecular charge transfer
UV Ultraviolet
VCL N-Vinylcaprolactam
VPTT Volume phase transition temperature
V
Acknowledgment
My special thanks goes to Prof. Dr. Martin Möller for the warm welcome as a doctoral
candidate in his research group, for the selection of this interesting topic and the generously
granted freedom in carrying out this work. His scientific expertise and his ideas guided and
coordinated this work in the right direction.
I want to thank Prof. Dr. Andrij Pich for his great interest and the friendly takeover as co-
reporter. I would also like to thank him for the excellent scientific supervision of the research in
the field of responsive nano-and microgels and for the diverse interesting discussions.
I am grateful to Prof. Dr. Jürgen Groll for his great interest, the excellent scientific
support and for technical discussions with regard to nano/hydrogels based on the cross-linking of
pre-polymers.
Dr. Karola Schäfer, I want to thank you for your interest and the friendly support of the
work in terms of the various applications, especially in the field of textile application. In addition,
I thank you for your strong commitment and confidence for this work and in my person.
I want to thank Prof. Dr. Uwe Beginn for introducing me into his research group at the
University of Osnabrück and the technical assistance of computer-based complexation studies
using molecular modelling.
Dr. Hans-Jürgen Buschmann from DTNW Nordwest e.V. in Krefeld, I want to thank you
for the great knowledge in the chemistry of cyclodextrins and for the help with the
characterization of cyclodextrin complexes.
I want to thank Prof. Dr. Rainer Haag for welcoming me in his work group at Freie
Universität Berlin and furthermore, Dr. Marcelo Calderón and Mohiuddin Abdul Quadir for the
nice working atmosphere and for the help with ITC measurements.
My thanks go to Dr. Walter Tillmann for the countless measurements of qualitative and
quantitative IR/Raman spectra and the great interest in my work. I am grateful to Dr. Phan Ho
and Mr. Stefan Rütten for the help with the electron microscope equipment, especially for the
great confidence regarding late evening measurements on FESEM. Thank you, Dr. Andrea
Körner, for the measurement of the MALDI TOF spectra and the incorporation into the
headspace GC-MS spectroscopy. Dr. Elisabeth Heine and Rita Gartzen, I want to thank you for
VI
the implementation of the antimicrobial tests. I want to thank Haika Hildebrandt and Michaela
Meurath for the optimization and supply with the NCO-functionalized sP(EO-stat-EO) pre-
polymers.
I also want to thank the employees who have directly helped with great interest and high
motivation and with practical activities to individual chapters: the research students Dominik
Schmitz, Fiete Dierks, Tanja Peters, Server Uzungelis, Mohammed Mbarki, Benjamin Grimme,
Lennart Sandbrink, Lars Müller the Bachelor students Markus Lansing and Miriam Fleischhack.
For practical support I would also like to thank my technical students Klaus Krolls and Yesmin
Yazici. Special thanks go to the laboratory technicians Marion Arndt, Ramona Kloss and
Alexandra Kopp for the nice working atmosphere, the organizational support in the laboratory
and the technical support for the textile finishing.
In addition, I thank the staff of DWI, ITMC and the Department of Functional and
Interactive Materials for the daily helpfulness, suggestions, discussions and the excellent working
atmosphere. In particular, I would like to thank my laboratory colleagues Hailin Wang, Nikolai
Belov, Ibrahim Hassouna, Karla Dörmbach for the pleasant time and the countless discussions,
day and night in the lab. Jörg Meyer, Wiktor Steinhauer, Thorsten Anders, Christian Herbert,
Janis Lejnieks, Christian Vaida, Metodi Bozukov, Nebia Greving, Björn Schulte, Firat Özdemir,
Dragos Popescu, Michael Erbrich, Ying Chung He, Marco Backes, Subrata Chattopadhyay, Emin
Hrsic, Christian Hahn, Stefan Theiler, Marc Hans, Sascha Pargen, Jens Köhler, Michael Scharpf
and Angela Plum from ITMC building; Mar Diez, Vera Schulte, Meike Beer, Smirti Singh,
Kristina Bruellhoff, Heidrun Keul, Christina Klaus, Ramona Ronge, Miran Yu, Nina Keusken,
Juliana Kurniadi, Tsoomoo Narangerel, Bea Vo-Van, Claudia Formen, Thomas Weyand, Robert
Lösel, Fuat Topuz, Dr. Artur Henke, Dr. Nicolae Goga from (old) DWI building; Dr. Cheng
Cheng, Dr. Dilek Akcakayiran, Andreea Balaceanu, Ricarda Schröder, Garima Agrawal, Philipp
Nachev, Florian Störman, Christian Willms, Dominik Kehren, Yaodong Wu, Sebastian Kühl,
Jason Zografou, Christan Bergs, Richard Meurer from AK Pich and many more, thank you for
the countless hours at the institute and the varied recreational activities outside science.
I especially thank my parents and my brother for the great support and help throughout
my years of study and promotion. Thank you for your faith in me.
I especially want to thank Stefanie Spira for a lot of patience, great support and the
deflection in my spare time. Thank you that you are here.
VII
Publications
Parts of this thesis are published in:
Articles in scientific journals
(3) Markus J. Kettel, Haika Hildebrandt, Karola Schaefer, Martin Moeller, Juergen Groll;
Tenside Free Preparation of Nanogels with High Functional β-Cyclodextrin Content;
ACS Nano, 2012, 6(9), 8087-8093
DOI: 10.1021/nn302694q.
(2) Markus J. Kettel, Fiete Dierkes, Karola Schaefer, Martin Moeller, Andrij Pich;
Aqueous Nanogels Modified with Cyclodextrin;
Polymer, 2011, 52, 1917-1924
DOI: 10.1016/j.polymer.2011.02.037. ISSN: 0032-3861.
(1) Markus J. Kettel, Fiete Dierkes, Karola Schaefer, Martin Moeller, Andrij Pich;
Synthese von reaktionsfähigen Cyclodextrin-Mikrogelen durch Batch-
Fällungspolymerisation;
Chemie Ingenieur Technik, 2010, 82 (9), 1342
DOI: 10.1002/cite.201050570.
Articles in conference proceedings
(7) Markus J. Kettel, Karola Schaefer, Andrea Koerner, Uwe Beginn, Martin Moeller;
Cyclodextrin based host-guest systems for safe application and controlled release of
insecticides from textile materials;
Proceedings of the 5th
Aachen-Dresden International Textile Conference, Aachen/D, November
25-26, 2011, ed. Küppers, B., DWI an der RWTH Aachen e.V./Germany
(ISSN 1867-6405), P73.
(6) Markus J. Kettel, Mohammed Mbarki, Elisabeth Heine, Karola Schaefer, Martin Moeller;
Chlorhexidine loaded Cyclodextrin based Microgels as Antimicrobial Systems on Textiles;
Proceedings of the 4th
Aachen-Dresden International Textile Conference, Dresden/D, November
25-26, 2010, ed. Doerfel, A., ITB/TU Dresden/Germany (ISSN 1867-6405), P56.
(5) Karola Schaefer, Markus J. Kettel, Juergen Groll, Martin Moeller;
Cyclodextrin based Microgels as Carriers of Insecticides for Wool Textiles;
Proceedings of the 12th
Int. Wool Res. Conference (IWRC 2010), Shanghai/PR of China, October
19-22, 2010, ed. College of Chemistry Engineering and Biotechnology,
Donghua University/China, paper C-007, Vol. I, pp 485-488.
VIII
(4) Markus J. Kettel, Karola Schaefer, Andrea Koerner, Uwe Beginn, Martin Moeller;
Complexation of Synthetic and Natural Insecticides in Cyclodextrins for Safely Application
and Controlled Release;
Proceedings of the 12th
Int. Wool Res. Conference (IWRC 2010), Shanghai/PR of China, October
19-22, 2010, ed. College of Chemistry Engineering and Biotechnology,
Donghua University/ China, paper C-007, Vol. I, pp 198-202.
(3) Markus J. Kettel, Juergen Groll, Karola Schaefer, Martin Moeller;
Complexation of Permethrin in Cyclodextrin based Nanogels and Application on Textiles
(AiF 15123N);
Proceedings of the 3rd
Aachen-Dresden International Textile Conference, Aachen/D, November
26-27, 2009, ed. Küppers, B., DWI an der RWTH Aachen e.V./Germany
(ISSN 1867-6405), P41.
(2) Markus J. Kettel, Juergen Groll, Karola Schaefer, Martin Moeller;
Cyclodextrin based Gels as Carriers of Sensitive Additives for Keratin Fibres;
Proceedings of the 16th
International Hair-Science (Hair’S09), Weimar/D, September 9-11, 2009,
ed. Küppers, B., DWI an der RWTH Aachen e.V./Germany, P43.
(1) Karola Schäfer, Markus Kettel, Martin Möller;
New Concepts for the Insect Proofing of Textile Materials (AiF 15123 N);
Proceedings of the 2th
Aachen-Dresden International Textile Conference, Dresden/D, December
4-5, 2008, ed. Doerfel, A., ITB/TU Dresden/Germany (ISSN 1867-6405), P56.
Abstracts in conference proceedings
(6) Karola Schäfer, Markus J. Kettel, Andrij Pich, Martin Möller;
Soft Nanotechnologie zur Funktionalisierung von Textilien;
8th
Textilveredlertag des VDTF,
Münster/D, June 4, 2011.
(5) Markus J. Kettel, Karola Schaefer, Juergen Groll, Andrij Pich, Martin Moeller;
Cyclodextrin based Nano and Microgels - Multifunctional Colloidal Networks -;
3rd
EuCheMS Chemistry Congress, Chemistry-the Creative Force;
Nürnberg/D; August 28- September 03, 2010.
(4) Markus J. Kettel, Juergen Groll, Karola Schaefer, Martin Moeller;
Synthesis and Applications of Urethan Cross linked Cyclodextrin Nanogels;
First European Cyclodextrin Conference;
Aalborg/DK; October 11-13, 2009.
IX
(3) Markus J. Kettel, Juergen Groll, Karola Schaefer, Martin Moeller;
Synthesis of Cross linked Cyclodextrin Polymers and the Creation of Nano- and Microgels;
8th
International Conference on Advanced Polymers via Macromolecular Engineering (APME);
Dresden/D, October 04-07, 2009.
(2) Markus J. Kettel, Karola Schäfer, Martin Möller;
Synthesis of Cyclodextrin based Nano and Microgels for the Encapsulation of Active
Ingredients;
ProzessNet- Chemical Nanotechnology Talks IX; Bio meets Nano;
Frankfurt am Main/D; November 03-04, 2008.
(1) Markus J. Kettel, Karola Schäfer, Martin Möller;
Cyclodextrin based Gels for the Complexation of Active Ingredients;
Bioannual Meeting of the GDCh-Division of “Macromolecular Chemistry”; Bio & Polymers;
Aachen/D; September 28-30, 2008.
Oral and Poster presentations:
(23) Markus J. Kettel, Karola Schaefer, Andrea Koerner, Uwe Beginn, Martin Moeller;
Cyclodextrin based host-guest systems for safe application and controlled release of
insecticides from textile materials;
Synthetic Fiber Talks, Advanced Processes for Advanced Fibres;
Aachen/D; April 29-30, 2012, (Poster).
(22) Markus J. Kettel, Karola Schaefer, Andrea Koerner, Uwe Beginn, Martin Moeller;
Cyclodextrin based host-guest systems for safe application and controlled release of
insecticides from textile materials;
5th
Aachen-Dresden International Textile Conference,
Aachen/D, November 25-26, 2011, (Poster).
(21) Karola Schäfer, Markus J. Kettel, Andrij Pich, Martin Möller;
Soft Nanotechnologie zur Funktionalisierung von Textilien;
8th
Textilveredlertag des VDTF,
Münster/D, June 4, 2011, (Oral presentation).
(20) Markus J. Kettel, Mohammed Mbarki, Elisabeth Heine, Karola Schaefer, Martin Moeller;
Chlorhexidine loaded Cyclodextrin based Microgels as antimicrobial systems on textiles;
8th
Textilveredlertag des VDTF,
Münster/D, June 4, 2011, (Poster).
X
(19) Markus J. Kettel, Mohammed Mbarki, Elisabeth Heine, Karola Schaefer, Martin Moeller;
Chlorhexidine loaded Cyclodextrin based Microgels as antimicrobial systems on textiles
Synthetic Fiber Talks, Fibers and Functions;
Aachen/D; April 29-30, 2011, (Poster).
(18) Markus J. Kettel, Mohammed Mbarki, Elisabeth Heine, Karola Schaefer, Martin Moeller;
Chlorhexidine loaded Cyclodextrin based Microgels as antimicrobial systems on textiles;
4th
Aachen Dresden - International Textile Conference;
Dresden/D; November 25-26, 2010, (Poster).
(17) Karola Schaefer, Markus J. Kettel, Juergen Groll, Martin Moeller;
Cyclodextrin based Microgels as Carriers of Insecticides for Wool Textiles;
12th
Int. Wool Res. Conference (IWRC 2010),
Shanghai/PR of China, October 19-22, 2010, (Oral presentation).
(16) Markus J. Kettel, Karola Schaefer, Andrea Koerner, Uwe Beginn, Martin Moeller;
Complexation of synthetic and natural insecticides in cyclodextrins for safely application
and controlled release;
12th
International Wool Research Conference (IWRC 2010)
Shanghai/China, October 19-22, 2010, (Poster).
(15) Markus J. Kettel, Fiete Dierkes, Karola Schaefer, Martin Moeller, Andrij Pich;
Synthesis of Responsive Cyclodextrin Microgels via Batch Precipitation Polymerization;
ProzessNet-Jahrestagung 2010 und 28. DECHEMA-Jahrestagung der Biotechnologen
Aachen/D, September 21-23, 2010, (Poster).
(14) Markus J. Kettel, Karola Schaefer, Juergen Groll, Andrij Pich, Martin Moeller;
Cyclodextrin based Nano and Microgels - Multifunctional colloidal Networks-;
3rd
EuCheMS Chemistry Congress, Chemistry-the Creative Force
Nürnberg/D; August 28- September 03, 2010, (Poster)
(13) Markus J. Kettel, Karola Schaefer, Juergen Groll, Andrij Pich, Martin Moeller;
Cyclodextrin based Nano and Microgels;
Tagung des Wissenschaftlichen Beirats am DWI an der RWTH e.V.
Aachen/D; July 07-08, 2010, (Poster).
(12) Markus J. Kettel, Juergen Groll, Karola Schaefer, Martin Moeller;
Complexation of Permethrin in Cyclodextrin based Nanogels and Application on Textiles;
Synthetic Fiber Talks, Membranes and Filters;
Aachen/D; April 29-30, 2010, (Poster).
XI
(11) Markus J. Kettel, Juergen Groll, Karola Schaefer, Martin Moeller;
Crosslinked cyclodextrin polymers and the creation of nano-and microgels;
Catalysis and Materials 2010: Developments in Industry and Academia
Aachen/D, February 05, 2010, (Poster).
(10) Markus J. Kettel, Juergen Groll, Karola Schaefer, Martin Moeller;
Complexation of Permethrin in Cyclodextrin based Nanogels and Application on Textiles
(AiF 15123N);
3rd
Aachen-Dresden International Textile Conference,
Aachen, November 26-27, 2009, (Oral presentation / Poster).
(9) Markus J. Kettel, Juergen Groll, Karola Schaefer, Martin Moeller;
Synthesis and Applications of Urethan Crosslinked Cyclodextrin Nanogels;
First European Cyclodextrin Conference;
Aalborg/DK; October 11-13, 2009, (Poster).
(8) Markus J. Kettel, Juergen Groll, Karola Schaefer, Martin Moeller;
Synthesis of cross linked cyclodextrin polymers and the creation of nano- and microgels;
8th
International Converence on Advanced Polymers via Macromolecular Engineering (APME
2009);
Dresden/D, October 04-07, 2009, (Poster).
(7) Markus J. Kettel, Juergen Groll, Karola Schaefer, Martin Moeller;
Cyclodextrin based Gels as carriers of sensitives additives for keratin fibers;
16th
International Hair Science Symposium (HairS 2009);
Weimar/D, September 09-11, 2009, (Poster).
(6) Markus J. Kettel, Jürgen Groll, Karola Schäfer, Martin Möller;
Cyclodextrin based nanogels as innovative encapsulation systems;
NanoMaterials 2009, New Technologies with Water
Bonn /D; June 16-18, 2009, (Poster).
(5) Markus J. Kettel, Karola Schäfer, Jürgen Groll, Martin Möller;
Cyclodextrin Gel Particles for the Encapsulation of Active Ingredients;
Synthetic Fibre Talks, New Technologies with water;
Vaalsbroek/NL; May 07-08, 2009, (Poster).
XII
(4) Karola Schäfer, Markus Kettel, Martin Möller;
New Concepts for the Insect Proofing of Textile Materials (AiF 15123 N);
2nd
Aachen-Dresden International Textile Conference,
Dresden, December 4-5, 2008, (Poster).
(3) Markus J. Kettel, Karola Schäfer, Martin Möller;
Synthesis of Cyclodextrin Based Nano and Microgels for the Encapsulation of Active
Ingredients;
ProzessNet- Chemical Nanotechnology Talks IX, Bio meets Nano;
DECHEMA- Haus Frankfurt am Main/D; November 03-04, 2008, (Poster).
(2) Markus J. Kettel, Karola Schäfer, Martin Möller;
Cyclodextrin Based Gels for the Complexation of active ingredients;
Bioannual Meeting of the GDCh-Division of “Macromolecular Chemistry”,
Bio & Polymers -New Polymer Technologies with Water;
Eurogress Aachen/D; September 28-30, 2008, (Poster).
(1) Markus J. Kettel, Karola Schäfer, Uwe Beginn, Martin Möller;
Encapsulation of active ingredients in cyclodextrin-based nanogels;
Synthetic Fibre Talks, Designing Properties - A Promise of Nanotechnology;
Vaalsbroek/NL; May 08-09, 2008, (Poster).
XIII
Summary
This thesis deals with the preparation and characterization of novel functional polymeric
nano- and microgels using cyclodextrin (CD) as multifunctional cross-linker and supramolecular
complexation domain for the uptake and release of potential chemical agents.
The incorporation of natural and vinyl functionalized α-, β- and γ-CDs were studied in
different polymerization reactions with different types of monomers for the preparation of stable
nano- and microgels with specific properties.
First, reactive α-, β- and γ-CD acrylates (CD-As) and CD methacrylates (CD-MAs) were
synthesized with an average amount of vinyl bonds per CD molecule of 2, 4, or 6. They were
used as cross-linkers to react with acrylate and methacrylate monomers by free radical
precipitation polymerization and in addition as complexation unit for the uptake of chemical
agents. Hydrophobic CD-MA nanogels based on methylmethacrylate (MMA), aqueous CD-A
nanogels based on 2-poly(hydroxyethyl methacrylate) (HEMA) and thermosensitive nanogels
based on CD-A and N-vinylcaprolactam (VCL) were prepared.
The preparation of CD containing nano- and microgels showed that the particle growth
and the formation of stable nanoparticle dispersions in organic as well as in aqueous solutions
are strongly influenced by the use of CD-A and CD-MA. Similar results in particle
characterization showed that the formation and the particle growth correlate with the increase of
the CD-A and CD-MA concentration in the reaction mixture. This led to a reduction of the final
hydrodynamic radii (Rh) of the nanoparticles from approximately 400 nm to 30 nm. The
increase of the vinyl group number per CD molecule induced the formation of smaller nanogels
(Rh = at 20 nm) and a considerable increase of the cross-linking degree.
Furthermore, nanogels with a high CD content were prepared by cross-linking of non-
functionalized natural CD with the reactive isocyanate (NCO)-terminated star-shaped
poly(ethylene oxide-stat-propylene oxide) (sP(EO-stat-PO)) prepolymer under smooth
surfactant-free condensation in water at RT. Optimization of the reaction parameters yielded in
ultrafine nanogels ( Rh = 25-150 nm) with a maximum content of 60 wt.-% active CD.
The complexation capacity and application possibilities of CD containing nano- and
microgels were investigated with regard to the uptake and release properties of potential organic
guest molecules like sensitive dyes (phenolphthalein, nile red), antimicrobial agents
(chlorhexidine), insecticides (permethrin) and pharmaceutical active ingredients (ibuprofen).
XIV
Results showed that CD units in nanogels have significant influence on the uptake of
organic guest molecules. The controlled inclusion complexation of the guests took place in
dependence on the CD content and on the ring size using α-, β- and γ-CDs. The monomer
composition and the degree of cross-linking of polymeric nanogel structure had an influence on
the uptake as well. Hydrophobic polymer backbone like poly(methyl metacrylate) (PMMA)
showed a high affinity to hydrophobic guest molecules and increased the uptake of
chlorhexidine. The hydrophilic backbone of poly(hydroxymethyl methacrylate) (PHEMA)
enabled the penetration of guest molecules in aqueous microgels whereas hydrophobic
ibuprofen is preferentially bounded by CD-A units. Phenolphthalein and nile red showed
changes in their characteristical color due to formation of specific CD complexes in aqueous
nanogels. In general, higher degree of cross-linking reduced the accessibility of CD domains for
guest molecules and thus, the uptake capacity of nanogels.
The release and stability of the guest molecule in nanogels depend on the external
environment. In general, the CD nanogel complexes using hydrophobic guest molecules like
permethrin, ibuprofen and nile red were stable in water. Slightly water soluble guest molecules
like chlorhexidine were slowly released by changes of the surrounding water concentration from
PMMA based nanogels. By extraction with organic solvents like methanol, release of
permethrin could be observed from aqueous CD/sP(EO-stat-PO) nanogels. Light sensitive
permethrin could be protected against UV irradiation due to complexation in CD nanogels.
Application on different surfaces such as polyester fibers or keratin fibers due to
physical self-bonding can be controlled by nanogel concentration in the dispersion and by
coating time. Bioassay tests of permethrin and chlorhexidine loaded nanogels treated surfaces
showed that the insecticidal and antimicrobial activity of the ingredients did not decrease after
complexation in cyclodextrin containing nanogels.
In additional work, a series of common and alternative active agents for insect-proofing
were studied with regard to the uptake and release properties by natural β-CDs. Computer-based
Monte Carlo force field simulations and experimental studies showed that greater molecules
form less stable complexes with β-CD than smaller molecules. Functional groups of the guest
molecule influenced the complexation. Furthermore, release studies of active agents from the
solid complexes show that the release process depends on the physical properties of guest
molecule e.g. vapor pressure and on the present water content.
XV
Zusammenfassung
Diese Arbeit befasst sich mit der Herstellung und Charakterisierung von neuartigen
funktionellen polymeren Nano- und Mikrogelen mit Cyclodextrin (CD)-Einheiten. CD wird
sowohl als multifunktionaler Vernetzer als auch als supramolekulare Komplexierungseinheit für
die Aufnahme und Abgabe von potentiellen Wirkstoffen eingesetzt.
Die Einbindung der natürlichen und mit unterschiedlicher Anzahl an Vinylgruppen
funktionalisierten α-, β-, und γ-CDen wurde in unterschiedlichen Polyreaktionen mit
verschiedenen Monomeren in der Herstellung von stabilen nanoskaligen Teilchen mit
spezifischen Eigenschaften untersucht.
Zunächst wurden reaktive α-, β- und γ-CD Acrylate (CD-A) und CD Methacrylate (CD-
MA) mit einem durchschnittlichen Substitutionsgrad von 2, 4 oder 6 Vinylgruppen pro CD
Molekül hergestellt. Diese wurden als Vernetzer eingesetzt, um Acrylat- und Methacrylat-haltige
Monomere durch die radikalische Fällungspolymerisation kontrolliert zu vernetzen und
zusätzlich als Komplexierungseinheit für die Aufnahme von chemischen Wirkstoffen zu
fungieren. Es wurden hydrophobe CD-MA Nanogele auf Basis von Methylmethacrylat (MMA),
wässrige CD-A Nanogele auf der Basis von 2-Poly(Hydroxyethylmethacrylat) (HEMA) und
temperatur-sensitive Nanogele basierend auf CD-A und N-Vinylcaprolactam (VCL) hergestellt.
Die Herstellung von CD-haltigen Nano- und Mikrogelpartikel zeigte, dass sowohl das
Partikelwachstum als auch die Bildung stabiler Nanopartikel-Dispersionen in organischer wie
auch in wässriger Phase stark durch die Verwendung von CD-A und CD-MA beeinflusst werden.
Ähnliche Ergebnisse der Partikelcharakterisierung zeigten, dass die Bildung und das
Partikelwachstum mit dem Anstieg der CD-A- und CD-MA-Konzentration in der
Reaktionsmischung korrelieren. Die Konzentrationserhöhung von CD-A und CD-MA führte zu
einer durchschnittlichen Reduktion des hydrodynamischen Radius (Rh) der Nanogele von 400 nm
auf 30 nm. Die Erhöhung der Anzahl an Vinylgruppen pro CD Einheit induzierte die Bildung
kleinerer Nanogele (Rh = 20 nm) und eine beträchtliche Erhöhung des Vernetzungsgrades.
Darüber hinaus wurden -CD-haltige Nanogele durch Vernetzung mit nicht-
funktionalisiertem, natürlichem -CD und einem reaktiven Isocyanat (NCO)-Endgruppen
funktionalisierten, sternförmigen Poly(ethylenoxid-stat-Propylenoxid) (sP(EO-stat-PO))
Prepolymer hergestellt. Die Reaktion wurde unter schonenden Bedingungen bei RT durch
tensidfreie Kondensation in Wasser durchgeführt. Die Optimierung der Reaktionsparameter
XVI
führte zu ultrafeinen Nanogelen (Rh = 25-150 nm) mit einem maximalen Gehalt von 60 Gew.-%
an aktivem CD in hohen Ausbeuten.
Die Anwendungsmöglichkeiten der CD-haltigen Nano- und Mikrogele wurden im
Hinblick auf die Aufnahme- und Abgabeeigenschaften potenzieller organischer Gastmoleküle
wie sensitive Farbstoffe (Phenolphthalein, Nilrot), antimikrobielle Wirkstoffe (Chlorhexidin),
Insektizide (Permethrin) und pharmazeutische Wirkstoffe (Ibuprofen) untersucht.
Die Ergebnisse zeigten, dass CD-Einheiten in Nanogelen einen signifikanten Einfluss auf
die Aufnahme von organischen Gastmolekülen haben. Die kontrollierte Einschlusskomplexierung
der Gäste erfolgte in Abhängigkeit vom CD-Gehalt und der Ringgröße mit α-, β-und γ-CD. Die
Zusammensetzung der Monomere und der Vernetzungsgrad der polymeren Nanogelstrukturen
zeigen auch einen Einfluss auf die Aufnahme. Eine hydrophobe polymere Grundstruktur wie von
Poly(Methylmethacrylat) (PMMA) zeigt eine hohe Affinität zu hydrophoben Gastmolekülen und
erhöhte die Aufnahme von Chlorhexidin. Das hydrophile Polymerrückgrat von
Poly(Hydroxymethylmethacrylat) (PHEMA) ermöglicht das Eindringen von Gast-Molekülen in
wässrige Mikrogele, während das hydrophobe Ibuprofen dort bevorzugt durch CD-A-Einheiten
angebunden wird. Phenolphthalein und Nilrot zeigten, aufgrund der Bildung von signifikanten
CD-Komplexen in wässrigen Nanogelen, deutliche Veränderungen ihrer charakteristischen
Farben. Im Allgemeinen verringert ein höherer Vernetzungsgrad die Zugänglichkeit der CD-
Einheiten für Gastmoleküle und damit die Aufnahmekapazität der Nanogele.
Die Freisetzung und Stabilität der Gastmoleküle in Nanogelen hängen von der äußeren
Umgebung ab. Im Allgemeinen waren die CD-Nanogel-Komplexe mit hydrophoben
Gastmolekülen wie Permethrin, Ibuprofen und Nilrot stabil in Wasser. Leicht wasserlösliche
Gastmoleküle wie Chlorhexidin wurden langsam durch Veränderungen der umgebenden
Wasserkonzentration aus CD-MA/PMMA-basierenden Nanogelen freigesetzt. Nach Extraktion
mit organischen Lösungsmitteln wie Methanol, konnte die Freisetzung und Auswaschung von
Permethrin aus wässrigen CD/sP(EO-stat-PO) Nanogelen beobachtet werden. Das
lichtempfindliche Permethrin konnte gegen UV-Bestrahlung durch Komplexierung in CD-
haltigen Nanogelen geschützt werden.
Nano- und Mikrogele konnten durch physikalische Selbstanbindung auf verschiedenen
Oberflächen wie Polyesterfasern oder Keratinfasern appliziert werden und durch die
Konzentration der Dispersion und durch die Beschichtungszeit gesteuert werden. Biologische
XVII
Tests von ausgerüsteten materialen Oberflächen, welche mit Permethrin und Chlorhexidin
beladenen Nanogelen behandelt wurden, zeigten, dass die insektizide und antimikrobielle
Aktivität der Inhaltsstoffe nach der Komplexierung durch CD-Nanogele nicht verringert wird.
In zusätzlichen Arbeiten wurde eine Reihe von synthetischen und alternativen
Wirkstoffen zur Insektenbekämpfung ausgewählt, um ihre Aufnahme- und Abgabeeigenschaften
mittels β-CD zu studieren. Computergestützte Monte Carlo Kraftfeldsimulationen und
experimentelle Untersuchungen zeigten, dass größere Moleküle weniger stabile Komplexe mit β-
CD als kleinere Moleküle bilden. Funktionelle Gruppen der Gastmoleküle beeinflussten die
Komplexierung. Weiterhin zeigten Freisetzungsstudien der Wirkstoffe aus festen Komplexen,
dass der Freisetzungsprozess von den physikalischen Eigenschaften wie vom Dampfdruck des
Gastmoleküls und von der Luftfeuchtigkeit beeinflusst wird.
XVIII
1
Chapter 1
Introduction
1.1 Cyclodextrin as supramolecular host in nano- and microgels
Cyclodextrins (CDs) are cyclic oligomers based on glucopyranose subunits and provide
an important class of host guest systems in supramolecular chemistry. The special hydrophobic
cavities of CDs enable the sequestration of organic molecules by inclusion complexation due to
non-covalent host guest interactions [1,2].
Supramolecular host guest systems are characterized as interaction of two or more
organic molecules, ions or radicals in a unique structural relationship using forces other than
those of full covalent bonds. The commonly mentioned types of non-covalent host guest
interactions like hydrogen bonds, ionic bonds, van der Waals forces, and hydrophobic
interactions are observed in supramolecular structures [3,4,5,6].
The advantages of CDs over other potential supramolecular hosts like macrocyclic
cucurbiturils [7], calixarenes [8], pillararenes [9], cyclophanes [10], crown ethers [11],
porphyrins [12] and furthermore, cryptands [13], spherands [14], carcerands [15] is the rigid,
well-defined cyclic structure and the ability to bind a high number of many different low-
molecular-weight guest molecules [16].
Furthermore, CD is produced from renewable natural material in thousand of tones per
year in a relatively simple production process and it is offered in acceptable prices for most
industrial purposes. In addition, great experiences in use of CD in medical and pharmaceutical
field, in industrial products, technologies and research have been documented over many years
[17,18,19,20].
The negligible cytotoxic effects of CDs and the modification of the physical and
chemical properties of the guest molecule due to inclusion complex formation are important
aspects for potential applications. Thus, the use of CDs as carriers, solubilizer, stabilizer, drug
delivery and controlled release systems enables the target specificity and modulation of uptake
and release of chemical agents [21,22].
Organic molecules are usually complexed in aqueous solution. During the complexation,
water molecules that occupied the CD cavity can be substituted by appropriate guest molecules.
2
These guest molecules are less polar than water and the driving force of the complexation is the
substitution of high enthalpy water molecules [23,24].
The release takes place depending on the guest molecule by altering and by changing the
surrounding condition like solvent composition, surfactants, temperature and pH. Furthermore,
the decomplexation of the guest by other energetically preferred guest molecules and by
application on surfaces like tissue are observed [25,26].
The uptake and release properties of organic guest molecules may be modulated by
covalent embedding of CD in polymeric structure of aqueous nano- and microgels as additional
functional domains. Nano- and microgels are an important class of soft organic nanoparticles
with a swellable cross-linked polymeric structure and small size. The small size of several
nanometers enables working between molecular and cellular level and similar to CDs, nanogels
suggest high potential as carrier and delivery systems for many chemical agents [27,28,29,30].
Scheme 1. Incorporation of cyclodextrins as supramolecular host units in polymeric structure of
nano- and microgels.
The incorporation of CD with its perfect binding properties towards guest molecules in
small gel particles provides an interesting combination of supra- and macromolecular chemistry
with nanotechnology. The combination of CDs and nano- and microgels suggests some
advantages and may improve the properties and application possibilities for both. Hence, nano-
and microgels as carrier may promote self-bonding and fixation of CDs and the corresponding
inclusion complexes on different surfaces with the aim of target application, bioavailability in
solid phase and modulation of long time activation of the chemical agents. Furthermore, the
incorporation of CD hosts as multifunctional domains may moderate the controlled uptake,
permanent fixation or targeted release of chemical agents from nano- and microgels.
Cyclodextrin Nano/MicrogelsCyclodextrin
containing Nano/Microgels
3
1.2 Content of this thesis
This thesis deals with the preparation and characterization of novel functional polymeric
nano- and microgels using CDs as polymeric cross-linker and functional complexation domain
for the uptake and release of potential active agents. α-, β- and γ-CDs and CDs functionalized
with various numbers of vinyl groups are studied in combination with different monomer and
pre-polymers with the goal of stable nano-and microgels with specific properties in aqueous
solution. Furthermore, the application of CD containing nano- and microgel particles is
investigated with regard to the uptake and release of potential guest molecules like dyes,
antimicrobial agents, insecticides and pharmaceutical active ingredients as well as the coating on
different surfaces especially on textiles.
Chapter 2 gives a literature review about properties, applications and preparation
methods of nano-and microgels, natural CDs and CDs in polymeric- and nanostructures.
In Chapter 3, the incorporation of α-, β-, γ-CDs in nanogels based on cross-linked
poly(methyl methacrylate) (PMMA) combine the good complexation properties of CD, the
colloidal behavior of nanoparticles and the ability to work in organic as well as in aqueous
media. The nanogels are prepared by surfactant-free precipitation polymerization in organic
solvent. The particle formation and swelling in organic and aqueous solution are studied by
variation of the cyclodextrin methacrylate (CD-MA) concentration in the reaction mixture, the
number of vinyl groups at the CD ring and the differences by use of α-, β- or γ-CDs. The uptake
properties of the nanoparticles are studied by the dye adsorption method using phenolphthalein.
Chapter 4 deals with the uptake of the antimicrobial active agent chlorhexidine (CHX)
by CD-MA containing PMMA nanogels. CHX is an antiseptic and bacteriostatic agent that
shows activity against many bacteria and biofilms. The uptake of CHX by CD domains in
nanaoparticles is quantitatively described and the application on glass-surfaces is investigated.
Furthermore, release studies in water and biological tests with regard to antimicrobial efficiency
of the CHX nanoparticles are performed against Straphylococcus aureus.
In Chapter 5, the preparation of novel cyclodextrin acrylate (CD-A) containing
poly(hydroxyethyl methacrylate) (PHEMA) microgels for the application as drug carrier of the
anti-inflammatory drug ibuprofen is presented. The synthesis and the influence of -, - and -
CD-A with 2, 4 and 6 vinyl bonds is studied with regard to the particle size. Furthermore, the
uptake and complexation process of ibuprofen by -CD-A microgels in aqueous dispersion is
4
followed by UV-vis measurements and characterized by variation of the ibuprofen concentration
and by variation of the -CD-A content in microgels.
In Chapter 6, the incorporation of reactive CD-A in aqueous temperature-sensitive
nanogels based on poly(N-vinylcaprolactam) (PVCL) is studied by surfactant-free precipitation
polymerization process. α-, β- and γ-CDs were functionalized with acrylic groups and the
average amount of vinyl bonds per CD molecule was adjusted to 2, 4, or 6. The influence of the
CD-A on particle size, the volume transition point (VPTT) and the uptake of phenolphthalein is
demonstrated.
In Chapter 7, the incorporation of the fluorescent solvatochromic dye nile red (NR) in
thermo-responsible CD nanogels based on PVCL is described in detail. Series of nanogels with
-, - and -CD-A units are investigated with respect to the dye uptake capacity depending on
the ring size of the CD and the degree of cross-linking. The twisted intermolecular charge
transfer (TICT) of NR enables the investigation of the NR:CD complex structure in the CD
nanogels. Furthermore, temperature dependent studies at different degrees of swelling are
performed to observe changes in complexation structure and dye behavior in nanogels. The
adhesion of the CD nanogels to polyester fibers and their influence on the color of the fabric is
studied at different temperatures.
In Chapter 8, CD containing nanogels are prepared by surfactant-free condensation with
reactive prepolymers (NCO terminated sP(EO-stat-PO)) in water. The influence of the CD
content on the particle size and the optimization of reaction parameters yields ultrafine nanogels
are described. The maximum content of active CD is analyzed using dye sorption with
phenolphthalein to demonstrate the uptake capacity of these nanogels for hydrophobic molecules.
Chapter 9 deals with the modification of keratin fibers like wool fabrics and human hairs
with the common insecticide permethrin by -CD based nanogels from aqueous dispersion. The
uptake and release of permethrin in nanogels and on the fibers are studied quantitatively by
HPLC analysis. The permanence of sensitive insecticide is tested on the treated fibers with regard
to washing and UV fastness. Bioassay tests against the larvae of Tineola bisselliella and
Anthrenocerus australis are made to proof the activity of the treated keratin fabrics.
Chapter 10 is the Appendix to Chapter 9 and describes the theoretical and practical
formation of inclusion complexes based on a series of common synthetic and natural insecticides
with natural -CD.
5
1.3 References
1. Szejtli, J., Introduction and general overview of cyclodextrin chemistry, Chem. Rev. 1998, 98, 1743-1753.
2. Cram D. J.; Cram, J. M., Host-Guest Chemistry, Science 1974, 183, 803-809.
3. Rudkevich, D. M., Nanoscale molecular containers, Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn 2002, 75, 393-413.
4. Lehn, J. M., Supramolecular Chemistry - Scope and Perspectives Molecules, Supermolecules, and
Molecular Devices (Nobel Lecture), Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 1988, 27, 89-112.
5. Cram D. J., The Design of Molecular Hosts, Guests, and Their Complexes (Nobel Lecture), Angew. Chem.
Int. Ed. 1988, 27, 1009-1020.
6. Pedersen, C. J., The discovery of crown ethers (Noble Lecture), Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 1988, 27, 1021-
1027.
7. Freeman, W. A.; Mock, W. L.; Shih, N.-Y., Cucurbituril, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1981, 103, 7367-7368.
8. Shinkai, S., Calixarenes as new functionalized host molecules, Pure & Appl. Chem. 1986, 58, 1523-1528.
9. Ogoshi, T.; Kanai, S.; Fujinami, S.; Yamagishi, T. A.; Nakamoto, Y., para-Bridged symmetrical
pillar[5]arenes: Their Lewis acid catalyzed synthesis and host guest property, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2008,
130, 5022–5023.
10. Collet, A., Cyclotriveratrylenes and Cryptophanes, Tetrahedron 1987, 43, 5725-5759.
11. Pedersen, C. J., Frensdorff, H. K., Macrocyclic Polyethers and Their Complexes, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed.
1972, 11, 16-25.
12. Sessler, J. L.; Seidel, D., Synthesechemie expandierter Porphyrine, Angew. Chem. 2003, 115, 5292-5333.
13. Lehn, J. M., Cryptates: The Chemistry of Macropolycyclic Inclusion Complexes, Acc. Chem. Res. 1978,
11, 49–57.
14. Cram, D. J.; Kaneda, T.; Helgeson, R. C.; Brown, S. B.; Knobler, C. B.; Maverick, E.; Trueblood, K. N.,
Host-Guest Complexation. 35. Spherands, the First Completely Preorganized Ligand Systems, J. Am.
Chem. Soc. 1985, 107, 3645-57.
15. Cram, D. J.; Karbach, S.; Kim, Y. H.; Baczynskyj, L.; Marti, K.; Sampson, R. M.; Kalleymeyn, G. W.,
Host-guest complexation. 47. Carcerands and carcaplexes, the first closed molecular container compounds,
J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1988, 110, 2554–2560.
16. Del Valle, E. M. M., Cyclodextrins and their uses: a review, Proc. Biochem. 2004, 39, 1033-1046.
17. Rajewski, R. A.; Stella, V. J., Pharmaceutical Applications of Cyclodextrins. 2. In Vivo Drug Delivery, J.
Pharm. Sci. 1996, 85, 1142-1169.
18. Loftsson, T.; Duchene, D., Cyclodextrins and their pharmaceutical applications, Int. J. Pharm. 2007, 329,
1–11.
19. Sanger, W., Cyclodextrin Inclusion Compounds in Research and Industry, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 1980, 19,
344-362.
20. Hedges, A. R., Industrial applications of cyclodextrins, Chem. Rev. 1998, 98, 2035-2044.
21. Uekama, K.; Otagiri, M., Cyclodextrins in drug carrier systems, Crit. Rev. Ther. Drug Carrier Syst. 1987, 3,
1-40.
6
22. Duchêne, D.; Wouessidjewe, D.; Ponchel, G., Cyclodextrins and carrier systems, J. Controlled Release
1999, 62, 263-268.
23. Liu, L.; Guo, Q.-X., The driving forces in the inclusion complexation of cyclodextrins, J. Incl. Phenom.
Macrocycl. Chem. 2002, 42, 1–14.
24. Rekharsky, M. V.; Inoue, Y., Complexation Thermodynamics of Cyclodextrins, Chem. Rev. 1998, 98, 1875-
1918.
25. Hirayama, F.; Uekama, K., Cyclodextrin-based controlled drug release system, Adv. Drug Delivery Rev.
1999, 36, 125-141.
26. Ma, M.; Li, D.-Q., New Organic Nanoporous Polymers and Their Inclusion Complexes, Chem. Mater.
1999, 11, 872-874.
27. Harada, A.; Takashima, Y.; Yamaguchi, H., Cyclodextrin-based supramolecular polymers, Chem. Soc. Rev.
2009, 38, 875-882.
28. Nayak, S.; Lyon, L. A., Soft nanotechnology with soft nanoparticles, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2005, 44,
7686-7708.
29. Pich, A.; Adler, H. J., Composite aqueous microgels: an overview of recent advances in synthesis,
characterization and application, Polym. Int. 2007, 56, 291-307.
30. Oh, J. K.; Drumright, R.; Siegwart, D. J.; Matyjaszewski, K., The development of microgels/nanogels for
drug delivery applications, Prog. Polym. Sci. 2008, 33, 448-477.
7
Chapter 2
Literature Reviews
2.1 Nano-and Microgels
2.1.1 Multifunctional nanoparticles
In recent years continued development of the creation of complex materials has been
focused on the engineering over length-scales from molecular to the colloidal to the
macroscopic in order to improve their properties for specific applications. Nanoparticles are an
important class of nanomaterials and the extremely small size offers unique functions and
applications which are controlled by the high internal interface area [1]. Small particles are
defined by size. Coarse particles are sized between 10–2.5 µm and fine particles from 2500-100
nm [2]. Classical nanoparticles are ultrafine particles and range between 100-1 nm [3].
Most interest in nanoparticles is focused on the synthesis, modification, characterization
and applications of new advanced nanomaterials with specific functions and different responses
to changes in the near environment. Hence, multifunctional materials design focuses on methods
by which functional building blocks are assembled in complex architectures [4], with aim of
modifying the design and control of the compositions, morphology, nanostructure and
functionality of the nanomaterials [5]. The interdisciplinary conclusion of classical fields in
science promotes the development of inorganic, organic and hybrid nanosystems with novel
physical and chemical properties [6] all with the aim of creating new materials in different
dimensions with high complexity and some new functions e.g. self-organisation and self-
healing. Furthermore, nanobiological and nanomedical applications find enhanced interest in
public and research [7].
In the last years much of work in nanoparticles is concentrated on the design of “hard”
materials, such as inorganic nanoparticles, metals, carbon nanotubes, Buckyballs,
semiconductors, and organic or inorganic dielectrics. “Soft” materials with sizes on the
nanoscale consist of flexible and dynamic structures. They are designed by different polymer
compositions and show continued interest in the area of nanoscience. In particular, the
8
development of nanostructured hydrogels leads to a promising group of soft materials for
diverse applications [8].
2.1.2 Nano- and microgels
Swellable nanoparticles consisting of polymeric architectures with molecular building
blocks are an important class of soft colloidal functional materials in the range of several
nanometers. Swollen divinylbenzene microgel particles have already been discussed in the
literature by Hermann Staudinger in 1935 [9]. Later, polymeric nanoparticles have been
fundamentally investigated in the beginning of 1976 [10]. Ultrafine cross-linked polymeric
nanogels which are operating in the aqueous phase are primary developed and reported for drug
delivery in medical application [11].
In this context, interpenetrating polymer co-networks lead to the formation of small gel
particles with a three-dimensional (3D) spherical structure that can undergo particle swelling in
different mixable solvents. The most widely investigated so-called nano- and microgel systems
are small hydrophilic hydrogel particles. Multi-functionality of nano- and microgel particles can
be based on unique properties such as large surface area, high chemical functionality, controlled
porosity, ability to swell in different solvents and stimuli-sensitivity to changes in the
environmental conditions [12,13].
Figure 1. Morphology of thermo-sensitive VCL/AAEM nano- and microgels [16].
9
The ability to swell and de-swell in the aqueous phase and the consequent change of the
particle size by uptake and release of water is one of the most attractive properties of responsive
nano- and microgels. Therefore, interactions between the solvent and the polymer backbone and
interactions between the polymer chains such as degree of cross-linking of the gel architecture
influence the degree of swelling. The swelling properties of particles and furthermore, the
properties of the dispersion can be modified by the use of stimuli-sensitive polymers in the
macromolecular network which change their polymer-solvent interactions upon change of the
surrounding conditions. These effects lead to controlled changes in particle sizes and properties
[14]. Well known and well studied nano- and microgel systems combine the response to
temperature [15,16], pH [17], pressure [18], light [19], solvent components [20], magnetic field
[21], etc.
Figure 2. Hydrodynamic radii (a) and calculated swelling ratio (RhM
/RhSW
)3
(RhM
= measured
hydrodynamic radius at different temperatures; RhSW
= measured hydrodynamic radius for
maximally swollen nanogels at T = 20 °C) (b) as a function of temperature for temperature
sensitive PVCL/AAEM microgels [16].
The chemical functionality of polymeric nano- and microgels is extremely important for
their application in different areas of science and technology. Different polymeric architectures of
nano- and microgels with variation of monomer compositions [22], degree of cross-link [23],
20 25 30 35 40 45 50100
125
150
175
200
225
(Rh
M/ R
h
SW
)3
Particle size
Rh [n
m]
Temperature [°C]
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
Swelling ratio
10
incorporation of specific functional groups [24], surface modification [25], charging of particles
by ionic components [26], integration of biomacromolecules [27] or inorganic structures [28]
meet specific applications.
The progress in chemical design, modification and synthesis of nanoparticles as well as
the understanding of physico-chemical properties of nano- and microgels especially in aqueous
phase resulted in numerous chemical, bio-medical and technical applications such as for coatings
[29], personal care [30], food [31] and catalysis [32]. However, nano- and microgels can be used
in colloidal form as drug carrier for drug delivery [33] and for controlled release [34], as
antimicrobial agents [35], microreactors [36] and sensor [37], but also as building blocks for the
design of colloidosomes [38], hydrogels [39], films [40] and biomaterials [41].
2.1.3 Synthesis of Nano- and Microgels
Different synthesis routes have been developed to modify nano- and microgels or to
incorporate functional groups with different properties specifically in the core or at the surface of
the particles. Furthermore, the synthesis method enables the successful control of the particle
size, the particle size distribution (PSD) and the stability of the nanoparticle system [42].
One strategy is the reversible physical self assembly of pre-polymers to gel particles e.g. via
gelation method [43]. Another one is the chemically cross-linking of pre-polymers e.g. in
water/oil emulsion [44], by membrane emulsification [45] or by microfluidic techniques [46].
Monomers can be polymerized and cross-linked to nanoparticles by free or controlled
heterophase polymerization like precipitation polymerization [47] and by water/oil emulsion, an
inverse emulsion polymerization [48]. A new method to prepare nano- and microgels are the
photolithographic technique by particle replication in non-wetting templates (PRINT). The
creation of monodisperse gel particles takes place by prevention of a continuous hydrogel film
formation using elastomeric molds from a low surface energy network consisting of
perfluoropolyether [49].
The common synthesis techniques of nano- and microgels using covalently
polymerization of monomers and pre-polymers like precipitation polymerization and the
emulsion polymerizations (water in oil) and the inverse mini/microemulsion (oil in water) are
reviewed in more detail.
11
The surfactant free emulsion polymerization or the precipitation
polymerization/copolymerization are carrying out at higher temperatures. After initiation with
standard initiator for radical polymerization process the monomer is attacked by a radical. The
propagation and the chain growth starts. At the precipitation polymerization the polymer chain
collapses upon itself when the critical length is reached, because the polymerization temperature
is higher than the low critical solution temperature (LCST) of the polymer. The produced
precursor particles grow by further monomer addition, by aggregation of other precursor
particles, by capturing growing oligoradicals or by being captured by other existing particles [47].
Miniemulsion polymerization (oil-in-water) initiates the particle growth in nanodroplets
in the size range between 50 and 500 nm. The type and the amount of emulsifier mainly
influenced the size of the droplet and of the nanoparticles. Under high-pressure homogenization
or ultrasonication broadly distributed (macro)droplets are formed which are broken into narrowly
distributed, defined small stable nanodroplets. In each droplet the initiation of the polymerization
and the particle growth take place. An efficient surfactant and a co-stabilizer like long chain
alkanes and alcohols as (ultra)hydrophobes which are only soluble in the dispersed phase are
used to prevent the degradation of miniemulsion by Ostwald ripening and coalescence [48].
Inverse miniemulsion (water-in-oil) is the inverse case of the principal of miniemulsion.
Due to the change of the continuous phase from hydrophilic to hydrophobic, surfactants with low
hydrophilic–lipophilic balance (HLB) values are required. The Ostwald ripening is suppressed by
co-stabilizers such as lipophobe e.g. ionic compounds (salts or sugars) or non-ionic block
copolymer stabilizers that are insoluble in the continuous oily phase. Hydrophilic monomers and
hydrophilic polymers plus cross-linker (by preparation of gel particles) are miniemulsified in a
continuous hydrophobic phase followed by initiation of the polymerization either from the
hydrophilic droplet or from the hydrophobic phase [50,51].
The inverse microemulsion is based on the water-in-oil emulsion techniques and is used
to prepare ultrafine nanoparticles under 100 nm. In this case, a large excess of surfactant is used
e. g. for the preparation of microgels based on gelatin. The ratio of gelatin to surfactant can be as
high as 1:1600 [52].
12
2.2 Cyclodextrin
2.2.1 Natural Cyclodextrins
CDs are cyclic oligomers consisting of α-1,4-glycosidic bonded D-glycopyranose units
and were discovered by Villiers in 1891. He isolated crystalline CD from starch after bacterial
digestion for the first time and called it “cellulosine” due to its chemical behavior similar to
cellulose [53]. In 1903, Schardinger identified -CD as the “cellulosine” and published that the
Bacillus macerans was responsible for the formation of -CD and -CD [54]. In the following
decades, more CDs were discovered and chemical structures of the cyclodextrin subtypes such as
γ-CD were described [55].
Scheme 1. Natural α-, β- or γ-CD with cyclic α-1,4-glycosidic bonded 6, 7 or 8 D-glucopyranose
units [59].
CD can be obtained by degradation of starch. The technical synthesis is performed by use
of the cyclodextrin-glycosyl-transferase (CGTase). The CGTase cut the helical starch polymer in
small pieces consisting of a mixture with cyclic-linked 6, 7 or 8 D-glycopyranosese units (α-, β-
or γ-CDs) (Scheme 1) which can be isolated by precipitation and chromatographic methods [56].
The D-glucopyranose units create a truncated cone structure which provides a hydrophilic
exterior and a hydrophobic interior cavity (Scheme 2). The truncated cone is formed by the 4C1
chair conformation of the individual D-glucopyranose units. Hence, the primary hydroxy group is
O
OHHO
OH
O
O
OH
HO OH
O
O
OH
OH
OH
O
OO
OH
OH
HO
O
OH
OHHO
O
O
OH
HO
HO
O
C36H60O30Mol. Wt.: 972.84
O
OHHO
OH
O
O
OH
HO
OHO
OOH
OH
OH
O
O
OH
OH
OH
OO
OH
OH
HO
O
OOH
OH
HO
O
O
OH
HO
HO
O
C42H70O35
Mol. Wt.: 1134.98
O
OH
HO
OH
O
O
OH
HO
OHO
OOH
OH
OH
O
O
OH
OH
OH
O
O
OH
OH
HO
OOH
OH
HO
O
O
OH
HO
HO
O
O
OH
OH
HO
O
O
C48H80O40
Mol. Wt.: 1297.12
dprim= 4.7 Å
dsec = 5.2 Å
dprim= 6.0 Å
dsec = 6.2 Å
dprim= 7.5 Å
dsec = 8.3 Å
α-Cyclodextrin
6 glucose units
γ-Cyclodextrin
8 glucose units
β-Cyclodextrin
7 glucose units
C48H80O40
MW: 1297
C42H70O35
MW: 1135
C36H60O30
MW: 1297
13
located at the narrow opening and the secondary hydroxy groups in the second and third position
at the larger opening of the torus. All hydroxy groups of the glucose units are oriented to the
outer surface, which leads to exohydrophilic properties and thus, to the water solubility of the
CDs. The hydrophobic interior (endohydrophobic) caves have a diameter of 5-8 Å [57,58].
Scheme 2. Structure of natural cyclodextrin (n = number of glucose units, d = diameter of each
cavity, h = height) [58].
The hydrophilic outer surface and the hydrophobic interior surface of the cone structure
enable the complexation of various, amphiphilic and hydrophobic guest molecules in water which
have an appropriate molecular structure equivalent to the CD ring size [59]. The complexes exist
of non-covalent interactions such as hydrogen bonds, van der Waals forces and hydrophobic
interactions between the host and the guest molecule [60]. The driving force of the complexation
of guest molecule in the hydrophobic cavity of the CDs is controlled by the release of the
displaced water molecules from the torus. During the release and the increased mobility of water
molecules the entropy increases. Furthermore, the formation of new H-bonds between the water
molecules and the increase of the cohesion forces lead to decrease of enthalpy. Van der Waals
forces have only a very short range, so that inclusion compounds are more stable in general,
when the cavity of the CD is filled out perfectly by the guest molecule. Dipole-dipole interactions
stabilize only complexes of guests with strong dipole moments because of the axial dipole
moment of the CDs [61].
This unique property of the inclusion complex is commonly referred to as host:guest
complex formation. The association of the CD host and the guest molecules (D) as well as the
dissociation of the CD:D complex is characterized by thermodynamic equilibrium (eq.1). The
4,7 Ǻ - n = 6
dprim = 6,0 Ǻ - n = 7
7,5 Ǻ - n = 8
5,2 Ǻ - n = 6
dsec = 6,2 Ǻ - n = 7
8,3 Ǻ - n = 8
h = 8,0 Ǻ
dsec
dprim
14
stability of the host:guest interaction can be described by complex stability constant KS (eq.2). In
general, the complex stability constants for stable aqueous complexes are 102-10
4 M
-1 [62].
The complexation leads to the modification of the physical and chemical properties
(solubility, smell, reactivity etc.) of the guest molecules [63]. For example, the complexation of
pH-sensitive dye phenolphthalein by -CD results in fixation of the instable colorless
configuration whereas the non-complexed configuration presents a pink color at pH 10.5 in
aqueous solution (Scheme 3) [64].
Scheme 3. Structure of the phenolphthalein:-cyclodextrin complex and the complex properties
in respect to the color in aqueous solution [64].
Furthermore, the stability can be increased against oxidation, photodecomposition,
hydrolysis, dehydration as well as protection of guests from degradation in the gastrointestinal
tract [65]. Upon inclusion, poorly water-soluble molecules can be transferred in aqueous solution
and thus, the water solubility of the guest can increase as well as its bioavailability [66].
CDs find application as carrier-, delivery- and controlled release systems and improve the
efficacy of active ingredients such as drugs in the therapeutic medicine [67,68]. CDs are already
used in many fields of daily life and find enhanced applications in research (e.g. chromatographic
separation of enantiomers), industry and households (e.g. adsorber of fragrances) [69,70].
Phenolphthalein β-Cyclodextrin Phenolphthalein : β-Cyclodextrin-Complex
OO
O
O
OO
COO-
- - -
pH 10.5
-pink- -colorless-O
OHHO
OH
O
O
OH
HO OH
O
O
OH
OH
OH
O
OO
OH
OH
HO
O
OH
OHHO
O
O
OH
HO
HO
O
15
2.2.2 Cyclodextrin in polymeric systems
The use of CDs and CD derivates in polymeric systems leads to a variety of polymeric
networks and assemblies. CDs act as building blocks for the creation of new switchable materials
or as functional domains for uptake and release of active ingredients. Polymeric functional
materials based on CDs have been designed with different properties which differ in the type of
linking. In principal, CD can be integrated in polymers using physical and covalent linking [71].
The chemical covalent linkage of CD in polymer systems which can be seen as permanent linking
can be divided in condensation and polymerization reaction.
In condensation reaction CD can be exploited to prepare cross-linked polymer networks
(Scheme 4a). Thus, the covalent linking of the natural CD structure are made by reaction of the
large number of reactive hydroxyl groups or by hydroxyl, carboxylic acid or amine groups
containing CD derivatives with bi- or multifunctional agents such as aldehyde, ketone, isocyanate
or epoxide groups [71,72]. Furthermore, covalent polymer networks are prepared by cross-
linking of different polymer chains with functional groups [73,74].
The hydroxy groups of CDs can also be used to synthesize reactive CD monomers
suitable for radical polymerization reactions (Scheme 4b). One of the most widely used synthetic
method is the direct copolymerization using reactive CD monomers with vinyl groups and wide
variety of vinyl monomers such as MMA, HEMA, NIPAm, etc. [75,76]. Furthermore, CD with
reactive vinyl groups acts as low molecular weight cross-linking agent to a variety of pre-existing
polymers to prepare covalently linked networks by combining polymers and CDs [77,78].
Non-cross-linked linear polymers have been prepared by copolymerization of CD
derivates containing only one functional group with a variety of common monomers, mostly
acrylates. Some hydrogels are also functionalized with mono-substituted CDs with the aim to
increase the rotational freedom and the accessibility of the host to guest molecules [79,80].
A further method to create physical cross-linked polymers and hydrogels is the lock and
key-system due to physical self-assembly of polymers driven by inclusion complexation (Scheme
4c). Hence, self assembled polymer systems can be prepared due to mixing of two polymer
chains, one functionalized with covalently bonded CD and another polymer functionalized with
potential guest molecules for the CD complexation. Different guest molecules such as 4-tert-butyl
anilide, dodecyl, adamantly, cholesterol or aromatic rings were covalently attached on polymer
chains and studied for complexation with CD polymers [81-84]. The intramolecular cross-linking
16
of polymer chains by host:guest CD inclusion complexes leads to supramolecular hydrogels with
chemical (high stability upon dilution), desirable physical (reversibility) and switchable
properties [85,86].
Scheme 4. Preparation of CD containing polymers, hydrogels and polymeric nanostructures
using covalent linking via condensation (a) and polymerization reaction (b) or physical assembly
and cross-linking via key-lock interaction of CD units and guest minorities of polymers (c).
In some work, results showed that CDs control the formation of nano- and
microstructures of coalescent polymers [87]. In pharmaceutical formulations CDs are used to
improve the aqueous solubility, stability, dissolution rate, bioavailability and/or local tolerance
of drugs. Furthermore, CDs regulate the drug delivery in polymer systems [88,89].
The complexation properties of CD containing polymers differ in general from the free
low molecular weight CDs. Complexation studies showed that in some cases the complex
formation constant of CD embedded in polymers is decreased due to sterical effects and poor
Free-radical polymerization
Condensation
Cross-linking
Cross-linking
a
b
Key-lock-systemPhysical self-assembly
c
Cross-linking
17
accessibility of the CD cavity. In exceptional cases some cooperative effects of the polymer
backbone and the adjacent CDs can increase the complex stability constant (KS) [90,91].
Thus, cooperative or synergistic effects of the copolymer and the CD units can also be
expected. It is reported, that water-soluble polymers can be used to stabilize drug/CD complexes
through formation of ternary complexes. These ternary drug:cyclodextrin/polymer complexes
make it possible to enhance the complexation efficacy of CD and at the same time improve drug
bioavailability from CD containing drug formulations [92]. For example, these effects were
observed using poly(ethylene glycol) (PEG 400) during the complexation process of
progesterone and CD. Results showed that the solubility of the hydrophobic drug in CD/PEG
mixture could be increased and were up to 96 % higher than the theoretical solubility values
[93].
Furthermore, a comparison of the solubilization efficacy as well as the drug loading
capacity of two novel high molecular weight CD polymers, i.e. poly(ethylene glycol) (PEG/γ-
CD) and epichlorohydrin based γ-CD polymer (EPI/γCD) with natural γ-CD using
dexamethasone (Dex) as a model drug was higher than that of the parent natural γ-CD. The
results could be explained by the synergistic effects of the γ-CD and the polymer structure
which enable the upload of greater amounts Dex than the parent natural γ-CD [94].
Recently, a comparison between a CD-methacrylate (CD-MA) containing
poly(hydroxyethyl methacrylate) (PHEMA) hydrogel and a hydroxypropyl-CD (HPCD)
containing superhydrophilic hydroxyethyl methylcellulose (HPMC) network showed, that the
hydrophobic model drug thiosemicarbazones is increased incorporated by the CD-MA/PHEMA
hydrogel, because of additional hydrophobic interaction with the polymer network [95].
An alternative approach is to use CD-polymers, which can both enhance the aqueous
solubility of a drug and result in sustained drug release. The release properties can be adjusted
by polymeric structure and the CD minorities. With this aim, CD networks have been developed
to enhance the bioadhesion and to control the uptake and the sustained release of drugs. Thus,
hydroxyethyl methylcellulose (HPMC) hydrogels and semi-interpenetration networks (IPN)
based on polyacrylic acid sodium salt (PAcNa) have been developed by covalent incorporation
of γ-CD and cross-inking of the polymeric structures. It were reported that the drug loading
yield and the release properties of the co-networks depended on the capability to form inclusion
18
complexes with γ-CD. Here, the sustained release of the model drug Dex was controlled by CD
content and by resulting cross-linking degree of the network [96].
In conclusion, CD polymers may increase or reduce uptake and release of guest
molecules depending on the polymer composition, hydrophilicity/hydrophobicity of the polymer
structure, density/mesh size of the cross-linked network, accessibility of the CD host units and
effective formation of strong host:guest complexes.
2.3 Cyclodextrin based nano- and microgel particles
CDs have been structurally incorporated in polymers or hydrogels and nowadays the
preparation of CD containing nanoparticles open a new research field. CDs as supramolecular
complexation units in nanoscale particle systems possess advantages over low molecular weight
CD, hydrogels and nanoscalic particles. The incorporation of CD cavities into the polymer
network of small nanoparticles promotes improved uptake and release properties [97].
In the last years, three common methods have been established for the creation of CD
based nanoscalic particles combining the different methods classified by the already discussed
strategies for preparation of nano- and microgel particles as well as CD-polymers (Scheme 4).
CD containing nanogels have been prepared by physical key–lock interactions of different
polymer chains [98], by direct covalent cross-linking of natural CD using condensation with
suitable bi- or multifunctional agents [99], and by polymerization of CD monomers bearing
acrylic or vinyl moieties with other co-monomers [100]. The cross-linking of the polymeric
structure, the method of the particle formation, the monomer/polymer compositions and the
preparation with or without surfactants are important parameter for the particle synthesis. In
many cases surfactants are used for the creation of stable and uniform particles. Recently, results
have been reported in which CDs with their special intrinsic capability may act as surfactants
with emulsifying properties in the emulsions [101]. The literature of the recent years associated
with the preperation method with respect to the type of cross-linking are listed for CD containing
nano- and microparticles, microcapsules, nanosponges and nano scalic gels in a first review paper
by Moya et al. [102]. Now, most important results with respect to synthesis, cross-linker, particle
size, special properties and uptake/release mechanism of the used model guests are discussed.
First, nanogels have been obtained by physical self assembly using lock and key system.
Thus, by mixing of CD containing polymers with dextrans bearing alkyl side chains stable
19
nanogels of about 200 nm were formed. It was found that the formation and stability of these
self-assembled nanogels depended on the polymer concentration, the weight ratio of dextran to
CD polymer, the molar mass of the CD polymer, the number of the alkyl minorities of the
dextran and the number of carbons in the alkyl chains. Before mixing with dextran the CD units
of the polymer were loaded with drugs. The unloaded CD units of the polymer are then available
for the complexation of the alkyl units of dextrans. Nanogels have been studied with regard to the
uptake capacity of benzophenone and tamoxifen [98]. Results show that benzophenone as guest
molecule hinders the sequestration of the alkyl moieties of dextran by the CD in the polymer.
This effect does not lead to an impeding of the formation of associative nano-assemblies or
detraction of their stability [103]. The controlled disruption of the self-assembling microparticles
formed by CD polymer and hydrophobically modified dextran was studied with addition of
hydroxy-adamantane. Thus, the disruption occurred with the addition of the model guest in a
change of the spherical particle shape to a more random one [104].
The condensation reaction with epichlorohydrine (EPI) as cross-linker has been described
in detail by some work groups and is one of the most popular syntheses for CD gels. Recently,
CD containing microgels with a size of 50-200 µm based on poly(vinylalcohol) (PVA) and EPI
or with an interpenetrating network (IPN) based on poly(methyacrylic acid) (PMAA) have been
prepared by inverse emulsion. The functionality of CD minorities was tested for release of the
model drug methylorange (MO) by changing the pH value of the environmental condition.
Results showed that the drug release was driven by host guest interaction and is not related to the
volume phase transition of the pH sensitive microgels [105].
Nanoparticles with a hydrodynamic radii of 65-88 nm with controllable cationic
properties have been developed based on quaternary ammonium -CD (QA-CD), choline
chloride and cross-linking using EPI in a one-step condensation polymerization. With the aim to
treat brain disorders across the blood brain barrier using nanoparticles as drug delivery system,
the enhanced permeability across the bovine brain microvessel endothelial cell (BBMVEC)
monolayers being dependent upon the number of quaternary ammonium groups were found. The
permeability of the model drug doxorubicin (DOX) could be enhanced across BBMVEC
monolayers by 2.2 times. No toxic effect of CD nanoparticles (500 µg/mL) in BBMVEC was
detected and furthermore, nanoparticles could completely protect BBMVECs from cytotoxicity
of DOX. [106]. Furthermore, anionic -CD microparticles based on anionic polysaccharides
20
(carboxymethyl or sulfopropyl pullulan) were prepared using cross-linker 3-(glycidoxypropyl)
trimethoxysilane. The uptake and loading capacity of microparticles were studied to retain water
pollutants (phenol and benzoic acid derivatives, -naphthol), drugs (salicylic acid, indomethacin)
and proteins (lysozyme). Results showed that the retention of the guest molecules is influenced
by their inclusion in the cavity of cyclodextrin and in the pores of hydrogels, as well as through
the electrostatic forces toward anionic polyelectrolyte charges [107].
CD based microcapsules with a mean size in the 10–35 μm range were prepared by
interfacial cross-linking of -CDs with terephthaloyl chloride (TC) in 1 M NaOH using emulsion
technique. These microcapsules show high and rapid uptake of p-nitrophenol (pNP) reaching a
maximum within 1 h due to capsule structure. The maximal fixation was observed for small-sized
particles (≈11 μm) [108]. The controlled release of the guest molecule propranolol for several
hours was studied. Thus, drug release was more retarded using higher amount of added -CD
microcapsules [109].
Nanoporous CD containing nanosponges (CDNS) with a size ranged from 350 to 600 nm
with low polydispersity indices (PDI) have been prepared by use of active carbonyl compounds
(e.g. dimethylcarbonate or carbonyldiimidazole) as cross-linkers. Ultrasound-assisted
preparation method enables the creation of solid nanoparticles in crystalline form with a spherical
shape in DMF or DMSO [110]. CDNS with high swelling properties in aqueous phase are created
using pyromellitic dianhydride (PMA) as cross-linker. The pore sizes of CDNS could be
modulated by changing in the mole ratio of a CD cross-linker [111]. CDNS were investigated
mainly as drug carrier such as dexamethasone, flurbiprofen, doxorubicin, itraconazole, paclitaxel,
5-fluorouracil, tamoxifen, camptothecin, resveratrol [112] and furthermore, as adsorber for gases
[113]. Results showed that nanosponges can act as multifunctional carriers e.g. solubility
enhancement of drugs, protection of fragile molecules from light or degeneration, sustained
delivery and release system [112].
The oil in water miniemulsion method has been applied to prepare -CD nanospheres
with a size of 185–1600 nm cross-linked with isophorone diisocyanate (IPDI) in hexadecane and
sodium-n-dodecylsulfate (SDS) as surfactant. With the aim of water purification from organic
pollutants, toluene and phenol were used as model guest to study the adsorption and regeneration
of -CD nanospheres. Results showed that the maximum adsorption loading is achieved for
toluene within 8 h and for phenol within 14 h. The regeneration of the solid saturated
21
cyclodextrin nanospheres were studied by extraction in an ethanol solution for 24 h. The
cyclodextrin nanospheres exhibited a slightly lower adsorption loading of ca. 10% [114].
Recently, CD and hydroxypropyl -cyclodextrin (HPCD) and -CD based nanogels with a
size between 10 and 400 nm were prepared by reaction with hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
(HPMC) or agar and additional cross-linking with ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether (EGDE). The
synthesis took place in inverse miniemulsion (water in dichloromethane) with surfactant Span 80
using simultaneously an emulsification/solvent evaporation process. Results showed that
nanogels could also be formed without using a surfactant. This emulsion stabilizing effect of CDs
could be explained by formation of inclusion complexes with the organic solvent at the interface.
3-methylbenzoic acid (3-MBA) was selected for permeability tests which confirmed the
formation of inclusion complexes and the sustain release [99].
The radical copolymerization was also used as preparation method for the creation of
nano- and microgels. Hence, biodegradable and biocompatible nanogels with a particle size
between 60 and 260 nm were prepared by radical copolymerization of a polylactic acid (PLA)
macromonomer and CD monomer (from CD and 1-allyloxy-2,3-epoxy propane) with different
numbers of vinyl groups. The particle size depend on the PLA/CD ratio, whereas the
hydrophilicity of the microgels increased with increasing β-CD contents. Furthermore, an
increase of the cross-linking degree in microgels was controlled by increase of the vinyl groups
(1-7) on the CD monomer and led to a decrease in the degree of swelling and in the degradation
of microgels [115]. The two step precipitation polymerization has been applied to the synthesis of
CD-co-poly(N-isopropylacrylamide) core-shell nanogels (diameter = 133-142 nm). In the first
step the core microgel was prepared by precipitation polymerization of monovinyl-CD monomer
(GMA-EDA--CD), N-isopropylacrylamide (NIPAm), N,N methylenebis(acrylamide) (BIS,
cross-linker), sodium-n-docecylsulfate (SDS, surfactant) and ammonium persulfate (initiator) in
aqueous solution at 70 °C under stirring for 5 h. In the second precipitation polymerization step,
these nanogels (diameter = 106-115 nm) were subsequently used as core particles and seeds for a
further shell layer of PNIPAm. It has been shown that with increase of β-CD content the
temperature-induced deswelling of microgels decreases gradually (diameter = 90-65 nm). The
core–shell microgel was loaded with the drug paeonol, which has been used as an analgesic and
anti-inflammatory drug in aqueous solution. The sustained release was observed at 25 °C and
22
after collapsing of the microgels at 37 °C. Results showed that the inclusion complexation of
paeonol prevent the fast release at an early stage due to volume shrinking of gel particles [100].
However, nano- and microparticles, microcapsules, nanosponges and nano-structured
polymer material based on CD have been started to be discussed in weight range. Especially CD
containing nano- and microgels with characteristic swelling properties have a high potential for
further application in the area of soft nanomaterials. At the moment, nanoparticles have been
synthesized most often by lock key system and condensation reaction in organic solvent or with
surfactant using emulsions technique. The preparation of nanostructures with CD domains by
radical polymerization, especially the precipitation polymerization in water, have high potential
and should be investigated in more detail e.g. without surfactants and with variation of
comonomers. The roll of CD as cross-linker, stabilizer, and initiator for particle growth is not
investigated and published in detail and remains open.
The uptake of the discussed model drugs, guests and chemical agents by CD nanogels
actually based on the formation of inclusion complexes. The release mechanism of complexed
molecules from CD nanogels was controlled by the inclusion effect and simultaneously on the
prevention of drug release. Thus, similar to the CD containing bulk hydrogels and polymer
materials, the incorporated inclusion compounds with suitable guest molecules offer advantages
in effectiveness, long-term activity, and low effective concentrations of chemical agents.
The influence of the polymeric structure and comonomer compositions in nanogels on
the uptake and release behavior is not studied in detail. For modified applications, synergestic
effects with comonomers, variation in mash sizes of the cross-linked structure, improved
fixation on surfaces, bioavailability and improved possibility of specific application should be
investigated. Furthermore, the uptake and release irrespective of the volume of the nanogel and
by changing of the properties of the near environment have high potential for further
modifications.
23
2.3 References
1. Ariga, K.; Li, M.; Richards, G. J.; Hill, J. P., Nanoarchitectonics: a conceptual paradigm for design and
synthesis of dimension-controlled functional nanomaterials, J. Nanosci. Nanotechnol. 2011, 11, 1-13. 2. Wilson, W. E.; Suh, H. H., Fine Particles and Coarse Particles: Concentration Relationships Relevant to
Epidemiologic Studies, J. Air Waste Manage. Assoc. 1997, 43, 1238-1249.
3. Granqvist, C. G.; Buhrman, R. A.; Wyns, J.; Sievers, A. J., Far-Infrared Absorption in Ultrafine Al Particles,
Phys. Rev. Lett. 1976, 37, 625–629.
4. Grimsdale, A. C.; Muellen, K., The chemistry of organic nanomaterials, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2005, 44,
5592-5629.
5. Whitesides, G. M.; Mathias, J. P.; Seto, C. T., Molecular self-assembly and nanochemistry: a chemical strategy
for the synthesis of nanostructures, Science 1991, 254, 1312-1319.
6. Pileni, M.-P., The role of soft colloidal templates in controlling the size and shape of inorganic nanocrystals,
Nature Materials 2003, 2, 145-150.
7. Katz, E.; Willner, I., Nanobiotechnology: integrated nanoparticle-biomolecule hybrid systems: Synthesis,
properties, and applications, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2004, 43, 6042-6108.
8. Nayak, S.; Lyon, L. A., Soft nanotechnology with soft nanoparticles, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2005, 44, 7686-
7708.
9. Staudinger, H.; Husemann, E., Über hochpolymere Verbindungen, 116 Mitteil.: Über das begrenzt quellbare
Polystyrol, Chem. Ber. 1935, 68, 1618-1634.
10. Kreuter, J., Nanoparticles—a historical perspective, Int. J. Pharm. 2007, 33, 1–10.
11. Kabanov, A. V.; Vinogradov, S. V., Nanogels as pharmaceutical carriers: finite networks of infinite
capabilities, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2009, 48, 5418-5429.
12. Motornov, M.; Roiter, Y.; Tokarev, I.; Minko, S., Stimuli-responsive nanoparticles, nanogels and capsules for
integrated multifunctional intelligent systems, Prog. Polym. Sci. 2010, 35, 174-211.
13. Saunders, B. R.; Vincent, B., Microgel particles as model colloids: theory, properties and applications, Adv.
Colloid Interface Sci. 1999, 80, 1-25.
14. Pich, A.; Adler, H. J., Composite aqueous microgels: an overview of recent advances in synthesis,
characterization and application, Polym. Int. 2007, 56, 291-307.
15. Pelton, R., Temperature-sensitive aqueous microgels, Adv. Colloid Interface Sci. 2000, 85, 1-33.
16. Boyko, V.; Pich, A.; Lu, Y.; Richter, S.; Arndt, K. F.; Adler, H. J., Thermo-sensitive poly(N-vinylcaprolactam-
co-acetoacetoxyethyl methacrylate) microgels: 1—synthesis and characterization, Polymer 2003, 44, 7821-
7827.
17. Lee, E. S.; Gao, Z.; Bae, Y. H., Recent progress in tumor pH targeting nanotechnology, J. Controlled Release
2008, 132, 164-170.
18. Puehse, M.; Keerl, M.; Scherzinger, C.; Richtering, W.; Winter, R., Influence of pressure on the state of poly(N-
isopropylacrylamide) and poly(N,N-diethylacrylamide) derived polymers in aqueous solution as probed by
FTIR-spectroscopy, Polymer 2010, 51, 3653-3659.
19. Klinger, D.; Landfester, K., Photo-sensitive PMMA microgels: light-triggered swelling and degradation, Soft
Matter 2011, 7, 1426-1440.
24
20. Scherzinger, C.; Lindner, P.; Keerl, M.; Richtering, W., Cononsolvency of Poly(N,N-diethylacrylamide)
(PDEAAM) and Poly(N-isopropylacrylamide) (PNIPAM) Based Microgels in Water/Methanol Mixtures:
Copolymer vs. Core-Shell Microgel, Macromolecules 2010, 43, 6829-6833.
21. Bhattacharya, S.; Eckert, F.; Boyko, V.; Pich, A., Temperature, pH, and magnetic field-sensitive hybrid
microgels, Small 2007, 3, 650-657.
22. Agrawal, M.; Gupta, S.; Stamm, M., Recent developments in fabrication and applications of colloid based
composite particles, J. Mater. Chem. 2011, 21, 615-627.
23. Hazot, P.; Chapel, J. P.; Pichot, C.; Elaissari, A.; Delair, T., Preparation of poly(N-ethyl methacrylamide)
particles via an emulsion/precipitation process: the role of the crosslinker, J. Polym. Sci. A: Polym. Chem.
2002, 40, 1808-1817.
24. Gokmen, T. M.; Du Prez, F. E., Porous polymer particles-A comprehensive guide to synthesis,
characterization, functionalization and applications, Prog. Polym. Sci. 2012, 37, 365-405.
25. Berndt, I.; Pedersen, J. S.; Richtering, W., Structure of Multiresponsive "Intelligent" Core-Shell Microgels, J.
Am. Chem. Soc. 2005, 127, 9372-9373.
26. Kratz, K.; Hellweg, T.; Eimer, W., Influence of charge density on the swelling of colloidal poly(N-
isopropylacrylamide-co-acrylic acid) microgels, Colloids Surf., A 2000, 170,137-149.
27. Groll, J.; Singh, S.; Albrecht, K.; Moeller, M. Biocompatible and degradable nanogels via oxidation reactions
of synthetic thiomers in inverse miniemulsion, J. Polym. Sci. A Polym. Chem. 2009, 47, 5543-5549.
28. Landfester, K., Miniemulsion Polymerization and the Structure of Polymer and Hybrid Nanoparticles, Angew.
Chem. Int. Ed. 2009, 48, 4488-4507.
29. Raquois, C.; Tassin, J. F.; Rezaiguia, S.; Gindre, A. V., Microgels in coating technology: structure and
rheological properties, Prog. Org. Coat. 1995, 26, 239-50.
30. Wu, X.; Guy, R. H., Applications of nanoparticles in topical drug delivery and in cosmetics, J. Drug Deliv. Sci,
Tec. 2009, 19, 371-384.
31. Sanguansri, P.; Augustin, M. A., Nanoscale materials development – a food industry perspective, Trends Food
Sci. Tech. 2006, 17, 547–556.
32. Lu, Y.; Spyra, P.; Mei, Y.; Ballauff, M.; Pich, A., Composite Hydrogels: Robust Carriers for Catalytic
Nanoparticles, Macromol. Chem. Phys. 2007, 208, 254-261.
33. Oh, J. K.; Drumright, R.; Siegwart, D. J.; Matyjaszewski, K., The development of microgels/nanogels for drug
delivery applications, Prog. Polym. Sci. 2008, 33, 448-477.
34. Franzesi, G. T.; Ni, B.; Ling, Y.; Khademhosseini, A., A Controlled-Release Strategy for the Generation of
Cross-Linked Hydrogel Microstructures, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2006, 128, 15064-15065.
35. Xiong, M.-H.; Bao, Y.; Yang, X.-Z.; Wang, Y.-C.; Sun, B.; Wang, J., Lipase-sensitive polymeric triple-layered
nanogel for "on-demand" drug delivery, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2012, 134, 4355-4362.
36. Zhang, J.; Xu, S.; Kumacheva, E., Polymer Microgels: Reactors for Semiconductor, Metal, and Magnetic
Nanoparticles, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2004, 126, 7908
37. Wu, W.; Aiello, M.; Zhou, T.; Berliner, A.; Banerjee, P.; Zhou, S., In-situ immobilization of quantum dots in
polysaccharide-based nanogels for integration of optical pH-sensing, tumor cell imaging, and drug delivery,
Biomaterials 2010, 31, 3023-3031.
25
38. Kim, J.-W.; Fernandez-Nieves, A.; Dan, N.; Utada, A. S.; Marquez, M.; Weitz, D. A., Colloidal Assembly
Route for Responsive Colloidosomes with Tunable Permeability, Nano Letters 2007, 7, 2876-2880.
39. South, A. B.; Andrew Lyon, L., Autonomic Self-Healing of Hydrogel Thin Films, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2010,
49, 767-771.
40. Tsuji, S.; Kawaguchi, H.,Colored Thin Films Prepared from Hydrogel Microspheres, Langmuir 2005, 21,
8439-8442.
41. Saunders, B. R.; Laajam, N.; Daly, E.; Teow, S.; Hu, X.; Stepto, R., Microgels: From responsive polymer
colloids to biomaterials, Adv. Colloid Interface Sci. 2009, 147/148, 251-262.
42. Tauer, K.; Gau, D.; Schulze, S.; Volkel, A.; Dimova, R., Thermal property changes of poly(N-
isopropylacrylamide) microgel particles and block copolymers, Colloid. Polym. Sci. 2009, 287, 299-312.
43. Zhou, X.; Liu, B.; Yu, X.; Zha, X.; Zhang, X.; Chen, Y.; Xueyun, W.; Yinghua, J.; Yongge, W.; Yue, C.;
Yaming, S.; Yan, C.; Junqiu, L.; Wei, K.; Jiacong, S., Controlled release of PEI/DNA complexes from
mannose-bearing chitosan microspheres as a potent delivery system to enhance immune response to HBV DNA
vaccine, J. Controlled Release 2007, 121, 200-207.
44. Albrecht, K.; Moeller, M.; Groll, J., Nano- and microgels through addition reactions of functional oligomers
and polymers, Adv. Polym. Sci. 2011, 234, 65-93.
45. Wang, L. Y.; Gu, Y. H.; Zhou, Q. Z.; Ma, G. H.; Wan, Y. H.; Su, Z. G., Preparation and characterization of
uniform-sized chitosan microspheres containing insulin by membrane emulsification and a two-step
solidification process, Colloids Surf., B 2006, 50, 126-135.
46. Xu, S; Nie, Z; Seo, M; Lewis, P; Kumacheva, E; Stone, HA., Generation of Monodisperse Particles by Using
Microfluidics: Control over Size, Shape, and Composition, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2005, 44, 724-728.
47. Pich, A.; Richtering, W., Microgels by Precipitation Polymerization: Synthesis, Characterization and
Functionalization, Adv. Polym. Sci. 2011, 234, 1–37.
48. Landfester, K., The generation of nanoparticles in miniemulsions, Adv. Mater. 2001, 13, 765-768.
49. Rolland J. P.; Hagberg E. C.; Denison G. M. Carter K. R.; De Simone J. M. High-Resolution Soft Lithography:
Enabling Materials for Nanotechnologies, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2004, 43, 5796-5799.
50. Landfester, K.;Willert, M.; Antonietti, M., Preparation of polymer particles in nonaqueous direct and inverse
miniemulsions, Macromolecules 2000, 33,:2370–2376.
51. Ethirajan, A.; Schoeller, K.; Musyanovych ,A.; Ziener, U.; Landfester, K., Synthesis and optimization of gelatin
nanoparticles using the miniemulsion process, Biomacromolecules 2008, 9, 2383–2389.
52. Gupta, A. K.; Gupta, M.; Yarwood, S. J.; Curtis, A. S. G., Effect of cellular uptake of gelatin nanoparticles on
adhesion, morphology and cytoskeleton organisation of human fibroblasts, J.Control Release 2004, 95, 197–
207.
53. Villiers, A., Sur la fermentation de la fécule par l'action du ferment butyriqué, C.R. Hebd. Seances Acad. Sci.
1891, 112, 536-538
54. Schradinger, F., Über thermophile Bacterien aus verschiedenen Speisen und Milch, sowie einige
Umsetzungsprodukte derselben in kohlenhydrat-haltigen Nährlösungen, darunter kristallisierte Polysachariede
(Dextrine) aus Stärke, Z. Untersuchung Nahrungs- u. Genußmittel 1903, 6, 874.
55. Freudenberg, K.;Jacobi, R., Über Schardingers Dextrine aus Stärke, Justus Liebigs Ann. Chem. 1935, 518,
102–108.
26
56. Plou, F. J.; Martin, M. T.; Gomez de Segura, A.; Alcalde, M.; Ballesteros, A., Glucosyltransferases acting on
starch or sucrose for the synthesis of oligosaccharides, Can. J. Chem. 2002, 80, 743-752
57. Wenz, G., Cyclodextrine als Bausteine supramolekularer Strukturen und Funktionseinheiten, Angew. Chem.
1994, 106, 851-870.
58. Sanger, W., Cyclodextrin Inclusion Compounds in Research and Industry, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 1980, 19,
344-362.
59. Szejtli, J., Introduction and general overview of cyclodextrin chemistry, Chem. Rev. 1998, 98, 1743-1753.
60. Buchwald, P., Complexation thermodynamics of cyclodextrins in the framework Hydrogels of β-cyclodextrin
crosslinked by acylated poly(ethylene glycol): Synthesis and properties of a molecular size–based model for
nonassociative organic liquids that includes a modified hydration-shell hydrogen-bond model for water, J.
Phys. Chem. B 2002, 106, 6864-6870.
61. Liu, L.; Guo, Q.-X., The driving forces in the inclusion complexation of cyclodextrins. J. Incl. Phenom.
Macrocycl. Chem. 2002, 42, 1–14.
62. Rekharsky, M. V.; Inoue, Y., Complexation Thermodynamics of Cyclodextrins, Chem. Rev. 1998, 98, 1875-
1918.
63. Duchêne, D.; Wouessidjewe, D.; Ponchel, G., Cyclodextrins and carrier systems, J. Controlled Release 1999,
62, 263-268.
64. Taguchi, K., Transient binding of phenolphthalein-.beta.-cyclodextrin complex: an example of induced
geometrical distortion, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1986, 108, 2705-2709.
65. Uekama, K.; Otagiri, M., Cyclodextrins in drug carrier systems, Crit. Rev. Ther. Drug Carrier Syst. 1987, 3, 1-
40.
66. Loftsson, T.; Duchene, D., Cyclodextrins and their pharmaceutical applications, Int. J. Pharm. 2007, 329, 1–
11.
67. Rajewski, R. A.; Stella, V. J., Pharmaceutical Applications of Cyclodextrins. 2. In Vivo Drug Delivery, J.
Pharm. Sci. 1996, 85, 1142-1169.
68. Hirayama, F.; Uekama, K., Cyclodextrin-based controlled drug release system, Adv. Drug Delivery Rev.1999,
36, 125-141.
69. Hedges, A. R., Industrial applications of cyclodextrins, Chem. Rev. 1998, 98, 2035-2044.
70. Dodziuk, H., Applications other than in pharmaceutical industry, Cyclodextrins and Their Complexes,
Dodziuk, H., Eds.; WILEY-VCH: Weinheim, 2006; pp 450-466.
71. van de Manakker, F.; Vermonden, T.; van Nostrum, C. F.; Hennink, W. E., Cyclodextrin-based polymeric
materials: synthesis, properties, pharmaceutical/biomedical applications, Biomacromolecules 2009, 10, 3159-
3175.
72. Alvarez-Lorenzo, C.; Bromberg, L.; Concheiro, A., Light-sensitive intelligent drug delivery systems,
Photochem. Photobiol. 2009, 85, 848–860.
73. Renard, E.; Deratani, A.; Volet, G.; Sebille, B., Preparation and characterization of water soluble high
molecular weight β-cyclodextrin-epichlorohydrin polymers, Eur. Polym. J. 1997, 33, 49-57.
74. Ma, M.; Li, D.-Q., New Organic Nanoporous Polymers and Their Inclusion Complexes, Chem. Mater. 1999,
11, 872-874.
27
75. Harada, A.; Furue, M.; Nozakura, S., Cyclodextrin-containing polymers. 1. Preparation of polymers,
Macromolecules 1976, 9, 701-704.
76. Liu, Y.-Y.; Fan, X.-D., Synthesis and characterization of pH- and temperature-sensitive hydrogel of N-
isopropylacrylamide/cyclodextrin based copolymer, Polymer 2002, 43, 4997-5003
77. Paradossi, G.; Chiessi, E.; Cavalieri, F.; Moscone, D.; Crescenzi, V., Networks based on chitosan and oxidized
cyclodextrin-II. Structural and catalytic features of a copper (II)-loaded network - a spectroscopic and
conformational investigation of chitosan, Polym. Gels Networks 1998, 5, 525–540.
78. Cesteros, L. C.; González-Teresa, R.; Katime, I., Hydrogels of β-cyclodextrin crosslinked by acylated
poly(ethylene glycol): Synthesis and properties, Eur. Polym. J. 2009, 45, 674–679.
79. Amajjahe, S.; Munteanu, M.; Ritter H., Switching the Solubility of PMMA Bearing Attached Cyclodextrin-
Moieties by Supramolecular Interactions with Ionic Liquids, Macromol. Rapid Commun. 2009, 30, 904–908.
80. Renard, E.; le Volet, G.; Amiel C., Novel linear water-soluble β-cyclodextrin polymer, Polym. Int. 2005, 54,
594–599.
81. Wintgens, V.; Daoud-Mahammed, S.; Gref, R.; Bouteiller, L.; Amiel, C., Aqueous polysaccharide associations
mediated by b-cyclodextrin polymers, Biomacromolecules 2008, 9, 1434–1442.
82. Auzely-Velty, R.; Rinaudo, M., New supramolecular assemblies of a cyclodextrin-grafted chitosan through
specific complexation, Macromolecules 2002, 35, 7955–7962 .
83. Osman, S.; Brandl, F.; Zayed, G.; Tessmar, J.; Gopferich, A., Cyclodextrin based hydrogels: inclusion complex
formation and micellization of adamantane and cholesterol grafted polymers, Polymer 2011, 52, 4806–4812.
84. Hashidzume, A.; Ito, F.; Tomatsu, I.; Harada, A., Macromolecular recognition by polymer-carrying
cyclodextrins: interaction of a polymer bearing cyclodextrin moieties with poly (acrylamide)s bearing aromatic
side chains, Macromol. Rapid Commun. 2005, 26, 1151–1154.
85. Harada, A.; Takashima, Y.; Yamaguchi, H., Cyclodextrin-based supramolecular polymers, Chem. Soc. Rev.
2009, 38, 875-882.
86. Huh, K. M.; Cho, Y. W.; Chung, H.; Kwon, I. C.; Jeong, S. Y.; Ooya, T.; Lee, W. K.; Sasaki, S.; Yui, N.,
Supramolecular hydrogel formation based on inclusion complexation between poly(ethylene glycol)-modified
chitosan and α-cyclodextrin, Macromol. Biosci. 2004, 4, 92-99.
87. Tonelli, A. E., Cyclodextrins as a means to nanostructure and functionalize polymers, J. Incl. Phenom.
Macrocycl. Chem.. 2008, 60, 197–202.
88. Johnson, J. A.; Turro, N. J.; Koberstein, J. T.; Mark, J. E., Some hydrogels having novel molecular structures,
Prog. Pol. Sci. 2010, 35, 332–337.
89. Marui, Y.; Kida, T.; Akashi, M., Facile morphological control of cyclodextrin nano- and microstructures and
their unique organogelation ability, Chem. Mater. 2010, 22, 282–284.
90. Harada, A.; Furue, M.; Nozakura, S., Cyclodextrin-containing polymers. 2. Preparation of polymers,
Macromolecules 1976, 9, 705-710.
91. Bibby, D. C.; Davies, N. M.; Tucker I. G., Mechanisms by which cyclodextrins modify drug release from
polymeric drug delivery systems, Int. J. Pharm. 2000, 197, 1-11.
92. Loftsson, T., Cyclodextrins and the Biopharmaceutics Classification System of Drugs, J. Incl. Phenom.
Macrocycl. Chem. 2002, 44, 63-67.
28
93. Nandi1, I.; Bateson, M.; Bari, M.; Joshi, H. N., Synergistic Effect of PEG-400 and Cyclodextrin to Enhance
Solubility of Progesterone, AAPS Pharm. Sci. Tech. 2003, 4, 1-5.
94. Moya-Ortega, M. D.; Messner, M.; Phatsawee, J.; Nielsen, T. T.; Wintgens, V.; C.; Larsen, K. L.; Amiel, C.;
Sigurdsson, H. H.; Loftsson, T., Cross-Drug loading in cyclodextrin polymers: dexamethasone model drug, J.
Incl. Phenom. Macrocycl. Chem. 2011, 69, 377-382.
95. Glisoni , R. J.; García-Fernández, M. J.; Pino, M.; Gutkind, G.; Moglioni, A. G.; Alvarez-Lorenzo, C.;
Concheiro, A.; Sosnik, A., β-Cyclodextrin hydrogels for the ocular release of antibacterial thiosemicarbazones,
Carbohydr. Polym. 2013; 93, 449-57.
96. Moya-Ortega, M. D.; Alvarez -Lorenzo, C.; Sigurdsson, H. H.; Concheiro, A.; Loftsson T., γ-Cyclodextrin
hydrogels and semi-interpenetrating networks for sustained delivery of dexamethasone, Carbohydr. Polym.
2010, 80, 900-907.
97. Vyas, A.; Saraf, S.; Saraf, S., Cyclodextrin based novel drug delivery systems, J. Incl. Phenom. Macrocycl.
Chem. 2008, 62, 23–42.
98. Gref, R.; Amiel, C.; Molinard, K.; Daoud-Mahammed, V.; Sebille, B.; Gillet, B.; Beloeil, J.-C.; Ringard, C.;
Rosilio, V.; Poupaert, J.; Couvreur, P., New self-assembled nanogels based on host-guest interactions:
characterization and drug loading, J. Controlled Release 2006, 111, 316–324.
99. Moya-Ortega, M. D., Alvarez-Lorenzo, C., Sigurdsson, H. H., Concheiro, A., Loftsson, T., Cross-linked
hydroxypropyl -cyclodextrin and -cyclodextrin nanogels for drug delivery: physicochemical and
loading/release properties, Carbohydr. Polym. 2012, 87, 2344–2351.
100. Lui, Y. Y.; Yu, Y.; Tian, W.; Sun, L.; Fan, X. D., Preparation and Properties of Cyclodextrin/PNIPAm
Microgels, Macromol. Biosci. 2009, 9, 525-534.
101. Inoue, M.; Hashizaki, K.; Taguchi, H.; Saito, Y., Preparation and characterization of n-alkane/water emulsion
stabilized by cyclodextrin, J. Oleo Sci. 2009, 58, 85–90.
102. Moya-Ortega, M. D.; Alvarez -Lorenzo, C.; Concheiro, A.; Loftsson T., Cyclodextrin-based nanogels for
pharmaceutical and biomedical applications, Int. J. Pharm. 2012, 428, 152–163.
103. Daoud-Mahammed, S.; Ringard-Lefebvre, C.; Razzouq, N.; Rosilio, V.; Gillet, B.; Couvreur, P.; Amiel, C.;
Gref, R., Spontaneous association of hydrophobized dextran and poly-beta-cyclodextrin into nanoassemblies.
Formation and interaction with a hydrophobic drug, J. Colloid Interface Sci. 2007, 307, 83-93.
104. Nielsen, A. L.; Steffensen, K.; Larsen, K. L., Self-assembling microparticles with controllable disruption
properties based on cyclodextrin interactions, Colloids Surf., B 2009, 73, 267–275.
105. Lui, Y. Y.; Fan, X. D.; Kang ,T.; Sun, L. A., Cyclodextrin Microgel for Controlled Release Driven by Inclusion
Effect,. Macromol. Rapid. Commun. 2004, 25, 1912-1916.
106. Gil, E. S.; Li, J.; Xiao, H.; Lowe, T. L., Quaternary ammonium beta-cyclodextrin nanoparticles for enhancing
doxorubicin permeability across the in vitro blood–brain barrier, Biomacromolecules 2009, 10, 505–516.
107. Mocanu, G.; Mihai, D.; LeCerf, D.; Picton, L.; Moscovici, M., Cyclodextrinanionic polysaccharide hydrogels:
synthesis, characterization, and interaction with some organic molecules (water pollutants, drugs, proteins), J.
Appl. Polym. Sci. 2009, 112, 1175–1183.
108. Pariot, N., Edwards-Levy, F.; Andry, M. C.; Levy, M. C., Cross-linked -cyclodextrin microcapsules:
preparation and properties, Int. J. Pharm. Sci. 2000, 211, 19–27.
109. Pariot, N.; Edwards-Levy, F.; Andry, M. C.; Levy, M. C., Cross-linked -cyclodextrin microcapsules. II.
Retarding effect on drug release through semi-permeable membranes, Int. J. Pharm. Sci. 2002, 232, 175–181.
29
110. Trotta, F.; Cavalli, R., Characterization and applications of new hyper-crosslinked cyclodextrins, Compos.
Interface 2009, 16, 39–48.
111. Swaminathan, S.; Pastero, L.; Serpe, L.; Trotta, F.; Vavia, P.; Aquilano, D.; Trotta, M.; Zara, G.; Cavalli, R.,
Cyclodextrin-based nanosponges encapsulating camptothecin: physicochemical characterization, stability and
cytotoxicity, Eur. J. Pharm. Biopharm. 2010, 74, 193–201.
112. Trotta, F; Zanetti, M.; Cavalli, R., Cyclodextrin-based nanosponges as drug carriers, Beilstein J. Org. Chem.
2012, 8, 2091–2099.
113. Trotta, F.; Cavalli, R.; Martina, K.; Biasizzo, M.; Vitillo, J.; Bordiga, S.; Vavia, P.; Ansari, K., Cyclodextrin
nanosponges as effective gas carriers, J. Incl. Phenom. Macrocycl. Chem. 2011, 71, 189–194.
114. Baruch-Teblum, E.; Mastai, Y.; Landfester, K., Miniemulsion polymerization of cyclodextrin nanospheres for
water purification from organic pollutants, Eur. Polym. J. 2010, 46, 1671–1678.
115. Lu, D.; Yang, L.; Zhou, T.; Lei, Z., Synthesis, characterization and properties of biodegradable polylactic
acid-β-cyclodextrin cross-linked copolymer microgels, Eur. Polym. J. 2008, 44, 2140-2145.
30
31
Chapter 3
Functional PMMA nanogels by cross-linking with cyclodextrin
methacrylate
Abstract: The incorporation of cyclodextrins (CDs) in nanogels based on cross-linked
poly(methyl methacrylate) (PMMA) combine the good complexation properties of hydrophilic
CDs, hydrophobic nature of PMMA, the colloidal behavior of nanogels and the ability to work
in organic as well in aqueous media. CD-MA nanogels are prepared by surfactant-free
precipitation polymerization in methanol. Solvent shift from the organic to the aqueous phase
using dialysis enables working in water. α-, β- and γ-CDs functionalized with methacrylic
groups (CD-MAs) are synthesized with an average amount of vinyl bonds per CD molecule of
2, 4, or 6 and they are used as cross-linker and as complexation unit. The formation and the
particle growth correlate with the increase of the CD-MA concentration in the reaction mixture.
This led to a reduction of the final hydrodynamic radius of nanoparticles from 363 nm to 36 nm
in aqueous phase. The number of vinyl groups per CD molecule influences the size of the
nanogels as well and induces the formation of smaller particles with a higher cross-linking
degree. The uptake properties of the CD-MA nanogels are studied by dye adsorption method
using phenolphthalein. Results show controlled complexation of the guest molecules in
dependence on the CD-MA content and the degree of cross-linking.
Keywords:nanogels, nanoparticles, methyl methacrylate, cyclodextrin, PMMA
AIBN
Cyclodextrin methacrylate (CD-MA)
O
R = O
O
RR
R
O
O
R
RRO
OR
R
R
O
O
RR
R
OO
R
R
RO
OR
RR
O
OR
R
R
O
MeOH, 65°C
Methyl methacrylate (MMA)
OO
Monomer
Cross-linker
R = OH
organic
solvent
H2O
Swollen
Collapsed
Variable parameter:
-CD-MA /MMA ratio,
-vinyl bonds (R)
-ring size
32
3.1 Introduction
The challenge in today`s research of small polymeric particles such as nano- and
microgels is the development of application-related particle structures, morphologies and
specific properties. Soft nanoparticles as carrier systems should have a high sensitivity to
changes of external environmental factors and enhanced uptake and controlled release properties
to chemical agents [1,2].
The creation of hydrophobic polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA) nanoparticles has been a
topic of research in the last two decades. The flexibility and the small size of several nanometers
have raised interest [3], and have got fundamental as well as applied perspectives especially in
the biomedical field [4]. In medical technologies PMMA nanoparticles are used because of the
very good toxicological safety record [5], furthermore, they are slowly biodegradable [6].
PMMA nanoparticles exhibit positive adjuvant effects with some antigens [7]. Applications as
vaccine adjuvants [8], oligonucleotide [9] and drug delivery systems [10], for protein separation
[11], analytical detection of soluble ions [12] and as carrier materials of pharmaceutical active
ingredients for controlled release have been studied [13].
Common preparation procedures for polymeric nano- and microparticles are performed
by mini- and micro-emulsion polymerization (EP) [14-16], inverse emulsion polymerization
[17,18], surfactant-free emulsion polymerization (SFEP) [19,20], surfactant-free precipitation
polymerization (SFPP) [21,22] or solvent shifting [23,24].
The creation of non-cross-linked PMMA nanoparticles based on the self assembly of
linear polymers has been particularly studied by some workgroups. Hence, surfactant free
precipitation polymerization has been shown to enable synthesis of polymer particles as small as
50 nm by microwave assisted polymerization at rather high solid content. Here, nanoparticles
based on PMMA homopolymers were synthesized by different procedures mentioned above
directly in water with different surfactants or in different solvent mixtures to overcome the
problem with the critical initial monomer concentration [25,26]. Only recently it has been
shown that similarly monodisperse sub 100 nm scale particles can also be obtained, when
hydrophilic co-units are introduced during polymerization and a less polar co-solvent is added to
the aqueous phase. Copolymeric PMMA particles were synthesized in acetone-water mixture
using a negatively charged persulfate initiator to improve the colloidal stability [20]. However,
33
the creation of size-controlled, stable colloidal dispersions of self-assembled linear polymers is
nevertheless a difficult procedure. Nanoparticles are obtained after some cleaning steps or
following precipitation in water and are formed via small hydrophobic aggregates of linear
polymer chains. Therefore, these linear PMMA based nanoparticles can only exist in dispersion
stabilized by hydrophobic and hydrophilic interactions in aqueous media.
Three-dimensional cross-linking of the polymer chains improves the stability of the
particle structure and the flexibility to swell in different solvents extends the general possibility
to work in organic as well as in aqueous media. Cross-linked PMMA particles have been
prepared in a size range of 50 nm up to several micrometers in common preparation procedure
discussed above using allyl methacrylate (AMA), 6-hexanediol diacrylate (HDDA), ethylene
glycol dimethacrylate (EGDM), tripropylene glycol diacrylate (TPGDA), ethylene glycol
diacrylate (EGDA) and N,N-methylenebis acrylamid (MBA, BIS) as cross-linker [27-30,18].
The incorporation of hydrophilic co-monomers in hydrophobic PMMA polymer network
could promote stability, the permeability in water and the increased loading of chemical agents in
aqueous phase. Thus, microgels based on PMMA have been prepared by combining hydrophobic
MMA and amphipilic HEMA. The PMMA core was covered with poly(2-hydroxyethyl
methacrylate) (HEMA) thin layer by soap-free emulsion polymerization. The polymerization
process and the particle size are influenced by temperature, initiator, monomer concentrations
and cross-linker content [31]. Furthermore, microgel particles have also been prepared by cross-
linking of poly(methyl methacrylate)-g-poly(ethylene oxid) (PMMA-g-PEO) macro-monomers.
The swelling properties the microgels were studied in different organic solvents [32].
The incorporation of cyclodextrins (CDs) as hydrophilic co-monomer, cross-linker and
complexation domain for many organic molecules in nanoparticle systems possesses some
advantages in combination with the hydrophobic PMMA. CDs (α-, β- or γ) are cyclic oligomers
with a hydrophilic outer surface which is formed by outstanding hydroxyl groups (18, 21 or 24)
from the -glycosidic linked glucose units (6, 7 or 8) [33,34]. The resulting hydrophobic interior
surface and the unique cavity act as macrocyclic complexation units for better binding and
uptake of hydrophobic molecules [35]. Complexation studies of many potential guest molecules
have been made [36], and thus CDs find application as carrier, delivery and controlled release
systems [37]. The chemical modification of CDs enables the covalent binding to polymers or
different kinds of materials e.g. textiles [38,39].
34
CDs with different numbers of vinyl bonds were used for the creation of cross-linked
polymers and hydrogels [40,41]. Mono-substituted CDs are used as co-monomers for the
synthesis of linear copolymers [42] e.g. based on PMMA [43]. The incorporation of
polymerizable CDs in small colloidal structures and particle systems has also been investigated
with different co-monomers [44-48]. Thus, Liu et al. synthesized linear MMA/β-CD copolymers
by radical copolymerization of MMA with mono-vinyl β-CD. Nanoparticles were obtained in a
mixture of DMF, water and acetone. The release of the model drug campthothecin (CPT) in
water could be described as controlled and mainly influenced by loaded amount of CPT in the
more hydrophobic particle core [49].
Studies of aqueous controlled release systems based on CD hydrogels show that the
release rate of hydrophobic drugs like dexamethocome [50] or of an antimicrobial
thioscimicarbenzone [51] can be retarded depending on the cross-linking density of the network.
The loading of the CD hydrogels can be increased if the carriers network is described in its
hydrophilicity. Whether the increased loading is based on a synergetic effect, e.g. enhancement of
the complexation by the more hydrophobic adjacent monomer units or simply by the hydrophobic
uptake of further drug molecules within the network remained open.
Here, a study on the preparation of CD containing nano- and microgels based on the
copolymerization of MMA and CD with methylacrylate substituents (CD-MA) is reported. The
concept for the nanogel preparation is based on the surfactant free precipitation polymerization in
methanol. It presents a new way of controlled synthesis of small, stable cross-linked
nanoparticles, which have the possibility to change their size upon change of the surrounding
medium. Because of the hydrophilic nature of the CDs it was anticipated that the resulting
particles can be disposed in water which enables further applications from aqueous solutions. The
results show the influence of the hydrophilic CD-MA cross-linker in PMMA based nanoparticles
on the particle size in aqueous and organic media, on the polymeric properties and on the uptake
characteristics of the model guest molecule phenolphthalein in aqueous systems.
35
3.2 Experimental
3.2.1 Materials
α-, β- and γ-CD produced by Wacker were dried at 80°C over 3 days before use.
Methacryloyl chloride was obtained from Merck and used as received. Solvents
dimethylformamide (DMF), methanol (MeOH) and acetone were purchased from VWR (DMF
and MeOH was degassed before use). Triethylamine (TEA) was purchased from Merck,
distilled before use and stored over 4 Å molecular sieve in N2-atmosphere. Methyl methacrylate
(MMA) was obtained from Aldrich and destabilized by column chromatography over aluminum
oxide; the further cross-linker N,N-methylene-bis-acryamide (BIS) from Aldrich was used as
received. The initiator, azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN) from Aldrich was used without further
purifications. Phenolphthalein was used as received from Merck.
3.2.2 Modification of cyclodextrins
The modification of CD with reactive vinyl groups is published elsewhere [52]. For the
preparation of cyclodextrin methacrylates (CD-MA) with different degree of substitution,
Schlenk technique was used and the whole procedure took place under N2-atmosphere. CD was
diluted in 15 mL degassed DMF, and TEA was added to the solution. The mixture was stirred
and cooled down to 0°C, than methacryloyl chloride was given into the solution. After stirring
for 12 h, triethylamine hydrochloride was filtered and the clear solution was added into 200 mL
acetone to precipitate the modified CD. The filtrate was washed several times with acetone and
purified by Soxhlet extraction with acetone for three days. The obtained solid was dried, diluted
in a small amount of water and vacuum freeze-dried. In this work α-, β- and γ-CD-MA with an
average substitution degree of 2 and β-CD-MA with an average substitution degree of 4 and 6
were synthesized. Details of the cyclodextrin modification are summarized in the Supporting
Information (Scheme S1, Table S1, Figure S1).
3.2.3 Synthesis of cross-linked nanogels
The synthesis of cross-linked polymeric nanogels was performed by radical precipitation
polymerization technique in organic solvent. A three-necked flask equipped with a stirrer and a
reflux condenser was purged three times after evacuation with nitrogen. Solutions of the
36
monomers [19.98 mmol (2.00 g) MMA and variable amounts of modified CD-MA in 150 mL
methanol] were placed into the flask and stirred at 200 rpm for 15 minutes at 65 °C under
continuous purging with nitrogen. Afterwards, 0.12 mmol (0.02 g) initiator AIBN was added
under continuous stirring and the reaction was carried out for another 8 h under nitrogen
atmosphere. In some experiments 0.02 mmol (0.13 g) BIS was used as additional cross-linker to
compare properties of nanogels prepared only with addition of reactive CD-MA as cross-linker
or with combination of BIS and CD-MA.The ingredients used for the polymerization process
are summarized in Table 1.
Table 1. Reaction recipe for the preparation of CD-MA/MMA nanogels in 150 mL MeOH.
Nanoparticle samples are numbered as NMMAxCD(y), where N = run number; x = cyclodextrin
type, and y = substitution degree of cyclodextrin.
N
MMA,
[g] (mmol)
CD-MA,
[g] (mmol)
CD-MAtheor
,
[wt.-%]
BIS,
[g] (mmol)
AIBN,
[g] (mmol)
Yield,
[g]
1 MMA 2.00 (19.98) - - 0.02 (0.13) 0.02 (0.12) 0.56
2 MMAβCD(4) 2.00 (19.98) 0.05 (0.04) 2.39 0.02 (0.13) 0.02 (0.12) 0.48
3 MMAβCD(4) 2.00 (19.98) 0.1 (0.07) 4.67 0.02 (0.13) 0.02 (0.12) 0.44
4 MMAβCD(4) 2.00 (19.98) 0.3 (0.21) 12.82 0.02 (0.13) 0.02 (0.12) 0.74
5 MMAβCD(4) 2.00 (19.98) 0.6 (0.47) 22.73 0.02 (0.13) 0.02 (0.12) 0.68
6 MMAβCD(4) 2.00 (19.98) 0.05 (0.04) 2.42 - 0.02 (0.12) 0.60
7 MMAβCD(4) 2.00 (19.98) 0.1 (0.07) 4.72 - 0.02 (0.12) 0.44
8 MMAβCD(4) 2.00 (19.98) 0.3 (0.21) 12.93 0.02 (0.12) 0.78
9 MMAβCD(4) 2.00 (19.98) 0.6 (0.47) 22.90 - 0.02 (0.12) 1.08
10 MMAβCD(2) 2.00 (19.98) 0.3 (0.24) 12.50 0.02 (0.13) 0.02 (0.12) 0.64
11 MMAβCD(2) 2.00 (19.98) 0.3 (0.24) 12.61 - 0.02 (0.12) 0.62
12 MMAβCD(6) 2.00 (19.98) 0.3 (0.19) 12.50 0.02 (0.13) 0.02 (0.12) 1.01
13 MMAβCD(6) 2.00 (19.98) 0.3 (0.19) 12.61 - 0.02 (0.12) 0.90
14 MMAαCD(2) 2.00 (19.98) 0.3 (0.27) 12.61 - 0.02 (0.12) 0.81
15 MMAγCD(2) 2.00 (19.98) 0.3 (0.21) 12.61 - 0.02 (0.12) 0.94
After preparation, nanoparticle dispersions were filled into dialysis tubes with MWCO of
12 kDa (ZelluTrans - 12,0S 45 mm, MWCO: nominal 12,000-14,000; Carl Roth GmbH,
Karlsruhe) to remove unreacted monomers and smaller polymeric particles, and furthermore, to
37
replace methanol by water. Here, water (1 L) was changed after 12 h and 20 h, 32 h, dialyses
were stopped after 40 h. Hence, stable milky-transparent dispersions were formed (Figure S2).
3.2.4 Characterization of modified cyclodextrins and nanogels
1H-NMR and
13C-NMR spectra were recorded with a Bruker 400 NMR spectrometer
operating at 400 MHz. The samples were dissolved in deuterated dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO-d6)
(Figure S1).
RAMAN spectra were recorded with a Bruker RFS 100/s (spectral disintegration 4 cm-1
).
IR measurements were made with the help of a FTIR spectrometer: Nexus 470 (Thermo Nicolet)
(spectral disintegration 8 cm-1
).
Nanoparticle dispersions were dried by lyophilisation and pressed in KBr-pellets. The
quantitative determination of the cyclodextrin content in nanogels has been performed by
quantitative analysis of the IR band at 1032 cm-1
(C-O-C vibration of the glucose units) [53].
Differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) analyses were performed on Netzsch DSC 204
under nitrogen using 10 K/min scan rate. Samples were subjected to three cooling-heating cycles.
At first, the sample was heated up from 25 °C to 150 °C for removal of the thermal history, after
cooling, the sample was heated up to 400 °C to measure the glass transition point (Tg).
Thermogravimetric analyses (TGA) were performed under nitrogen atmosphere using
Netzsch TG 209c. Standard Netzsch alumina crucibles were used for 10 mg of dried samples and
empty crucibles for baseline correction. The samples were heated up to 100 °C, kept there for 5
min to remove residual water and heated further in 10 K/min steps to 500 °C.
The particle size of nanogels was analyzed by dynamic light scattering measurements
using Nano Zetasizer (Malvern) equipped with a He–Ne Laser (λ0 = 633 nm). Back scattering
light was detected using an angle of 173°. Hydrodynamic particle radius and the particle
distribution of the hydrodynamic radius were determined in water. Measurements were made in a
temperature range from 20 °C to 50 °C with a temperature equilibrium time of 120 s. Methanol
and chloroform were chosen as organic media. Here, hydrodynamic particle radii of freeze-dried
particles were measured 2 days after redispersion in the respective solvent. Water/methanol
solvent mixtures were chosen for swelling measurements. The concentration of methanol was
varied from 0 to 100 % (v/v) in water. The dielectricity constants and the viscosity values for the
solvent mixtures were taken as reported in the literature [54].
38
Measurements of the stability of nanoparticle dispersions were performed by using the
separation analyser LUMiFuge 114/116 (L.U.M. GmbH). Polystyrene cuvettes (10 mm) were
used for all measurements at an acceleration velocity of 2000 rpm. The sedimentation velocity in
µm/s and the calculated instability index were determined with the associated software.
The microscopical analysis was made with S-4800-Field-Emission-Scanning Electron
Microscope (Hitachi). One drop of the diluted nanoparticle dispersion was put on an aluminium
support and dried at room temperature in vacuum. After drying, samples were investigated at an
accelerating voltage of 1 kV and 8 mm disintegration.
For volumetric titration with phenolphthalein, a Brand Duran burette with a total volume
of 50 mL (± 0.05 mL, Ex +30 s) was used. A stock solution of 1 % phenolphthalein in ethanol
was prepared and an aliquot of 2.50 mL was dropped to 250 mL of 0.1 M sodium hydroxide to
obtain a 0.25 mmol/L alkaline phenolphthalein solution. All aqueous stock solutions were freshly
prepared and run within 12 h to ensure that absorbance changes due to any instability of
phenolphthalein did not contribute to experimental artifacts. β-CD stock solution in water was
prepared with a β-CD concentration of 8.8 mmol/L. Aliquots of the β-CD stock solution were
diluted with water to different concentrations with an end volume of 10 mL. To obtain a
calibration curve, titration of β-CD solutions with stock solution of phenolphthalein was
performed under stirring until the transition point from colourless to slightly pink was reached.
The nanoparticle samples (10 mL) with known particle concentration were titrated with 0.25
mmol/L alkaline phenolphthalein stock solutions under stirring until the transition point from
colourless to slightly pink was reached. The amount of β-CD in nanogels was calculated from the
calibration curve.
39
3.3 Results and Discussion
In this work, series of hydrophobic nanogels are prepared cross-linking of methyl
methacrylate (MMA) and cyclodextrin methacrylate (CD-MA) using radical precipitation
polymerization The polymerization and particle formation of hydrophobic (MMA) and
amphiphilic (CD-MA) monomers takes place in methanol without any further surfactants and
standard cross-linkers (Scheme S2 and Figure S2). For this, CDs were functionalized with
various numbers of vinyl bonds to ensure the strong embedding in polymeric networks by the
formation of covalent bonds with other acrylate monomers. Furthermore, CD-MA with more than
two vinyl groups is considered as functional cross-linking reagent and as potential nucleation
center for the particle formation in the early state of the polymerization process (Scheme 1). Due
to the bad solubility of natural CD in alcoholic solution the modification improves the solubility
of CDs in organic solvents as well as in water with the increase of the degree of substitution.
Thus, the modification of CD allows the free radical polymerization and the particle formation of
cross-linked poly(MMA-co-CD-MA) in organic solvents. After the reaction process, the organic
dispersions are purified with the help of dialysis and methanol is exchanged with water.
Shrinking of nanogels takes place slowly and stable milky dispersions of the nanogels in water
are obtained (Figure S3). The characterization of the CD-MA incorporation in the polymeric
structure, the investigation of the particle properties and the corresponding dispersions, the
swelling behavior of the nanogels in organic media and the uptake potential due to complexation
of the model dye phenolphthalein by the CD containing nanogels in water are described.
3.3.1 Incorporation of CD in PMMA nanogels
IR and RAMAN spectroscopy are suitable analytic methods to study the chemical
incorporation of CDs in the cross-linked polymeric structure of PMMA nanogels. Figure S4
shows the typical spectra of PMMA nanogels prepared with different CD content in the reaction
mixture. The IR spectra in Figure S4a present the synthesized nanogels which depict all
interesting peaks of the PMMA backbone and of the embedded CD-MA domains. The C=O
stretch vibration of methacrylates assigned to MMA and CD-MA is located at 1720 cm-1
. The
polymer backbone is represented by -CH2- vibration at 1250 cm-1
. The OH-groups of CD-MA are
shown at 3480 cm-1
and at 1630 cm-1
. The C-O-C vibration at 1032 cm-1
is unique band and
characterizes the presence of CD in the nanoparticle matrix [53]. This band is overlapped slightly
40
ba
1080 1040 1000 960 920
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.04
0
0.07
0.21
0.47
1032 cm-1
IR, A
bso
rba
nce
Wavenumbers [cm-1]
no CD-MA
0.04 mmol CD-MA
0.07 mmol -CD-MA
0.21 mmol CD-MA
0.47 mmol CD-MA
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
Yie
ld [%
]
IR, Integral
Inte
gra
l of th
e s
ignal at 1032 c
m-1
Theoretical CD-MA content [%]
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45 Yield
and is influenced by the C-O-CH3 band of PMMA at 1125 cm-1
. Similar results exhibit the
RAMAN spectra in Figure S4b. Here, the RAMAN spectra show the C-O-C vibration of CD with
a low intensity at 1032 cm-1
similar to the IR spectra. In comparison to the COO band of the
acrylate, the CD ratio in the polymer increases with increasing CD concentration in the reaction
mixture. Furthermore, RAMAN spectroscopy allows the investigation of the polymerization
progress and the analysis of the presence of unreacted monomers in the polymeric nanogels. The
vibrations of double bonds presented in the CD-MA and MMA monomers are located at 1637
cm-1
which disappear clearly after reaction and purification by dialysis. Thus, it can be concluded
that the obtained nanogels consist of a polymeric structure without further presence of reactive
vinyl bonds of monomers.
The incorporation of different amounts of CD-MA into PMMA nanogels can be studied in
more detail by quantitative investigation of the C-O-C band using IR spectroscopy. The exact
analysis and comparison of the band integral at 1032 cm-1
pro exact amount of 1 mg nanogels are
shown in Figure 1a. Due to the influence of the C-O-CH3 band of PMMA on the characteristic
CD band at 1032 cm-1
an exact quantitative determination of the CD content in the polymeric
structure by IR spectroscopy is not possible. But, the linear increase of the band integral with the
increase of the CD-MA content in the reaction mixture reflects the increase of CD-MA content
and a controlled incorporation of CD in the PMMA nanogels (Figure 1b).
Figure 1. The band at 1032 cm-1
in the FTIR spectra of 1 g -CD-MA containing PMMA
nanogels with different CD-MA (DS4) content (a). Integrals of the IR signals at 1032 cm-1
and
the yield of the PMMA nanogels after dialysis vs. the theoretically expected CD content (b).
41
Parallel to the increase of the CD content, the yield of stable CD-MA containing PMMA
particles increases after purification by dialysis. That means, a higher CD-MA content in the
reaction mixture leads to more incorporated CD in the polymer structure with higher cross-link
density and higher yield of stable particles.
Figure 2. The bands at 1032 cm-1
in the FTIR spectra of 1 mg -CD-MA containing PMMA
nanogels prepared with 0.3 mmol CD-MA content and different degrees of substitution (DS) with
vinyl groups (a). Integrals of the IR signals at 1032 cm-1
and the yield of the PMMA nanogels
after dialysis vs. the theoretically expected degree of substitution (b).
Figure 2a shows the FTIR spectra of nanogels prepared with the same amount of CD-MA
but with different numbers of vinyl groups. The increase of the IR band at 1032 cm-1
with
increase of the degree of substitution of CD-MA reflects the influence of the number of vinyl
groups and hence, the degree of cross-linking. Figure 2b shows that the increase of the CD-MA
integral is linear in dependence to the increase of the substitution degree. With the increase of the
amount of vinyl groups at CD-MA, the yield after purification increased, too. Thus, high numbers
of vinyl groups prefer the incorporation of CD-MA, increase the cross-link density and influence
the particle formation which results in high yield. Surprisingly, the use of the additional cross-
linker BIS does not have a strong influence on the yield and furthermore, BIS does not disturb the
incorporation of CD-MA in the polymer structure.
Taken together, a rising CD-MA content and an increase of vinyl groups per CD-MA in
the reaction mixture increases the degree of cross-linking and the incorporation of CD domains in
ba
1080 1040 1000 960 920
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
DS 6
DS 4
IR, A
bsorb
ance
Wavenumbers [cm-1]
DS 2
DS 4
DS 6
1032 cm-1
DS 2
2 4 6
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5 IR, with BIS
IR, without BIS
IR, In
tegra
l of th
e s
ign
al at 1032
cm
-1
Substitution degree of CD-MA
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50 Yield, with BIS
Yield, without BIS
Yie
ld [%
]
42
PMMA nanogels in a linear way. Hence, the embedding of CD-MA in nanogels is controllable by
stoichiometric ratios in the reaction mixture and by numbers of vinyl groups per CD-MA.
3.3.2 Thermal analysis
The influences of CD-MA on the thermoplastic properties of freeze-dried PMMA
nanogels are studied by investigating the shifts in melting point (Tg) and decomposition
temperature (Tdecomposition) using DSC and TGA measurements.
Figure 3. DSC measurements of nanoparticle samples containing different amounts of β-CD-
MA (4) (a); Tg of linear PMMA and of the cross-linked nanogels vs. the theoretically expected
CD content (b).
Figure 3a and 3b show the glass transition points of dry PMMA nanogels and the
corresponding thermographs analyzed by DSC. The theoretical Tg of commercial, linear atactic
PMMA is reported to be at 105 °C [54]. In agreement with the theory, the Tg increases slightly
with cross-linking by 0.02 mmol BIS to 106.1 °C [55]. Surprisingly, the incorporation of 0.04
mmol CD-MA reduces the Tg to 90.9 °C. In literature, the glass temperature of linear CD
containing polymers increases with increase of the mono-substituted CD content [47,49]. This
can be explained on the one hand by steric effects of the CD molecule as large voluminous
pendant group [56]. On the other hand by the stiffness of the polymer chain caused by
intermolecular hydrogen bonds of free CD rings connected to the carbonyl groups of MMA units
[43,57]. Here, the low incorporated CD content, the additional multi-substitution of
hydroxygroups on the CD molecule and hence, the handicapped possibility for free rotation may
a b
40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220
0.47 mmol-CD-MA
0.21 mmol-CD-MA
0.07 mmol-CD-MA
0.04 mmol-CD-MA
0.02 mmol BIS (no CD-MA)
linear PMMAexo
<=
DS
C [m
W/m
g] =
> e
nd
o
Temperature [°C]
PMMA 0 0.04 0.07 0.21 0.4780
90
100
110
120
130
140
Te
mpe
ratu
re [°C
]
Polymer and CD-MA content [mmol]
Tg
43
hinder the formation of hydrogen bonds. It seems that low content of the CD-MA cross-linker has
flexible influence on the network. The further increase of CD-MA molecules in the nanogels
results in sterical effects explained above and influences the cross-link density of the polymeric
network as well. Thus, the rigidity of the polymer network increases and as expected the Tg
increases from 90.9 °C (0.04 mmol) to 94.8 °C (0.07 mmol), then to 100.9 °C (0.21 mmol) and
finally to 125.0 °C (0.47 mmol). Furthermore, the clear transmission point disappears with higher
CD-MA content. This can be explained by the strong increase of cross-linking and hence, by a
loss of flexibility.
TGA results, which are shown in Figure 4a, describe the influence of the CD-MA content
on the temperature stability of PMMA nanogels. Here, cross-linked particles show a three-step
degradation beginning at 162 °C, at 265 °C and a significant degradation with a strong mass loss
at 406 °C. In comparison, linear PMMA shows a slight two-step degradation beginning at 288 °C
with a significant mass loss at 333 °C. The degradation steps may be generally explained by the
presence of head to head linkages, chain ends initiation from vinyl ends and the significant
degradation step by random scission [58].
Figure 4. TGA measurements of nanoparticle samples containing different amounts of β-CD-
MA (4) (a); Percentage mass loss vs. theoretically expected CD content (b).
In Figure 4b the procentual mass loss at the corresponding temperature is listed. Here, an
influence of cross-linking and of the CD-MA content is observed. After the first degradation step,
the polymeric network loses 15 % of its weight. PMMA polymers without and with different CD-
MA content reach the 15 % degradation point at different temperatures. Nanogels with CD-MA
a b
PMMA 0 0.04 0.07 0.21 0.47
150
180
210
240
270
300
330
360
390
420
450
480
Te
mp
era
ture
[°C
]
Polymer and CD-MA content [mmol]
15 %
25 %
50 %
75 %
85 %
120 160 200 240 280 320 360 400 440 480
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
Ma
ss [
%]
Temperature [°C]
linear PMMA
0.02 mmol BIS (no CD-MA)
0.04 mmol CD-MA
0.07 mmol CD-MA
0.21 mmol CD-MA
0.47 mmol CD-MA
44
content of 0.47 mmol lose 15 % of mass at a temperature of 258 °C. This temperature point
increases with the decrease of the CD-MA content to 268 °C (0.04 mmol CD-MA), further to 306
°C (0.02 mmol BIS) and then to 336 °C assigned to non cross-linked PMMA. This decrease of
the temperature with increasing CD-MA content is observed at mass losses of 15 % and 25 % in
a lower temperature range. However, the decrease is influenced by the first degradation step
shifts with the increase of the mass losses (50 %, 75 % and 85 %) to higher temperatures. Here,
the temperature points at mass losses of 50 %, 75 % and 85 % influenced generally by the third
degradation step increase with increase of the CD-MA content. Non cross-linked particles lose
their 85 % of their mass at 404 °C and the degradation point increases to 438 °C with cross-
linking using BIS. A slight drop to 426 °C using 0.05 mmol CD-MA is observed with an
subsequent increase to 431 °C (0.07 mmol CD-MA), then to 436 °C (0.1 mmol CD-MA) and
finally to 448 °C (0.47 mmol CD-MA) using CD-MA as cross-linker. Hence, cross-linked
nanogels, especially with higher CD-MA content show better temperature stability at higher
temperatures than lower cross-linked PMMA networks.
In conclusion, PMMA nanogels cross-linked with high amounts of CD-MA start to
degrade at lower temperatures caused by the first degradation step. Thus, it seems that cross-
linked polymers using BIS and especially CD-MA have more head to head linkages of the
monomer units than linear PMMA. On the other hand CD-MA and BIS containing polymers
show better stability over higher temperature range than linear PMMA influenced by the third
degradation step. It may be explained by deceleration of the random scission of the polymer
network caused by cross-linking.
3.3.3 Nanoparticle: Size, stability, morphology
Aqueous CD containing nanogels prepared in organic solvents exhibit good colloidal
stability in water after solvent shift. The aqueous milky dispersions of the nanogels are
colloidally stable. Solid nanogels obtained by lyophilisation are easily redispersable in water as
well as in organic solvents and the resulting dispersions are free of sediments, aggregates and
visual particles. In order to investigate the particle properties in aqueous and organic media DLS
measurements were performed. Figure 5a presents the particle size of the obtained nanogels in
water according to the CD-MA concentration in the reaction mixture. Here, PMMA particles with
embedded CD-MA show lower particle sizes than PMMA particles which are cross-linked only
45
with BIS, but which are prepared by the same synthesis method. By the use of CD-MA as cross-
linker and as comonomer the particle size decreases dramatically. Ratio of 1/500 CD-MA/MMA
(0.04 mmol CD-MA) in the reaction mixture reduces the hydrodynamic radii of the nanogels
from 363 nm to 138 nm. Higher contents of CD-MA reduce the hydrodynamic radii to 85.4 nm
(0.07 mmol), 66 nm (0.21 mmol) and to 36 nm (0.4 mmol).
Figure 5. Hydrodynamic radii (Rh in nm) of β-CD-modified nanogels prepared with and without
cross-linker BIS (β-CD with substitution degree 4; measurements performed at 20 °C) (a). Size
distribution curves of β-CD-modified nanogels prepared without cross-linker BIS (β-CD with
substitution degree 4; measurements performed at 20 °C) (b).
Furthermore, the additional use of BIS as further cross-linker was investigated. Here, BIS
does not influence the particle size and the hydrodynamic radius. The results of the particle sizes
do not indicate any difference of nanogels prepared with or without BIS. Taken together, the
growing process of PMMA nanogels and therefore, the particle formation is influenced only by
the CD-MA content. That means, CD-MA with different degree of vinyl groups acts as multiple
cross-linker and furthermore, as nucleation center for stable, round particles with a dense cross-
linked polymeric network. Raising CD-MA content in the reaction mixture assists the increase of
nucleation centers at the early stage of polymer growing and prefers the formation of many cross-
linked polymers and furthermore, of small particles in water.
The size distributions of nanogels with different CD-MA content show monomodal
functions (Figure 5b). Cross-linked PMMA particles without CD-MA have got a broad
distribution, but by increasing CD-MA concentration in the reaction mixture the degree of cross-
0 0.04 0.07 0.21 0.47
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
-CD-MA [mmol]
Rh [nm
]
with BIS
without BIS
10 100 10000
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
Inte
nsity [%
]
Rh [nm]
no CD-MA
0.04 mmol -CD-MA
0.07 mmol -CD-MA
0.21 mmol -CD-MA
0.47 mmol -CD-MA
a b
46
linking increases which results in smaller particle sizes and narrow size distributions. PMMA
nanogels prepared with a CD-MA content of 0.07 mmol show the narrowest size distribution.
Further, increasing CD-MA content results in broader distributions of the particle sizes.
Therefore, it can be concluded that a high CD content in the nanogels leads to minor aggregation
of particles due to glue effects in consequence of complexation of PMMA rests by CD domains
at the particle surface [59]. But the stability of the nanogels in aqueous environment is assured
and no optically visible aggregation and collapsing of the dispersion could be observed.
The dispersion stability of the nanogels with different CD-MA content was investigated in
detail by sedimentation kinetics using analytical centrifugation. Here, STEP-technology (Space +
Time resolved Extinction Profiles) developed by Lerche et al. allows simultaneous measurement
of the transmission profiles as function of time and position over the sample length within the
cuvette during rotation. The transmission profiles display the relative position of the phase
boundary between sediment and supernatant in the dispersion [60]. The transmission profiles of
the PMMA nanogels aqueous dispersions with different CD-MA content are shown in Figure 6.
Figure 6. The transmission profiles of aqueous dispersions of PMMA nanogels with different
CD-MA content (0.02 mmol BIS, 0.04 mmol CD-MA, 0.07 mmol CD-MA, 0.21 mmol CD-MA,
0.47 mmol CD-MA at 20 °C and a nanogel concentration of 1 g/L) as measured by using the
STEP-technology.
Figure 6a and 6b depict that the sedimentation process of PMMA nanogels is characterized by
polydisperse sedimentation without a sharp front in the transmission profiles. Furthermore,
Position [mm]
Tra
nsm
issio
n [
%]
No CD-MA 0.04 mmol CD-MA 0.07 mmol CD-MA 0.21 mmol CD-MA 0.47 mmol CD-MA
47
during the centrifugation the transmission of the dispersions gradually increases slightly with
time. Thus, particles with different size or different density sediment with different speed. Larger
particles with low transmission properties start to sediment faster than smaller particles with
higher transmission.
The transparency of the dispersions with the PMMA particles increases with the increase
of CD-MA content and hence, with decrease of the particle size (Figure S3 and 6a-e). Dispersions
of PMMA nanogels with low CD-MA content are polydisperse and the characteristic
sedimentation process presents dispersions which are stable to particle aggregation. The
increasing CD-MA content leads to small particles (<100 nm) with narrower size distribution as
analyzed by DLS and to a more hydrophilic polymer structure due to the high amount of CD
hydroxy groups. Hence, the transparency of the dispersions increases with a decreased
polydispersity and without any marked differences in transmission during the sedimentation
process. The transmission profiles of nanoparticle dispersions with high CD-MA content show
colloidally stable dispersions without substantial changes in transmission along the sample
length.
The time course of positional displacement of the sedimentation boundary exhibits the
sedimentation rate of each dispersion. The sedimentation rate gives a good impression of the
stability of dispersions and allow to study the influence of the CD-MA content on the stability of
the PMMA nanogels. The Stoke´s equation of very diluted dispersions describes the
determination of the sedimentation velocity of particles in the centrifugal field (eq.1) [22,61].
(1)
With r = particle radius; = dynamic viscosity of the fluid; (pp-pf) = difference of the particle
density (pp) and of the fluid density (pf). In general, g is the acceleration due to gravity and it is
shifted to centrifugal acceleration (a) in the centrifugal field (eq.2).
aZ = 2 R = 4
2 RN
2 (2)
48
In a rotating reference system with angular velocity acts on a body of mass, which is located at
a distance from the axis of rotation R. Centrifugal acceleration (a) relative to acceleration due to
gravity (g) is traditionally named "relative centrifugal force" (RCF) and is determined in
multiples of g (eq.3).
(3)
In these experiments, the centrifugal acceleration is set to be constant by the centrifuge,
furthermore the viscosity of the medium is constant for all aqueous dispersions with the same
particle concentration. Hence, the particle radius and the particle density, which are only
influenced by CD-MA in nanogels can change the sedimentation rate and the stability of the
dispersions.
The results are shown in Figure 7a. The sedimentation velocity of PMMA nanoparticle
dispersions with different CD-MA content and different radii decreases drastically with decrease
of particle size caused by increase of the CD-MA content in nanogels. Small amount of CD-MA
influences the sedimentation velocity nearly in a linear order, but with increased CD-MA content
the curve flattens slowly. Thereby, the stability of dispersion increases, while the instability index
decreases (Figure 7b).
Figure 7. Sedimentation rate (a) and instability index (b) vs. theoretically expected CD-MA
content.
a b
0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
Insta
bili
tyin
de
x
-CD-MA [mmol]
Instabilityindex
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
Particle Size Rh
Rh [n
m]
0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.62
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Sed
ime
nta
tio
n r
ate
[µ
m/s
]
-CD-MA [mmol]
Sedimentation Rate
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
Particle Size Rh
Rh [n
m]
49
The instability index characterizes the overall demixing of the dispersion and is quantified
by clarification as function of time divided by the maximum clarification possible. It is a
dimensionless number between 0 and 1. Here, completely or almost demixed samples represent
an instability index close to 1 (very instable); no or very slow demixing during the measurement
run is indicated by an instability index close to 0 (very stable). Easy ranking of samples is
obtained by comparing the values of the instability index for the same ROI (Range of the sample
analyzed), RCA and time of centrifugation. The instability index is calculated in four steps [62].
The first step is the clarification characterized in the profile difference (Tidiff
). Thus, the first
(initial) profile (T1) is subtracted from all profiles (Ti) (eq.4).
(4)
Change to the time Ti is the sum of values of the profile difference from the time Ti in the
position range rStart to rEnd set by the user (e.g. 105 to 110 mm). Index i corresponds to the
respective transmission profile number (index) (eq.5).
(5)
Maximum change possible calculated with the difference between 90 % and the mean
transmission from first profile multiplied with the difference between the end and start of the
position range (eq.6).
(6)
Instability index for the time Ti is the change to the time T1 and is divided by the maximum
change possible (eq.7).
(7)
50
Here, the instability index is greatly reduced by the use of CD-MA as cross-linker from
0.8 for PMMA particles just cross-linked with BIS to under 0.05 for particles prepared with 0.21
mmol and 0.47 mmol CD-MA. Therfore, the speed of demixing is reduced with decrease of
particle size and thus with CD-MA content in the PMMA nanogels.
These results lead to the conclusion that CD-MA does not only cross-link the PMMA
chains in the polymeric network. The CD-MA acts as nucleation center for small particles as
determined by DLS measurements. The experimental sedimentation data measured by
centrifugation confirm the theoretical explanations by Stoke´s equilibration. The small size
influences the formation of stable aqueous dispersions. Taken together, CD-MA reduces the
particle size and furthermore, it improves the stability of PMMA particles in water.
Different degree of substitution
In further studies, CD-MA monomers with different numbers of vinyl groups are prepared
and the influence of the substitution degree on the particle size is investigated. Figure 8a shows
the different hydrodynamic radii of nanogels synthesized with CD-MA monomers with an
average number of 2, 4 and 6 vinyl groups per monomer. Here, the size of the particles decreases
in an exponential order from 700 nm to 60 nm and then to 30 nm with an increasing substitution
degree. This may be explained by higher reactivity of CD-MA molecules with increasing number
of reactive vinyl groups. This results in faster nucleation of cross-linked polymers and higher
cross-linking density due to the increasing number of cross-linking points at the starting point of
the reaction. These effects may lead to many small particles with a compact volume after transfer
to water.
51
Figure 8. Hydrodynamic radii of CD-modified nanogels prepared with and without cross-linker
BIS: a) nanogels prepared with 0.3 g β-CD-MA with substitution degree 2 (0.24 mmol); 4 (0.22
mmol); and 6 (0.21 mmol); b) nanogels prepared with 0.3 g α-CD-MA (0.28 mmol); β-CD-MA
(0.24 mmol); and γ-CD-MA (0.21mmol) with substitution degree 2 (measurements performed at
20°C).
Different CD type
The influence of the ring size of CDs on the particle size is also studied by the use of α-,
β- and γ-CD with substitution degree of 2. Figure 8b shows the hydrodynamic radii of the
particles. Hence, the particle size decreases slightly with increase of the CD ring size. This may
be explained by the solubility of α-, β- or γ-CD and by the flexibility of their ring structure. Here,
natural and substituted α- and γ-CDs exhibit better solubility in water than β-CD. The same
solubility behavior is observed for substituted CDs in organic solvents. Here, the substitution
with methacrylate groups enables the polymerization and the cross-linking in alcoholic solution.
γ-CD exhibits the largest ring size and with its co-planar structure the highest flexibility in
methanol. The α-CD ring does not build a complete secondary H-belt formed by H-bonds of the
secondary OH-groups as one glucopyranoside unit is distorted. β-CD consists of such a rigid
secondary H-belt and this obstructs the interaction with the solvent. In this case, the most flexible
ring interacts much better with methanol and enables faster nucleation of the nanogels than ring
structures with inflexible orientation in solution.
a b
DS 2 DS 4 DS 6
0
100
200
300
400
500
with BIS
without BIS
Rh [nm
]
Substitution degree of CD-MA
alpha beta gamma
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
Rh [nm
]
Cyclodextrin type
52
Morphology of applied particles
FESEM images of the particles are shown in Figure 9. Spherical particles with
homogeneous particle morphology are formed. Due to the hydrophobic polymer backbone of
PMMA the cross-linked polymer chains constrict at the particle centre and at the particle surface
constitute round particles with dense polymeric structure with restricted swelling properties.
These swelling properties depend on the CD-MA content in the nanogels. A higher CD-MA
content increases the OH content in the nanogels and promotes hence, a better diffusion of water
in and out of the particles.
As seen in Figure 9a-e, the particle size of the nanogels decreases with increase of CD-
MA content. PMMA particles (Figure 9a) only cross-linked with BIS are much larger than
particles (Figure 9b) just cross-linked with low molar ratio of CD-MA (1/500 CD-MA/MMA)
(0.04 mmol CD-MA (4)) in the reaction mixture. The particle size decreases further with
increasing CD-MA content to very small particles (Figure 9e) with a CD-MA ratio of 1/43 (0.47
mmol CD-MA (4)) to a size of several nm. Figure 9f shows CD-MA nanogels with a CD
substitution degree of 2. Here, round particles with a particle size of about 500 nm are
homogeneously distributed on a metal surface, here aluminum. The microscopic images confirm
the results measured by DLS although the slightly swollen particles in water lose size by release
of water during the drying process. Furthermore, nanogels show high affinity to surfaces, here
aluminum surfaces, due to physical self-bonding. Depending on the particle concentration,
PMMA nanogels distribute homogenously on the surface, either as single particles (Figure 9d)
from less concentrated dispersions or in form of particle films (Figure 9c) prepared from highly
concentrated dispersions.
53
Figure 9. FESEM images of β-CD-MA modified nanogels applied onto aluminum surfaces: a) no
CD-MA (4); b) 0.04 mmol β-CD-MA (4); c) 0.07 mmol β-CD-MA (4); d) 0.21 mmol β-CD-MA
(4); e) 0.47 mmol β-CD-MA (4) and f) 0.24 mmol β-CD-MA (2).
a b
dc
fe
54
3.3.4 Swelling behavior of CD-MA nanogels in organic solvents
PMMA nanogels with different CD-MA content have small hydrodynamic radii in water.
This can be explained by collapsing the polymeric cross-linked network during solvent shift from
methanol to water via dialysis. The hydrophilic PMMA polymer backbone is nearly water
insoluble, just the CD-MA with some hydroxyl groups is soluble in water. The cross-linked
network and the possibility to swell in organic solvents is important for further use of CD-MA
containing nanogels e.g. uptake and release of active agents (Scheme 1).
Scheme 1. Swelling and deswelling of the polymeric structure of PMMA nanogels cross-linked
with CD-MA in organic and aqueous media.
The influence of water mixable and water immiscible solvents on the dimension and on
the degree of swelling is part of further investigations. Figure 10 presents the results of DLS
measurements of redispersions of the freeze-dried nanogels in methanol and chloroform. In
Figure 10a, the hydrodynamic radii of PMMA nanogels with different amounts of CD-MA are
shown ½ hour and 2 days after redispersion in organic solvents. Hence, the particle sizes of the
nanogels increase after 1/2 hour slowly and after 2 days fully swollen nanogels are obtained. In
the same manner, the particle size decreases with the increase of the CD-MA content. Nanogels
with lower cross-linking degree and less CD-MA content show the largest difference in particle
size between the swollen and unswollen state. PMMA particles with the highest content of CD-
MA and with the highest degree of cross-linking do not distinguish in hydrodynamic radii and
thus, they do not swell. This indicates that the degree of cross-linking is very high and small
nanogels are not very flexible as well in water as in organic solvents.
organic solvent
H2O
swollen nanoparticles collapsed nanoparticles
55
Figure 10. Hydrodynamic radii (Rh in nm) of β-CD-MA modified nanogels in methanol or
chloroform after 1 h and 2 d of redispersion (β-CD with substitution degree 4; measurements
performed at 20 °C) (a). Degree of swelling of β-CD-modified nanogels in methanol or
chloroform in reference to the collapsed nanoparticle in water (β-CD with substitution degree 4;
measurements performed at 20 °C) (b).
The influence of the solvent type, here: methanol and chloroform, on the dimension and on the
degree of swelling is in both cases quite similar. After 1/2 hour, the size of methanol-swollen
nanogels is slightly larger than in case of chloroform-swollen particles. Thus, the smaller
methanol molecules are adsorbed faster and penetrate the particle network easier than the larger
chloroform molecules. The fully swollen particles show an inverted order after 2 days. Then,
nanogels fully adsorbed with chloroform molecules have a slightly larger particle size than fully
methanol swollen particles. Hence, the swelling degree of CD-MA containing PMMA nanogels
in chloroform is slightly higher than in methanol (Figure 10b).
The more detailed investigations of the influence of methanol on the particle size were
made in alcohol/water mixtures. Here, nanogels in water were transferred into different amount
of methanol and after 2 days the hydrodynamic radii were measured by DLS at 20 °C. Figure 11a
indicates that PMMA nanogels cross-linked with CD-MA are responsive to methanol in the
presence of water.
a b
0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
CD-MA [mmol]
(Rh/R
h,0)3
CHCl3
CHCl3 2d
MeOH
MeOH 2d
0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.50
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450R
h [nm
]
CD-MA [mmol]
H2O
CHCl3
CHCl3 2d
MeOH
MeOH 2d
56
Figure 11. Hydrodynamic radii (Rh in nm) of β-CD-modified nanogels in methanol/water
mixtures after 2 d of redispersion (β-CD with substitution degree 4; measurements performed at
20 °C) (a). Degree of swelling of β-CD-modified nanogels in methanol/water mixtures in
reference to the collapsed nanoparticle in 100 % water (β-CD with substitution degree 4;
measurements performed at 20 °C) (b).
In all cases, the opposite effect was observed after addition of 10 % of methanol. The
particles shrink and start to collapse at the beginning (Figure 11b). The collapsing of all nanogels
upon addition of small amounts of alcohol may be explained by cononsolvency effects of the
solvent pair [32,63]. This effect was observed in previous investigations and reported for poly(N-
isopropylacrylamide), poly(vinylcaprolactam-co-acetoacetoxy methacrylate), poly(methyl
methacrylate-co-acrylic acid) and poly(methyl methacrylate)-g-poly(ethylene oxide) microgel
particles [64-65].
Particles with 0.41 mmol CD-MA content are not very sensitive and only after addition of
more than 70 % methanol the hydrodynamic radii increase slowly. Nanogels with a low content
of CD-MA (0.04 mmol) show a strong increase with further decrease of the radii after addition of
60 % alcohol. The particle size in a water/methanol mixture of 50/50 (v/v) is very high and
agglomerations cannot be ruled. The Rh of nanogels with 0.07 and 0.21 mmol CD-MA increases
after addition of 20 % methanol in a linear way.
a b
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800 0.04 mmol -CD-MA
0.07 mmol -CD-MA
0.21 mmol -CD-MA
0.47 mmol -CD-MA
Rh [nm
]
MeOH [vol.-%]
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
02468
1012141618202224262830
0.04 mmol -CD-MA
0.07 mmol -CD-MA
0.21 mmol -CD-MA
0.47 mmol -CD-MA
MeOH [vol.-%]
(Rh/R
h,0)3
57
3.3.5 Uptake and complexation
CD is well known for the formation of host guest complexes with many hydrophobic
molecules. Here, CD does not act only as cross-linker for the synthesis of small PMMA nanogels.
The main function is the fitting of nanogels with additional pockets with a high binding activity
for the uptake and long term fixation of guest molecules for delivery and controlled release
processes. For the use of controlled uptake of different guests it is interesting to know the active,
complexable CD units in nanogels. The complexation of active CD containing matrices with
phenolphthalein is a common method for qualitative proof of the presence of CD. On this basis,
techniques were developed to study quantitatively the uptake of guests and the CD content of
different matrices. Dye sorption methods are already described in literature and the determination
of the active CD content in copolymers by titration with Phenolphthalein at pH 10 as well [66-
68]. The phenolphthalein uptake capacity of the nanogels is shown in Figure 12.
Figure 12. Phenolphthalein usage vs. theoretical CD-MA content in10 mL (1 g/L) nanogel
dispersion (a). Theoretical vs. active β-CD-MA content in nanogels determined by
phenolphthalein titration (b).
Figure 12a displays the consumption of phenolphthalein solution by the nanoparticle dispersion
(1 g/L) at pH 10. Hence, the consumption increases with increasing content of CD-MA
incorporated in nanogels. Nanoparticle dispersions with higher CD-MA content have a higher
potential for the uptake and complexation of phenolphthalein. The active, complexable CD-MA
content of the nanogels is determined in comparison to the calibration curve of the
phenolphthalein complexation by natural CDs. Figure 12b shows that the active CD-MA content
a b
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
Usage o
f phenolp
hth
ale
in s
olu
tion [m
L]
theoretical CD-MA content [wt.-%]
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
theoretical CD-MA content
"active" CD-MA content
CD
-MA
conte
nt [w
t.-%
]
theoretical CD-MA content [wt.-%]
58
is lower than the theoretical expected values. This means, some incorporated CDs are not free for
complexation of guest molecules. One possible explanation is the occupation of the CD-MA due
to rotaxane formation. Furthermore, CD-MA container are strongly incorporated in highly cross-
linked polymeric structure and hence, these are not accessible for guest molecules.
The procentual active content of CD-MA in comparison with the theoretical CD-MA
content decreases with increase of the CD-MA content in the reaction mixture and with the
degree of cross-linking. Thus, complexation studies of nanogels prepared by the same
concentration (0.3 g) of CD-MA but with different numbers of vinyl groups are studied in more
detail (Figure 13a). Here, nanogels with CD-MA (DS2) complexed less phenolphthalein, than
CD-MA with substitution degree of 4 which contains the most active CD domains as determined
by titration. Nanoparticle dispersions made with CD-MA (DS6) have minimal complexation
properties.
Figure 13. Active CD-MA content vs. substitution degree of CD-MA in nanogels determined by
phenolphthalein titration (a); Active CD-MA/IR integral of the signal at 1032 cm-1
vs.
substitution degree of CD-MA in nanogels (b).
In comparison of the titration results in Figure 13a to the IR spectrometric results from
Figure 2, nanogels prepared with CD-MA (DS2) showed less incorporated CD-MA (active and
non-active) content than nanogels prepared with CD-MA (DS4). For this reason, a lower uptake
of phenolphthalein by CD domains than in nanogels with CD-MA (DS4) is expected. Nanogels
with CD-MA (DS6) have the highest content of CD-MA, but on the other hand the titration
experiments show the lowest uptake properties in comparison to nanogels prepared with CD-MA
(DS2 and 4).
a b
2 4 6
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
Substitution degree of CD-MA
theoretical CD-MA content
with BIS
without BIS
Active C
D-M
A c
onte
nt [w
t.-%
]
2 4 6
2
4
6
8
10
substitution degree of CD-MA
with BIS
without BIS
Active C
D-M
A c
onte
nt
/ IR
-Inte
gra
l
59
Figure 13b shows the results of the complexation titration in comparison with the
integrals of the IR band at 1032 cm-1
. The resulting ratios of the active CD-MA content and the
IR-integral lead to the conclusion that nanogels prepared by CD-MA with a higher degree of
substitution exhibit lower complexation of guests. Hence, the covalently embedded CD-MA
domains are not accessible due to the highly cross-linked structure and furthermore, the inflexible
incorporation does not allow the orientation to the guest molecules. Nanogels prepared with CD-
MA with 2 vinyl groups exhibit a lower degree of cross-linking and thus, a more flexible mobility
of the CD domains in the polymeric structure. This results in better accessibility of CD by guest
molecules and is reflected in a better uptake of phenolphthalein. BIS shows a minimal influence
due to the slight increase of the cross-linking degree. But the influence decreases with increase of
the CD-MA content and thus, with increase of cross-linking. In case of CD-MA (DS 6), the
particles are already so highly cross-linked that BIS reveals no more a strong influence.
3.4 Conclusion
In conclusion, the controlled incorporation of CD-MA and cross-linking in PMMA
nanogels is presented. Series of nanogels with different CD-MA content and with different
numbers of vinyl groups at the CD-MA monomer were synthesized in organic solvent. Here, CD
functionalized with different numbers of vinyl groups acted as cross-linker and as nucleation
center with influence on the particle size. The particle size in water as well as in organic solvents
decreased with increasing CD-MA content and furthermore, with the number of vinyl groups per
CD molecule in the nanogels to less than 50 nm. The ring size of CD-MA influences the particle
size as well, nanogels with α- and β-CD-MA obtained larger particle size than those with γ-CD-
MA. Nanogels were swellable in water mixable and water immiscible solvents, their size
increases with increase of the portion of organic media. The uptake properties of CD-MA
nanogels were studied using the dye sorption method with phenolphthalein in aqueous alkali
solution. The uptake increased with increasing CD-MA content in the PMMA nanogels. Highly
cross-linked nanogels synthesized with CD-MA containing high number of vinyl groups showed
lower complexation behavior than slightly cross-linked nanogels prepared by CD-MA with low
amounts of vinyl groups.
60
3.5 References
1. Nayak, S.; Lyon, L. A., Soft nanotechnology with soft nanoparticles, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2005, 44, 7686-
7708.
2. Kabanov, A. V.; Vinogradov, S. V., Nanogels as pharmaceutical carriers: finite networks of infinite
capabilities, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2009, 48, 5418-5429.
3. Jarvie, H. P.; King, S. M., Just scratching the surface? New techniques show how surface functionality of
nanoparticles influences their environmental fate, Nano Today 2010, 5, 248–250.
4. Balazs, C.; Emeric, T.; Russell, T. P., Nanoparticle Polymer Composites: Where Two Small Worlds Meet,
Science 2006, 314, 1107-1110.
5. Stieneker, F.; Kersten, G.; van Blois, L.; Crommelin, D.; Hem, S. L.; Löwer, J., Kreuter, J., Comparison of 24
different adjuvants for inactivated HIV-2 split whole virus as antigen in mice. Induction of titres of binding
antibodies and toxicity of the formulations, Vaccine 1995, 13, 45-53.
6. Kreuter, J.; Nefzger, M.; Liehl,; E. Czok, R.; Voges, R., Distribution and elimination of poly(methyl
methacrylate) nanoparticles after subcutaneous administration to rats, J. Pharm. Sci. 1983, 72, 1146-1149.
7. Kreuter, J.; Liehl, E., Long-Term Studies of Microencapsulated and Adsorbed Influenza Vaccine
Nanoparticles, J. Pharm. Sci. 1981, 70, 367-371.
8. Kreuter, J., Poly(Methyl Methacrylate) Nanoparticles As Vaccine Adjuvants, Meth. Mol. Med. 2000, 42, 105-
119.
9. Sparnacci, K. S.; Tondelli, L.; Laus, M., Core-shell functional nanospheres for oligonucleotide delivery. III.
Stealth nanospheres, J. Polym. Sci. A: Polym. Chem. 2000, 38, 3347-3354.
10. Ahlin, P.; Kristl, J.; Kristl, A.; Vrecer, F., Investigation of polymeric nanoparticles as carriers of enalaprilat
for oral administration, Int. J. Pharm. 2002, 239, 113-120.
11. Qu, F.; Guan, Y. P.; Ma, Z. Y.; Zhang, Q., Synthesis of Cibacron Blue F3GA-coupled magnetic PMMA
nanospheres and their use for protein affinity separation, Polym. Int. 2009, 58, 888-892.
12. Chen, J.; Zeng, F.; Wu, S.; Su, J.; Zhao, J.; Tong, Z., A facile approach for cupric ion detection in aqueous
media using polyethyleneimine/PMMA core-shell fluorescent nanoparticles, Nanotechnology 2009, 20,
365502-365509.
13. Liu, Y. Y.; Su, X.; Tang, M.-F.; Kong. J., A Facile Method to Prepare Hydrophobic Nanoparticle Dispersions
for Controlled Release, Macromol. Chem. Phys. 2007, 208, 415-422.
14. Tiarks, F.; Landfester, K.; Antonietti, M., Preparation of Polymeric Nanocapsules by Miniemulsion
Polymerization, Langmuir 2001, 17, 908-918.
15. Roy, S.; Devi, S., Mechanism of Microemulsion Polymerization of Methyl Methacrylate: Experimental
Evidence, J. Appl. Polym. Sci. 1996, 62, 1509-1516.
16. Costa, C.; Santos, A. F.; Fortuny, M.; Araújo, P. H. H.; Sayer, C.; Sayer, C., Kinetic advantages of using
microwaves in the emulsion polymerization of MMA, Mater. Sci. Eng. C 2009, 29, 415-419.
17. Groll, J.; Singh, S.; Albrecht, K.; Moeller, M., Biocompatible and degradable nanogels via oxidation reactions
of synthetic thiomers in inverse miniemulsion. J. Polym. Sci. A: Polym. Chem. 2009, 47, 5543-5549.
18. Barrère, M.; Landfester, K., Miniemulsion polymerization as a versatile tool for the synthesis of functionalized
polymers, Macromolecules 2003, 36, 5119-5125.
61
19. Arai, M.; Aai, K.; Saito, S., On the Rate of Soapless Emulsion Polymerization of Methyl Methacrylate, J. J.
Polym. Sci. A: Polym. Chem. 1980, 18, 2811-2821.
20. Camli, S. T.; Buyukserin, F.; Balci, O.; Budak, G. G., Size controlled synthesis of sub-100 nm monodisperse
poly(methylmethacrylate) nanoparticles using surfactant-free emulsion polymerization, J. Colloid Interface
Sci. 2010, 344, 528-532.
21. Pelton R., Temperature-sensitive aqueous microgels, Adv. Colloid Interface Sci. 2000, 85, 1-33.
22. Boyko, V.; Pich, A.; Lu, Y.; Richter, S.; Arndt, K. F.; Adler, H. J., Thermo-sensitive poly(N-vinylcaprolactam-
co-acetoacetoxyethyl methacrylate) microgels: 1—synthesis and characterization, Polymer 2003, 44, 7821-
7827.
23. Horn, D.; Rieger, J., Organic Nanoparticles in the Aqueous Phase—Theory, Experiment, and Use, Angew.
Chem. Int. Ed. 2001, 40, 4330-4361.
24. Aubry, J.; Ganachaud, F.; Cohen Addad, J. P.; Cabane, B., Nanoprecipitation of Polymethylmethacrylate by
Solvent Shifting: 1. Boundaries, Langmuir 2009, 25, 1970-1979.
25. Zhang, W. M.; Wu, C.; Ngai, T.; Lou, C. W., Preparation of High Content Surfactant-free Narrowly
Distributed Macromolecule Nanoparticle Latex, Acta Phys. Chim. Sin. 2000, 16, 116-120.
26. Bao, J. J.; Zhang, A., Effect of Microwave Activation on Polymerization Rate and Molecular Weight
Development in Emulsion Polymerization of Methyl Methacrylate, J. Appl. Polym. Sci. 2004, 93, 2815-2820.
27. An, Z. S.; Tang, W.; Hawker, C. J.; Stucky, G. D., One-Step Microwave Preparation of Well-Defined and
Functionalized Polymeric Nanoparticles, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2006, 128, 15054- 15055.
28. Kim, D.; Yang Lee, D.; Lee, K.; Choe, S., Effect of Crosslinking Agents on the Morphology of Polymer
Particles Produced by One-Step Seeded Polymerization, Macromolecular Research 2009, 17, 250-258.
29. Zou, D. MA, S.; Guan, R.; Park, M.; Sun, L.; Aklonis, J .J.; Salovey, R., Model Filled Polymers. V. Synthesis
of Crosslinked Monodisperse Polymethacrylate Beads, J. Polym. Sci. A: Polym. Chem. 1992, 30, 137-144.
30. Tanrisever, T.; Okay, O.; Soenmezoglu, I. C., Kinetics of Emulsifier-Free Emulsion Polymerization of Methyl
Methacrylate, J. Appl. Polym. Sci. 1996, 61, 485-493.
31. Fukutuomi, T.; Oomori, H.; Sugito, Y., Connection of Poly(methy1 methacrylate) Microgel Particles
Dispersed in Poly(viny1 alcohol) Matrix by Seed Polymerization, J. Polym. Sci. A: Polym. Chem. 1996, 34,
2729-2735.
32. Kaneda, I.; Vincent, B., Swelling behavior of PMMA-g-PEO microgel particles by organic solvents, J. Colloid
Interface Sci. 2004, 274, 49-54.
33. Schradinger, F., Über thermophile Bacterien aus verschiedenen Speisen und Milch, sowie einige
Umsetzungsprodukte derselben in kohlenhydrat-haltigen Nährlösungen, darunter kristallisierte
Polysachariede (Dextrine) aus Stärke, Z. Untersuchung Nahrungs- u. Genußmittel 1903, 6, 874.
34. Villiers, A., Sur la fermentation de la fécule par l'action du ferment butyriqué, C.R. Hebd. Seances Acad. Sci.
1891, 112, 536-538.
35. Sanger, W., Cyclodextrin Inclusion Compounds in Research and Industry, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 1980, 19,
344-362.
36. Szejtli, J., Past, present and future of cyclodextrin research, Pure Appl. Chem. 2004, 76, 1825–1845.
37. Uekama, K.; Hirayama, F.; Irie, T., Cyclodextrin Drug Carrier Systems, Chem. Rev. 1998, 98, 2045-2076.
38. Szejtli, J.; Fenyvesi, E.; Zsadon, B., Cyclodextrinpolymere, Starch 1978, 30, 127-131.
62
39. Buschmann, H. J.; Knittel, D.; Beermann, K.; Schollmeyer, E., Cyclodextrine und Textilien, Nachrichten aus
der Chemie 2001, 49, 420-622.
40. Harada, A. Furue, M.; Nozakura, S., Cyclodextrin-Containing Polymers. 1. Preparation of Polymers,
Macromolecules 1976, 9, 701-704.
41. Dos Santos, J-F. R.; Couceiro, R.; Concheiro, A.; Torres-Labandeira, J. J.; Alvarez-Lorenzo, C.,
Poly(hydroxyethyl methacrylate-co-methacrylated-β-cyclodextrin) hydrogels: Synthesis, cytocompatibility,
mechanical properties and drug loading/release properties, Acta Biomater 2008, 4, 745–755.
42. Choi, S. W.; Munteanu, M.; Ritter, H., Monoacrylated cyclodextrin via “click” reaction and copolymerization
with N-isopropylacrylamide: guest controlled solution properties, J. Polym. Res. 2009, 16, 389-394.
43. Amajjahe, S.; Munteanu, M.; Ritter, H., Switching the Solubility of PMMA Bearing Attached Cyclodextrin-
Moieties by Supramolecular Interactions with Ionic Liquids, Macromol. Rapid Commun. 2009, 30, 904-908.
44. Daoud-Mohammed, S.; Couvreur, P.; Bouchemal, K.; Chéron, M.; Lebas, G.; Amiel, C.; Gref, R.,
Cyclodextrin and Polysaccharide-Based Nanogels: Entrapment of Two Hydrophobic Molecules,
Benzophenone and Tamoxifen, Biomacromolecules 2009, 10, 547–554.
45. Zhang, J., Ma, P. X., Polymeric Core–Shell Assemblies Mediated by Host–Guest Interactions: Versatile
Nanocarriers for Drug Delivery, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2009, 48, 964–968.
46. Nomura, Y.; Sasaki, Y.; Takagi, M.; Narita, T.; Aoyama, Y.; Akiyoshi, K., Thermoresponsive Controlled
Association of Protein with a Dynamic Nanogel of Hydrophobized Polysaccharide and Cyclodextrin: Heat
Shock Protein-Like Activity of Artificial Molecular Chaperone, Biomacromolecules 2005, 6, 447-452.
47. Lui, Y. Y.; Yu, Y.; Tian, W.; Sun, L.; Fan, X. D., Preparation and Properties of Cyclodextrin/PNIPAm
Microgels, Macromol. Biosci. 2009, 9, 525-534.
48. Moya-Ortega, M. D.; Alvarez -Lorenzo, C.; Concheiro, A.; Loftsson T., Cyclodextrin-based nanogels for
pharmaceutical and biomedical application, Int. J. Pharm. 2012, 428, 152–163.
49. Lui, Y. Y.; Yu, Y.; Zhang, G. B.; Tang, M. F., Characterization, and Controlled Release of Novel
Nanoparticles Based on MMA/β-CD Copolymers, Macromol. Biosci. 2007, 7, 1250-1257.
50. Moya-Ortega, M. D.; Alvarez -Lorenzo, C.; Sigurdssona, H. H.; Concheiro, A.; Loftsson T., γ-Cyclodextrin
hydrogels and semi-interpenetrating networks for sustained delivery of dexamethasone, Carbohydr. Polym.
2010, 80, 900–907.
51. Glisoni R. J; García-Fernández, M. J.; Pino, M.; Gutkind, G., Moglioni A. G.; Alvarez-Lorenzo C.; Concheiro,
A.; Sosnik A., β-Cyclodextrin hydrogels for the ocular release of antibacterial thiosemicarbazones, Carbohydr
Polym. 2013, 93, 449-457.
52. Hamcerencu, M.; Popa, M.; Riess, G.; Ritter, H.; Alupei, V., Unsaturated esters of cyclodextrin – synthesis
and characterization, Cellulose. Chem. Technol. 2005, 39, 389-413.
53. Lui, Y. Y.; Fan, X. D., Synthesis, properties and controlled release behaviors of hydrogel networks using
cyclodextrin as pendant groups, Biomaterials 2005, 26, 6367-6374.
54. Mikhail, S. Z.; Kimel, W. R., Densities and Viscosities of Methanol-Water Mixtures, J. Chemical Engineering
Data 1961, 6, 533-537.
55. Gan, L. M.; Chew, C. H.; Lee, K. C., Polymerization of methyl methacrylate in ternary oil-in-water
microemulsions, Polymer 1993, 34, 3064-3069.
56. Shibayama, K.; Suzuki, Y., Effect of crosslinking density on the viscoelastic properties of unsaturated
polyesters, J. Polym. Sci. A: Polym. Chem. 1965, 3, 2637-2651.
63
57. Kuo, S. W.; Kao, H. C.; Chang, F. C., Thermal behavior and specific interaction in high glass transition
temperature PMMA copolymer, Polymer 2003, 44, 6873-6882.
58. Kashiwagi, T.; Inaba, A.; Brown, J. E.; Hatada, K.; Kitayama, T.; Masuda, E., Effects of weak linkages on the
thermal and oxidative degradation of poly(methyl methacrylates, Macromolecules 1986, 19, 2160–2168.
59. Harada, A.; Kobayashi, R.; Takashima, Y.; Hashidzume, A.; Yamaguchi, H., Macroscopic self-assembly
through molecular recognition, Nat. Chem. 2011, 3, 34-37.
60. Sobisch, T.; Lerche, D., Application of a new separation analyzer for the characterization of dispersions
stabilized with clay derivatives, Coll. Polymer Sci. 2000, 278, 369-374.
61. Lerche, D., Dispersion Stability and Particle Characterization by Sedimentation Kinetics in a Centrifugal
Field, J. Dispersion Sci. Technol. 2002, 23, 699-709.
62. Detloff, T.; Küchler, S., SEPView 6 Instabilitätsindex, LUM GmbH 2012, e-mail: [email protected]
(2012-06-20).
63. Winnik, F. M.; Ringsdorf, H.; Venzmer, J. Methanol-water as a co-nonsolvent system for poly(N-
isopropylacrylamide), Macromolecules 1990, 23, 2415-2416.
64. Saunders, B. R.; Vincent, B., Microgel particles as model colloids: theory, properties and applications, Adv.
Colloid Interface Sci. 1999, 80, 1-25.
65. Zhu, W.; Napper, D. H., Coil-to-Globule Type Transitions and Swelling of Poly(N-isopropylacrylamide) and
Poly(acrylamide) at Latex Interfaces in Alcohol–Water Mixtures, J. Colloid Interface Sci. 1996, 177, 343-352.
66. Taguchi, K., Transient binding of phenolphthalein-.beta.-cyclodextrin complex: an example of induced
geometrical distortion, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1986, 108, 2705-2709.
67. Trellenkamp, T.; Ritter, H., Poly(N-vinylpyrrolidone) Bearing Covalently Attached Cyclodextrin via Click-
Chemistry: Synthesis, Characterization, and Complexation Behavior with Phenolphthalein, Macromolecules
2010, 43, 5538-5543.
68. Mohamed, M. H.; Wilson, L. D.; Headley, J. V., Estimation of the surface accessible inclusion sites of β-
cyclodextrin based copolymer materials, Carbohydr. Polym. 2010, 80, 186-196.
64
3.6 Supporting Information
1. Modification of cyclodextrin with vinyl groups
TEA, DMF, RT
Cyclodextrin methacrylate
OR =
OHO
Cyclodextrin
O Cl
Methacryloyl chloride
O
HO
OH
O
HO
6, 7, 8
O
R
R
O
R
6, 7, 8
Scheme S1. Modification of α-, β-, γ-cyclodextrin with methacryl groups.
Table S1. Chemicals used for the synthesis of CD-MA with different substitution degrees (DS).
Substance β-Cyclodextrin Methacryloyl chloride Triethylamine DS
β-CD-MA DS 2 2.0 g
(1.76 mmol)
0.51 mL, 0.55 g
(5.28 mmol)
0.62 mL, 0.45 g
(4.40 mmol) 2
β-CD-MA DS 4 2.0 g
(1.76 mmol)
0.68 mL, 0.74 g
(7.04 mmol)
0.81 mL, 0.59 g
(5.86 mmol) 4
β-CD-MA DS 6 2.0 g
(1.76 mmol)
1.70 mL, 1.84 g
(17.60 mmol)
2.03 mL, 1.48 g
(14.61 mmol) 6
α-CD-MA DS 2 2.0 g
(2.05 mmol)
0.59 mL, 0.64 g
(6.15 mmol)
0.71 mL, 0.52 g
(5.13 mmol) 2
γ-CD-MA DS 2 2.0 g
( 1.54 mmol)
0.44 mL, 0.48 g
(4.62 mmol)
0.53 mL, 0.39 g
(3.85 mmol) 2
65
Figure S1. 1H-NMR spectrum of α-CD-MA (DS2) in DMSO-d6
1H-NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6, 400 MHz):
(ppm): 1.87 (m, CH3); 3.29-3.40 (m, CH-2, 4); 3.60-3.64-3.77 (m, CH- 3, 5 CH2- 6); 4.50 (s, C-
OH-6); 4.80 (s, CH-1); 5.44-5.64 (s, C-OH-2, 3); 5.69 (m, CH-8), 6.05 (m, CH-9)
13C-NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6, 75 MHz):
ppm): 17.91 (C10) 59.93 (C6); 71.91 (C2); 72.06 (C5) 73.16 (C3); 82.05 (C4); 101.84 (C1);
126.82 (C=CH2); 135.64 (C-C=C); 166.30 (COO)
FTIR spectrum (KBr): ν (cm-1
): 3407, 2930, 1720 (C=O), 1635, 1406, 1364, 1297, 1201, 1157,
1079, 1032, 945, 859, 756, 580, 531
RAMAN spectrum: ν (cm-1
): 3253, 3107, 2931, 2913, 1717, 1637 (C=C), 1460, 1407, 1333
ppm (t1)
2.03.04.05.06.0
0
100000000
200000000
300000000
400000000
500000000
6.0
47
5.6
93
5.4
65
5.4
49
5.4
43
4.8
00
4.5
06
4.4
92
3.7
93
3.7
77
3.6
41
3.6
07
3.4
04
3.3
79
3.3
60
3.2
92
1.8
72
1.8
8
2.2
8
6.0
0
4.9
9
24
.49
24
.22
5.3
4
11
.31
Vinyl CH2-9, 8
OH-2, 3
CH-1
CH-5, 3CH2-6
CH-2, 4
CH3-7
OH-6
66
Scheme S2. Preparation of α-, β- or γ-CD-MA nanoparticles on the basis of PMMA and
Figure S2. FESEM image of β-CD-MA (2)-nanoparticles on aluminum.
Figure S3. Aqueous dispersions of PMMA nanogels with different CD-MA content.
Figure S4. FTIR spectra of nanoparticle samples containing different amounts of β-CD-MA (4)
(a); RAMAN spectra of nanoparticle samples containing different amounts of β-CD-MA (4) (b).
AIBN, MeOH, 65°C
Cyclodextrin methacrylate (CD-MA)
OR =
Methyl methacrylate (MMA)
OH
O
O
RR
R
O
O
R
RRO
OR
R
R
O
O
RR
R
OO
R
R
RO
OR
RR
O
OR
R
R
O
OO
0.02
mmolBIS
0.04
mmolCDMA
0.07
mmolCDMA
0.47
mmolCDMA
0.21
mmolCDMA
4000 3500 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 500
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
0.47 mmol
0.21 mmol
0.07 mmol
Absorb
ance
Wavenumbers [cm-1]
no CDMA
0.04 mmol CD-MA
0.07 mmol CD-MA
0.21 mmol CD-MA
0.47 mmol CD-MA
1032
1720
no CD-MA
0.04 mmol
1750 1500 1250 1000 750 500
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6CD-MA (4)
0.47 mmol
0.21 mmol
0.07 mmol
0.04 mmol
Inte
nsity
Wavenumber [cm-1]
no CD-MA (PMMA) 0.04 mmol CD-MA 0.07 mmol CD-MA
0.21 mmol CD-MA 0.47 mmol CD-MA CD-MA DS 4
1637 1032
no CD-MA
a b
67
Chapter 4
Chlorhexidine loaded cyclodextrin containing PMMA nanogels as
antimicrobial coating and delivery system
Abstract: Antimicrobial nanogels, aggregates and films are prepared by complexation of the
antiseptic and bacteriostatic agent chlorhexidine (CHX) for clinical especially for ocular and
dental applications. A series of -, - and -cyclodextrin methacrylate (CD-MA) containing
hydrophobic poly(methyl methacrylate) (PMMA) based nanogels were loaded quantitatively with
CHX in aqueous dispersion. Results showed that CHX was enhanced complexed by use of CD-
MA domains in the particles structure. -CD-MA nanogels presented the highest uptake of CHX.
Furthermore, it was observed that the uptake of CHX in nanogels was influenced by the
hydrophobic PMMA structure. Large aggregates were formed during the complexation of CHX
in aqueous phase. CHX acted as external cross-linker of nanogels by formation of 1:2 (CHX:CD-
MA) inclusion complexes of two -CD-MA units on the surfaces from two different nanogels.
The aggregates adsorbed easily onto glass surfaces by physical self bonding and formation of a
dense cross-linked nanogel film. The release of CHX in water and PBS buffer solution was
quantitatively studied over 4 h whereas the release was strongly reduced in PBS buffer.
Biological tests of the applied CHX nanogels were made with regard to antimicrobial efficiency
and CHX nanogel films were successful performed against Staphylococcus. Aureus.
Keywords: nanogels, cyclodextrin, PMMA, chlorhexidine, antimicrobial, drug delivery
Cl
HN
HN
NH
HN
NH
Cl
NH
NH
HN
HN
HN
Cl
HN
HN
NH
HN
NH
Cl
NH
NH
HN
HN
HN
Cl
HN
HN
NHH
N
NH
Cl
NH
NH
HN
HN
HN
H2O
Cl
NH
NH
HN
NH
HN
Cl
HN
HN
NH
HN
NH
Cl
HN
HN
NH H
N
NH
Cl
NH
NH
HN
HN
HN
Cl
HN
HN
NHH
N
NH
Cl
NH
NH
HN
HN
HN
Cl
HN
HN
NH
HN
NH
Cl
NH
NH
HN
HN
HN
Cl
HN
HN
NHH
N
NH
Cl
NH
NH
HN
HN
HN
Cl
HN
HN
NH
HN
NH
Cl
NH
NH
HN
HN
HN
Cl
HN
HN
NH
HN
NH
Cl
NH
NH
HN
HN
HN
Cl
HN
HN
NH
HN
NH
Cl
NH
NH
HN
HN
HN
Cl
HN
HN
NH
HN
NH
Cl
NH
NH
HN
HN
HN
Cl
HN
HN
NH
HN
NH
Cl N
H
NH
HN HN
HN
Cl H
N
HN
NH HN
NH
Cl
NH
NH
HN
HN
HN
Cl
HN
HN
NH
HN
NH
Cl
NH
NH
HN
HN
HN
Cl
HN
HN
NH
HN
NH
Cl
NH
NH
HN
HN
HN
n
Nanogels
in aqueous dispersion CHX loaded nanogels
68
4.1 Introduction
Many microorganisms initiate bacterial growth in even smallest parts of the micro- and
macro-cosm. Among them, many dangerous bacteria that pose a potential risk for human live can
be found. Thus, the use of antimicrobial materials for the reduction of bacterial formation is of
great importance in many fields of daily life. The application of antimicrobial agents and
materials are in the focus of interest and find already application in food, textile and plastic
products. In the cosmetic and pharmaceutical field as well as for bio and medical applications the
use of anti microbial agents is quite important to inhibit the growth or to kill aggressive bacteria
before they start to get dangerous [1-3]. Different strategies have been developed to control
bacterial formation. The combination of a microbial repellent agent and surface coating impairs
the development of biofilms on all kinds of material. The aim of the research is the inhibition of
bacterial adhesion and the killing of bacterial cells in the first state of biofilm formation [4].
Modification of surfaces with various antimicrobial substances such as antibiotics,
antiseptics or metals and enzymes which are grafted on various materials prevent the formation
of bacterial biofilms [5]. In clinical treatments, the common use of antibiotics helps reducing of
bacteria. But the potential risks in the development of bacterial resistance and hypersensitivity
requires effective alternatives for the future [6]. Beside these, sessile microorganisms often show
high resistance to biofilm inhibitors. Hence, the eradication of biofilms requires high
concentrations of disinfectants or antibiotics, causing severe environmental damages, emerging
multiresistance and further nosocomial infections. The concern of public health raises an urgent
need for developing new bacterial and biofilm resistant systems [7].
Therefore, alternatives, especially the further development of antiseptic products, find
more and more interest in research and clinical applications. New inclusion compounds of
potential antiseptics with a strong binding of the active agent have been developed to reduce the
toxicity and increase the effectiveness. Here, strong fixation of antiseptics by inclusion in
polymers or by complexation in cyclodextrins (CDs) are an interesting option for drug release
and delivery. One key component of the inclusion compounds is CD, a cyclic oligosaccharide.
The six (-CD), seven (-CD) and eight (-CD) glucopyranose units create a truncated cone
structure which provides a hydrophilic exterior and a hydrophobic interior cavity that allows the
formation of host-guest complexes. The complexes are stabilized by noncovalent interactions
such as hydrogen bonds, van der Waals forces and hydrophobic interactions [8,9]. The physical
69
and chemical properties of the guest can be changed by complexation and the stability can
increase against oxidation, photodecomposition, hydrolysis, dehydration as well as protection of
guests from degradation in the gastrointestinal tract [10]. By inclusion poorly water-soluble
molecules can be transferred in aqueous solution and thus, the water solubility of the guest can
increase as well as its bioavailability [11]. CD is already used in many fields of daily life and
improves the efficacy of active ingredients such as drugs in the therapeutically medicine [12,13].
These inclusion compounds offer advantages in effectiveness, long-term activity, and low
effective antimicrobial concentrations.
An interesting antiseptic molecule for the inclusion and encapsulation in polymer based
systems is chlorhexidine (CHX). It is a well known and studied active agent against many kinds
of bacterial strains. CHX is a chemical antiseptic which is effective against gram-positive and
gram-negative microbes [14,15]. The mechanisms of action of CHX are bactericidal as well as
bacteriostatic causing membrane disruption [16]. CHX is the “gold standard” and it is widely
used and receives great attention in periodontal therapy due to its potency against bacterial plaque
[17,18,19]. For the prophylaxis against wound infections, CHX is used as preoperative whole-
body disinfection [20,21]. Further studies have been made for skin, mucosal and vaginal
applications [22-24].
The inclusion of antiseptic CHX in CD has been studied with regard to its release and
effectiveness for antimicrobial applications. First, Loftson studied the interactions between
several water soluble CHX gluconate and 2-hydroxypropyl CD. Here, preservative molecules can
displace the drug molecules from the CD cavity, thus, reducing the solubilizing effects of the CD.
[25] Furthermore, the antimicrobial activity of the preservatives was reduced by formation of
preservative CD inclusion complexes [26]. The 1:2 (CHX:β-CD) complex was prepared and
characterized using X-ray crystallography, infrared spectroscopy, thermal analysis and nuclear
magnetic resonance. The minimum inhibitory concentration (MIC50) of the CHX:β-CD inclusion
compound against Streptococcus mutans, Eubacterium lentum, Fusobacterium nucleatum,
Bacteroides fragilis and Actinomices actinomycetemcomitans was determined. The CHX:β-CD
inclusion compound inhibited the bacterial growth at a low concentration [27-29].
Furthermore, CHX in CD inclusion compounds were embedded noncovalently in
polymers. The in vitro studies showed higher antimicrobial activity and long-term effectiveness
of this devices against oral microorganism pathogens [30].
70
Incorporation of CHX in urethane dimethacrylate and triethylene glycol dimethacrylate resin
were made. Here, the rates of release can be effectively controlled by the CHX diacetate content
and the pH [31]. In other studies, CD containing polymer (14 wt.-% CD) cross-linked with citric
acid (CTR) on polyvinylidene difluoride (PVDF) membranes was made to improve the
membrane properties to control the release and to increase the quantity of the antimicrobial agent
CHX diacetate deposited on the membrane. Raw membranes released all incorporated CHX in
few hours, whereas grafted membranes released more than tenfold of this quantity during 60–80
days [32].
Understanding the structure and properties of microbial surfaces at the nanometer level is
of great importance for the development of novel antimicrobial compounds. Hence, the
incorporation of CHX in nanogels and microspheres is in the focus of interest. Cross-linked
polymeric nano- and microparticles are highly functional materials, which can act as carrier and
deliverer of drugs and active agents. They have interesting properties such as small size, different
morphology, large surface area, high chemical functionality, ability to swell in different solvents
(e.g. water or alcoholic solution), and stimuli-sensitivity [33-36]. Furthermore, they show high
binding activity to surfaces by physical self-bonding. Nano- and microparticles can be used in
colloidal form as microreactors, drug carriers and antimicrobial agents but also as building blocks
for the design of colloidosomes, hydrogels, and films targeting such as applications in controlled
release, tissue engineering and optics [37-39]. The chemical functionality of polymer nanogels is
extremely important for their application in different areas of science and technology.
CHX containing cationic and anionic terminated polymeric beads based on poly-N-
isopropylacrylamides (PNIPAMs) with a size of several µm were also studied and the release
rates of CHX at temperatures below and above the volume phase transition temperature (VPTT)
of synthesized polymers were compared. The preparations, assessed in vitro below the VPTT,
release an initial burst of CHX at different periods of time between 120 and 240 min, followed by
a period of 24 h, when the rate of release remains approximately constant, approaching zero-
order kinetics [40].
In this way, mixtures of CHX acetate (CXA) and CHX gluconate (CXG) and the
corresponding -CD complexes in the ratio of 2:1 (-CD:CXA/G) were integrated in silica
nanogels with a size of about 745 nm to prepare and characterize a controlled release system and
to evaluate its antimicrobial activity. The kinetic release parameters of the drug showed that the
71
CHX system release profile followed zero order release up to 400 h after the burst effect in the
first 8 h. The therapeutic range of CHX was reached in nearly the first hour for all systems. The
CHX porous silica system was biologically active against Enterococcus faecalis and Candida
albicans in vitro [41].
Microparticles of poly(dl-lactic-co-glycolic acid) (PLGA) containing CHX free base,
CHX digluconate and their association or inclusion complex with methylated -CD and
hydroxypropyl -CD were prepared by single emulsion, solvent evaporation technique with a
size of 27-45 µm which increases to 30 % by incorporation of CHX. In this polymer-based
delivery system, the encapsulation efficiency, the release characteristics and the bioactivity of
antimicrobial agent were controlled by the complexation of the drug with CDs of different
lipophilicity. Preliminary studies have shown that the CHX released from PLGA chips is
biologically active against bacterial population that is relevant in periodontitis (P. gingivalis and
B. forsythus) and a healthy inhibition zone is maintained in agar plate assay over a period of at
least one week [42].
In this context, CDs are interesting functional units which can be integrated covalently in
a polymer network of nanogels. In previous publications, the high uptake of guest molecules by
CD host domains of nanogels has been studied [43-46].
In this work, the incorporation of CD into the polymer colloidal network of poly(methyl
methacrylate) (PMMA) based nanogels promotes improved uptake and release properties of
CHX. Furthermore, CHX loaded particles exhibit a simple and homogeneous adsorption onto
surfaces by physical self-bonding with high antimicrobial activity against Staphylococcus Aureus.
72
4.2 Experimental
4.2.1 Materials
α-, β- and γ-CD-MA with an average degree of substitution (DS) of 2 and β-CD-MA with
an average substitution degree of 4 are obtained by detailed preparation method in Chapter 2.
Methyl methacrylate (MMA) was obtained from Aldrich and destabilized by column
chromatography over aluminum oxide; a further cross-linker N,N-methylene-bis-acrylamide
(BIS) from Aldrich was used as received. The initiator, azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN) from
Aldrich was used without further purifications. Chlorhexidine (N',N'''''-hexane-1,6-diylbis[N-(4-
chlorophenyl)(imidodicarbonimidic diamide) was obtained from Aldrich. The solvents (p.A.)
methanol and acetone were purchased from VWR.
4.2.2 Synthesis of CD-MA containing nanogels
The synthesis of cross-linked polymeric nanogels with CD-MA has been described in
detail in Chapter 2 and performed by the radical precipitation polymerization technique in
organic solvent. 19.98 mmol (2.00 g) MMA and modified α-, β-, γ-CD-MA were dissolved in
150 mL methanol and stirred at 200 rpm for 15 minutes at 65 °C under continuous purging with
nitrogen. Afterwards, 0.12 mmol (0.02 g) AIBN initiator was added under continuous stirring and
the reaction was carried out for another 8 h under nitrogen atmosphere. The ingredients used for
the polymerization process and the particle size are summarized in Table 1.
Table 1. Reaction recipe for the preparation of CD-MA/MMA nanogels in 150 mL MeOH using
for complexation studies with CHX. Nanogel samples are numbered as NMMAxCD-MA(y),
where N = run number, x = cyclodextrin type and y = substitution degree of cyclodextrin.
N
MMA,
[g] (mmol)
CD-MA,
[g] (mmol)
CDtheor
,
[wt.-%]
BIS,
[g](mmol)
AIBN,
[g](mmol)
Size
[nm]
1 MMA 2.00 (19.98) - - 0.02 (0.13) 0.02 (0.12) 363
2 MMAβCD(4) 2.00 (19.98) 0.3 (0.21) 12.93 - 0.02 (0.12) 66
3 MMAβCD(4) 2.00 (19.98) 0.6 (0.47) 22.90 - 0.02 (0.12) 36
4 MMAβCD(2) 2.00 (19.98) 0.3 (0.24) 12.61 - 0.02 (0.12) 353
5 MMAαCD(2) 2.00 (19.98) 0.3 (0.27) 12.61 - 0.02 (0.12) 345
6 MMAγCD(2) 2.00 (19.98) 0.3 (0.21) 12.61 - 0.02 (0.12) 219
73
After preparation, nanogel dispersions were purified by dialysis (dialysis tubes with MWCO of
12 kDa (ZelluTrans - 12,0S 45 mm, MWCO: nominal 12,000-14,000; Carl Roth GmbH,
Karlsruhe) to remove unreacted monomers and smaller polymeric particles. Furthermore,
methanol was replaced by water and stable milky dispersions were formed.
4.2.3 Complexation studies of CHX in CD
Different amounts of CHX diluted in acetone (2.08 g/L) were dropped under stirring to
aqueous α-, β- or γ-CD solutions (10 mg/10 mL) (Table S1). The mixture was stirred for 24 h;
after evaporation of the organic solvent the complexed CHX was kept in solution and the non-
diluted CHX amount precipitated. The filtered, clear solutions were analyzed by UV-vis
spectrophotometry [47]. The results are presented in Figure 1a and in the corresponding spectra
with the calibration curves in Figure S1.
4.2.4 Uptake of CHX by PMMA nanogels
The complexation of CHX in CD-MA nanogels was done in water. CHX was diluted in
acetone (2.08 g/L) and added in different volumes to the CD-MA containing nanogel dispersion
in the same way as used for its complexation by low molecular weight CD. After stirring and
evaporation of the solvent for about 24 h, non-complexed CHX precipitated and the filtered
loaded nanogel dispersions were measured by using UV-vis spectrophotmetry. The addition of
CHX and the the parameters of the nanogel dispersions are summarized in Table 2. The resulting
spectra are shown in Figure S2.
74
Table 2. Nanogel (NG), theoretical CD-MA content and added CHX concentrations of the
samples. α-, β- or γ-CD nanogels have a degree of substitution of 2 (DS2).
PMMA
NG
CD-
MA
CD-
MA
CD-
MA CHX CHX
det.
CHX
det.
CHX
CD-
MA
/CHX
CD-
MA/det.
CHX
[µg/ml] [wt.-%] [µg/ml] [µmol/ml] [µg/ml] [µmol/ml] [µg/ml] [µmol/ml]
1550.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 75.00 0.15 14.89 0.03 0.00 0.00
1550.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 100.00 0.20 30.37 0.06 0.00 0.00
1550.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 125.00 0.25 39.74 0.08 0.00 0.00
1550.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 150.00 0.30 45.96 0.09 0.00 0.00
1550.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 175.00 0.35 39.68 0.08 0.00 0.00
-CD-
MA NG
-CD-
MA %
-CD-
MA
-CD-
MA CHX CHX
det.
CHX
det.
CHX
-CD-
MA
/CHX
-CD-
MA
/det. CHX
[µg/ml] [wt.-%] [µg/ml] [µmol/ml] [µg/ml] [µmol/ml] [µg/ml] [µmol/ml]
1540.00 13.04 200.87 0.21 75.00 0.15 35.15 0.07 1.39 2.97
1540.00 13.04 200.87 0.21 100.00 0.20 46.81 0.09 1.04 2.23
1540.00 13.04 200.87 0.21 125.00 0.25 62.88 0.12 0.84 1.66
1540.00 13.04 200.87 0.21 150.00 0.30 63.83 0.13 0.70 1.64
1540.00 13.04 200.87 0.21 175.00 0.35 69.11 0.14 0.60 1.51
-CD-
MA NG
-CD-
MA %
-CD-
MA
-CD-
MA CHX CHX
det.
CHX
det.
CHX
-CD-
MA
/CHX
-CD-
MA
/det. CHX
[µg/ml] [wt.%] [µg/ml] [µmol/ml] [µg/ml] [µmol/ml] [µg/ml] [µmol/ml]
1550.00 13.04 202.17 0.18 75.00 0.15 38.12 0.08 1.20 2.36
1550.00 13.04 202.17 0.18 100.00 0.20 101.53 0.20 0.90 0.89
1550.00 13.04 202.17 0.18 125.00 0.25 119.77 0.24 0.72 0.75
1550.00 13.04 202.17 0.18 150.00 0.30 132.97 0.26 0.60 0.68
1550.00 13.04 202.17 0.18 175.00 0.35 151.15 0.30 0.51 0.60
-CD-
MA NG
-CD-
MA %
-CD-
MA -CD-MA CHX CHX
det.
CHX
det.
CHX
-CD-
MA
/CHX
-CD-
MA
/det. CHX
[µg/ml] [wt.%] [µg/ml] [µmol/ml] [µg/ml] [µmol/ml] [µg/ml] [µmol/ml]
1520.00 13.04 198.26 0.15 75.00 0.15 46.57 0.09 1.03 1.66
1520.00 13.04 198.26 0.15 100.00 0.20 61.63 0.12 0.77 1.25
1520.00 13.04 198.26 0.15 125.00 0.25 70.05 0.14 0.62 1.10
1520.00 13.04 198.26 0.15 150.00 0.30 79.97 0.16 0.52 0.97
1520.00 13.04 198.26 0.15 175.00 0.35 123.64 0.24 0.44 0.62
75
4.2.5 Release of CHX by PMMA nanogels
CHX loaded nanogels (2 mg/2 mL) were coated on glass surfaces (15 x 15 mm (225
mm2)) and dried at 0.1 mbar in the desiccator at 25 °C for about 12 h. Release studies were made
in water and in isotonic PBS-buffer solution (pH 7.4) for about 4 h (240 min). Here, 100 mL of
PBS-buffer solution were prepared by addition of 0.8 g sodium chloride (NaCl), 0.02 g potassium
chloride (KCl), 0.144 g sodium hydrogen phosphate (Na2HPO4) and 0.02 g kalium hydrogen
phosphate (KH2PO4) in 100 mL distilled water. The CHX coated glass surface was wetted with 4
mL dist. water or with 4 mL PBS-buffer solution which were changed every 30 min. The CHX
concentration of the solution was measured by using UV-vis spectrometry. The maxima at 260
nm represent the release of CHX from the surface in dependence on time. After 240 min the
release of CHX in 10 mL water was finished and the UV absorbance reached the zero point.
Absorption maxima of the resulting spectra are shown in Figure S3.
4.2.6 Characterization methods
The particle size of nanogels was analyzed by dynamic light scattering measurements,
using a Nano Zetasizer (Malvern) spectrometer equipped with a He–Ne Laser (λ0 = 633 nm).
Back scattering light was detected using an angle of 173°. Hydrodynamic particle radius and the
particle distribution of the hydrodynamic radius were determined in water. Measurements were
made in a temperature range from 20 °C to 50 °C with a temperature equilibrium time of 120 s.
Microscopical analyses were made with a S-4800-Field-Emission-Scanning Electron
Microscope (Hitachi). One drop of the diluted nanogel dispersion was fixed on an aluminum
support and dried at room temperature in vacuum. After drying, the samples were investigated at
an accelerating voltage of 1 kV and 8 mm disintegration.
IR measurements were made with the help of a FTIR spectrometer: Nexus 470 (Thermo
Nicolet) (spectral disintegration 8 cm-1
). CHX loaded CDs and nanogel dispersions were dried by
lyophilisation and pressed in KBr-pellets.
UV-absorption spectra of CHX containing dispersions were recorded by a JASCO V-630
spectrophotometer from 200-1000 nm using quartz cuvettes with a coating thickness of 1 cm. The
corresponding dispersion of the nanogel without loaded CHX was used as reference.
76
4.2.7 Biological tests
Chlorhexidine loaded CD-MA containing PMMA nanogels were studied for their
antimicrobial activity on surfaces by using biological tests. β-CD-MA nanogels with different β-
CD-MA content as well as α- and γ-CD-MA nanogels were loaded with 1.75 mg chlorhexidine in
10 mL (175 µg/mL) aqueous microgel dispersion. CHX loaded -, - and -CD-MA (DS2)
nanogels (140 µg CHX per sample) and -CD-MA (DS4)) nanogels (30-70 µg CHX per sample)
were coated on glass slides (15 x 15 mm (225 mm2)) from aqueous dispersion. The coated glass
substrates were placed into Petri dishes (Ø = 3 cm) and Staphylococcus aureus was inoculated
onto each surface under growth conditions in aqueous nutrient solution) [25 µL S. aureus (1 x 106
colony forming units / mL (cfu/mL) in 0.5 % pepton from casein, 0.3 % meat extract, pH 7.0)
(NL1]. A reference (uncoated glass substrate) was exposed with 25 μL S. aureus (1 x 106
cfu/mL). A sterility control (coated glass substrate) was exposed with 25 μL NL1 and the latter
was used in the leaching test (see below). A wetting agent was added to the exposure solution in a
concentration of 0.01 %. Exposure was performed at 25 °C for 2.5 h respectively. Thereafter, in
every Petri dish 1 mL NL1 was pipetted and the samples were shaken at RT and 150 rpm for 20
min. Then, from each Petri dish 200 μL were transferred to a well plate to study the residual
possibility for proliferation / growth. For the growth test, 200 µL of the shaking solution were
transferred to a microwell plate (2 parallel tests) and incubated for 20 h at 37 °C and 1000 s
agitation at 100 rpm per measuring cycle of 30 min with online measurement of the optical
density at 612 nm (OD612) = Measurement of the increase of OD 612, which is caused by the
growth of the micro-organisms.
77
4.3 Results and discussion
In this work, CD-MA containing nanogels were synthesized by radical polymerization of
methylmethacrylate (MMA) and cross-linking with CD-MA in methanol. Here, the substitution
of CDs with methacrylate groups enables solubility of the monomer, the polymerization and the
cross-linking in alcoholic solution. In previous work, the incorporation of -CD-MA into PMMA
nanogels was studied in more detail and described that the particle size of the nanogel (in the
range of 2 µm to 30 nm) can be controlled by the CD-MA content in the reaction mixture and by
the cross-linking degree using modified CDs with different (2, 4 and 6) vinyl groups.
Furthermore, results showed that also the ring size of the CD-MA monomer, i.e. the use of α-, β-
or γ-CD-MA, influence the size of the nanogels. Hence, the particle size decreases slightly with
increase of the CD-MA ring size. For targeted applications and complexation of hydrophobic
guest molecules in aqueous solution the organic solvents were replaced by water using dialysis.
The uptake behavior of β-CD-MA containing nanogels was characterized with the dye adsorption
method using the dye phenolphthalein. Here, the capacity of nanogels increase with increase of
the CD-MA content in nanogels.
4.3.1 Complexation of CHX in CD-MA nanogels vs natural CDs
The creation of antimicrobial nanogels is made by loading of antiseptic and bacteriostatic
CHX. The CD-MA domains with a substitution degree of 2 embedded in the polymeric PMMA
structure of the nanogels act as complexation unit for the fixation of the antimicrobial agent. It is
well known that physical, chemical and size related properties of the guest molecules influence
the host-guest interactions of the complexation. Furthermore, size related properties of α-, β- or γ-
CD have also enormous influence on the uptake and release of guest molecules. Thus, simple
complexation tests of CHX in PMMA nanogels contain α-, β- or γ-CD-MA have to be done as
well as in the corresponding low molecular weight CD. The investigation of the complexation
behavior and of the stability of the complexes depend on the ring size of CD (α-, β- or γ-CD) and
on guest molecule. Here, solutions of CHX in acetone were dropped under stirring to aqueous
solutions of natural α-, β- or γ-CD and to dispersions of PMMA nanogels with or without the
corresponding CD-MA domains. The mixture was stirred for 24 h; after evaporation of the
organic solvent the complexed CHX was kept in solution and the non-dissolved CHX amount
78
precipitated. Thus, the complexation resulted in a solubility increase of CHX in water which
contained α-, β- or γ-CD host molecules.
IR spectroscopic analysis
The IR spectra of the freez-dried CHX loaded α-, β- and γ-CD-MA nanogels in
comparison with the CHX: α-, β- and γ CD inclusion complex are shown in Figure 1. In Figure
1a-b the IR spectra of the CHX complexed by natural α-, β- and γ-CD complexe are shown. Here,
CHX:CD complexes present the characteristic bands of CHX and CD. The -NH bands at 3400
cm-1
and the C=C stretching bands at 1650, 1600,1550 and 1500 cm-1
can be assigned to the
aromatic rings of CHX. The OH groups of the CD ring are presented at 3500-3300 cm-1
and
overlap with the -NH band of CHX. The band at 1032 cm-1
is the C-O-C stretch vibration of the
glucose unit of CD. The sharpness of the CD bands at 3500-3300 cm-1
and 1032 cm-1
characterize
the complex formation. In literature, physical mixtures of free CHX and free CD showed broad
bands, which are sharpened by complexation due to the breakdown of hydrogen bonding [27].
Due to complexation, the C=C bands of CHX at 1612 cm-1
shift to higher and the band at1550
cm-1
to lower wavenumbers. In contrast to the sharpening of the CD bands, the characteristic
CHX bands get broader.
The IR spectra of the CHX containing CD-MA nanogels show all characteristic bands of
CHX, CD-MA and the PMMA backbone of the polymeric structure(Figure 1 c-d). Here, the
sharp CD-MA band of the O-C-O group at 1032 cm-1
is observed in CHX containing α-, β- and γ-
CD-MA nanogels and characterizes that CHX is complexed by CD-MA domains. The typical
CHXs band are presented at 1612 cm-1
and 1550 cm-1
with a high and low shift, similar to the
natural CHX:CD complex shown above. A further band appears at 1650 cm-1
, which can be
assigned to the CD-MA and to the PMMA backbone. The band at 1720 cm-1
is the characteristic
acrylate band of MMA and CD-MA. The stretch vibration of the ester appears in the spectra with
high intensity.
A rough comparison of the CHX band at 1512 cm-1
and the characteristic CD band at
1032 cm-1
enables a comparison of the complexed CHX content between α-, β- and γ-CD-MA
nanogels (Figure 1c). Here, α-, β- and γ-CD-MA nanogels shows a higher maxima of the CHX
band at 1512 cm-1
than the CD band at 1032 cm-1
. These results are reflected by the natural
CHX:β- and γ-CD complexes in Figure 1a. In case of α-CD-MA nanogels, the ratio of the band at
79
1512 cm-1
to the α-CD band at 1032 cm-1
shows that the CHX content is much higher by uptake
in nanogels than in the natural α-CD (Figure 1a.). Here, the band at 1512 cm-1
is much lower than
the CD band at 1032 cm-1
. That means, the polymeric structure of hydrophobiv PMMA has also
an influence on the uptake of CHX and helps α-CD with the smaller cone to fix the guest
molecule in the nanogel.
Figure 1. FTIR spectra of CHX complexed by -, β- and -CD (a) and details with CHX bands
between 1700 and 1500 cm-1
(b). FTIR spectra of CHX containing -, β- and -CD-MA nanogels
(NG) (c) and detail with CHX bands between 1700 and 1500 cm-1
(d).
a b
c d
4000 3500 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 500
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
CHX:-CDMA NG
CHX:-CDMA NG
CHX:-CDMA NG
1650-1500
1032
1720 -CDMA NG
CHX:-CDMA NG
CHX:-CDMA NG
CHX:-CDMA NG
IR, A
bsorb
ance
Wavenumbers [cm-1]
3400
-CDMA NG
1700 1650 1600 1550 1500 1450
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
1578 1537 1637
CHX:-CDMA NG
CHX:-CDMA NG
-CDMA NG
CHX:-CDMA NG
1490
IR, A
bsorb
ance
Wavenumbers [cm-1]
1612
1700 1650 1600 1550 1500 1450
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
IR, A
bsorb
ance
Wavenumbers [cm-1]
1637 1537 149015781480
CHX
CHX:-CD
CHX:-CD
CHX:-CD
15551612
4000 3500 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 500
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
IR, A
bsorb
ance
Wavenumbers [cm-1]
CHX:-CD
CHX
CHX:-CD
CHX:-CD
1032
1650-1500 CHX
CHX:-CD
CHX:-CD
CHX:-CD
80
4.3.2 Quantitative complexation of CHX by CD-MA nanogels vs. natural CDs
Here, the complexation properties of natural α-, β- and γ-CD and the corresponding
nanogels with regard to CHX were studied by solubility tests and UV-vis spectrometric
measurements in aqueous dispersion. As the solubility of CHX in water is very low (0.08 g/L),
the solubility should increase during inclusion in α-, β- or γ-CD or in hydrophobic polymeric
nanogels. The CHX containing solutions and stable dispersions were measured by UV-vis
spectroscopy.
The complexation studies of CHX in natural α-, β- or γ-CD are shown in Figure 3a and b.
The poorly water-soluble CHX can be dissolved in higher and in different concentrations in water
due to controlled host-guest complexation by CD. Figure 2a shows the maxima of the absorbance
at 255 nm of solutions with different amounts of complexed CHX. The incorporation of CHX in
-CD and -CD is stericaly favored caused by the ring size of the cone. It is well known that -
CD forms energetically stable host-guest systems particularly with aromatics [8,9]. The
complexation of CHX has already been studied in previous work and 1:1, 1:2, and 1:3
complexation has been proven by different analytical methods [27,25].
By addition of up to 150 µg/mL, the ratio of CHX/CD should form a 3:1 complex and 200
µg/mL or 250 µg/mL addition of CHX should create a 2.5:1 and 2:1 complex. In this case, full
complexation of CHX by CD takes place and high solubility is expected. The strong increase of
the absorbance and of the solubility degenerates after addition of 300 µg/mL and 350 µg/mL
CHX, when a 1.5:1 and 1:1 CHX:CD complex is preferred. Further addition leads to a decrease
of solubility, the absorbance stagnates and the maximum of diluted CHX in water is reached. The
non-complexed rest precipitates and sediments to the bottom. Increase of the CHX absorbance
due to complexation by -CD domains documents that an incomplete complexation of the guest
molecule caused by the small cavity also increases the water solubility.
81
Figure 2. UV-vis spectra of CHX (250 µg/mL) complexed by natural -, - or -CDs in water
(absorbance of CHX in water is measured of a saturated aqueous CHX solution by addition of 3.5
mg to 10 mL water) (a) and UV absorption maxima of different CHX concentrations complexed
by -, - or -CDs (b). UV-vis spectra of CHX (100 µg/mL) complexed by -, - or -CD-MA
nanogels (c), absorption maxima of different CHX concentrations complexed by nanogels with
-, - or -CD-MA and PMMA nanogels without CD-MA content in water (d).
225 240 255 270 285 3000.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Absorb
ance
Wavelength [nm]
without CD-MA NP:CHX
-CD-MA NP:CHX
-CD-MA NP:CHX
-CD-MA NP:CHX
225 240 255 270 285 3000.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Absorb
ance
Wavelength [nm]
CHX in H2O
-CD:CHX
-CD:CHX
-CD:CHX
a b
c d
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
Absorb
ance m
axim
a
CHX addition [µg/mL]
-CD:CHX
-CD:CHX
-CD:CHX
50 75 100 125 150 175
0
25
50
75
100
125
150
175
200 -CD-MA NP:CHX
-CD-MA NP:CHX
-CD-MA NP:CHX
without CD-MA NP:CHXC
HX
up
take [
µg/m
L]
CHX addition [µg/mL]
82
The complexation of CHX in -, - and -CD-MA nanogels was done in aqueous
dispersion. CHX was diluted in acetone and added in different concentrations to 10 mL CD-MA
containing nanogels dispersion (1.5 mg/mL) in the same way as used for its complexation in low
molecular weight CD. After stirring and evaporation of the solvent for about 24 h, non-
complexed CHX precipitated and the filtered loaded microgels were measured by UV-vis
spectrometry. Figure 2c shows the UV-vis spectra of -, - and -CD-MA containing PMMA
nanogels loaded with the same concentration of CHX. Here, it occurs that the addition of CHX to
nanogels increases the absorbance maxima at 260 nm. Thus, the enhanced solution in water and
the uptake of CHX takes place for all nanogels with and without CD-MA content whereas, the
absorbances and thus, the complexion yields are higher for - and -CD-MA nanogels.
The absorbance maxima of different concentrations of CHX in PMMA nanogels with and
without containing -, - and -CD-MA is shown in Figure S3. It is found that PMMA nanogels
without embedded CD-MA show low absorbance and therefore, low uptake of CHX without
significant increase by addition of different amounts of the guest molecule. -CD-MA containing
PMMA nanogels show low absorbance but slight increase with increase of CHX content. - and
-CD-MA containing PMMA nanogels show higher absorbance after addition of CHX. However,
the uptake leads to strong increase of the absorbance maxima with rising CHX content.
The UV absorbance of different concentrations of completely dissolved CHX in water by
complexation in natural -, - and -CD allows the calculation of a straight calibration curve.
The comparison of the absorbance measured for CHX containing nanogels with the calculated
calibration curve of -, - or -CD allows the quantitative determination of the exact uptake of
CHX in the PMMA nanogels. In Figure 2d the calculated amounts of CHX in the nanogels are
listed. Here, nanogels with -CD-MA domains show the best uptake of CHX and have the
strongest influence on the complexation of CHX. The uptake increases from 38.12 µg/mL with
rising addition of CHX to 151.15 µg/mL. -CD-MA domains influence also the adsorption of the
guest molecule caused by almost linear increase of the CHX content from 46.56 µg/mL to 123.64
µg/mL. It seems that the sterically preferred -CD ring stabilizes energetically and fixes the guest
in the polymeric structure more than the -CD ring. -CD-MA domains influence the uptake of
CHX in the nanogels as well. The CHX uptake increases with rising addition of CHX from
46.81µg/mL to 69.11 µg/mL, but not as strong as in case of - and -CD-MA. Nanogels without
83
CD-MA content but with the hydrophobic PMMA backbone show also slight uptake (14.89
µg/mL to 39.68 µg/mL) of hydrophobic CHX. Here, the course of the uptake with increasing
addition of CHX can be described as degressive. It seems that PMMA nanogels favor the
adsorption over the sedimentation process of water insoluble molecules. Thus, the CD-MA
domains in the nanogels have a significant influence on the CHX adsorption and increase the
uptake possibilities for hydrophobic nanogels. Furthermore, CD-MA complexation keeps the
molecule and stabilizes the CHX in the nanogels.
The investigation of the influence of the CD-MA content and the influence of the
hydrophobic polymer backbone of PMMA in the nanogel on the complexation is shown in Figure
3 in detail. The theoretical molar possible CD-MA content which is given in percentage ratio of
the reaction mixture is presented. The molar addition of CHX to the theoretically expected molar
amount of the CD-MA domains in the nanogels is calculated as 1:1 complex at the beginning.
Then the CHX addition is increased to higher concentration in the dispersion. Here, the extreme
CHX excess in relation to the CD-MA domains in nanogels enables the investigation of the
influence of the hydrophobic structure of the PMMA backbone. It is shown in Figure 3a that
PMMA with its hydrophobic polymer backbone can also adsorb CHX in small amounts.The
influence of -CD-MA in nanogels is not very high (Figure 3b). Here, the adsorbed CHX is less
than the theoretical -CD-MA content. In Figure 3c, -CD-MA shows a linear increase of the
CHX uptake, the adsorbed CHX content is less than the theoretical value of the added CHX but
increases and exceeds the molar -CD-MA content. -CD-MA shows high adsorbance affinity to
CHX (Figure 3d). The CHX concentration increases linearly and exceeds the molar ratio of the
determined as well as the theoretical CD-MA content to a great extent. In this case, the influence
of -CD-MA is obvious and furthermore, the combination of the hydrophobic PMMA backbone
and the CD-MA domains which work together and favor a good complexation and adsorbance of
CHX in these nanogels.
84
Figure 3. Molar uptake of different CHX amounts in PMMA nanogels in comparison with the
molar CHX addition and the theoretical molar CD-MA content in the nanogels in mL. Uptake of
CHX in PMMA nanogels without CD-MA (a), in α-CD-MA/PMMA nanogels (b), β-CD-
MA/MMA nanogels (c), γ-CD-MA/PMMA nanogels (d).
a b
c d
75 100 125 150 1750.00
0.05
0.10
0.15
0.20
0.25
0.30
0.35
CHX addition [µg/mL]
CH
X c
onc. [µ
mol/m
l] without CD-MA
CHX addition
CHX uptake
75 100 125 150 1750.00
0.05
0.10
0.15
0.20
0.25
0.30
0.35
CHX addition [µg/mL]
CD
-MA
, C
HX
con
c. [µ
mol/m
l]
-CD-MA
CHX addition
CHX uptake
75 100 125 150 1750.00
0.05
0.10
0.15
0.20
0.25
0.30
0.35 -CD-MA
CHX addition
CHX uptake
CHX addition [µg/mL]
CD
-MA
, C
HX
con
c. [µ
mol/m
l]
75 100 125 150 1750.00
0.05
0.10
0.15
0.20
0.25
0.30
0.35
-CD-MA
CHX addition
CHX uptake
CHX addition [µg/mL]
CD
-MA
, C
HX
con
c. [µ
mol/m
l]
85
4.3.3 Influence of the internal cross-linking degree of nanogels on the CHX uptake
Studies on the uptake properties of nanogels with a higher cross-link density prepared
with cross-linker -CD-MA (DS4) with 4 vinyl groups are also part of the investigation. The
increase of the degree of cross-linking caused by increased substitution degree of -CD-MA
influences the colloidal properties. Thus, the particle size, the degree of swelling and the uptake
properties depend on the degree of cross-linking.
Here, transparent dispersions which contain ultrafine PMMA nanogels prepared by cross-
linking of -CD-MA (DS4) became cloudier upon addition of CHX than dispersions with
nanogels synthesized with substitution degree of 2. Interestingly, the optical stability of the
dispersions kept constant after addition. In Figure 4, the absorbance spectra of CHX added to
nanogels prepared by -CD-MA with 4 vinyl groups are shown. Figure 4a shows nanogels
prepared with 0.21 mmol -CD-MA (DS4) and Figure 4b displays nanogels prepared with 0.47
mmol -CD-MA (DS4) which are loaded with CHX. The baseline of the UV-vis spectra
increases from 0.0 (pure particle dispersion) to higher absorbance. It is observed that the
wavelength of the absorbance at 260 nm is shifted with a low increase of the maximum to higher
wavelength with increase of CHX content in the dispersion due to the CHX complexation in
nanogels. Due to the strong shift in the baseline and the red shift of the absorbance with the
increase of the CHX concentration in the nanogel dispersions, the CHX content is quantitatively
not comparable with the calibration curves made by complexation of CHX by natural -CDs.
The increase of the turbidity is explainable by the cross-linking of particles to a particle
network by CHX as linker. Thus, CHX forms a 1:2 (CHX: -CD-MA) complex with 2 -CD-MA
containers from 2 different nanogels. This external cross-linking of different nanogels takes place
when CHX is complexed directly by -CD-MA container at the particle surface.
For -CD-MA nanogels (DS4) with a higher cross-link density and with a dense polymeric
network can be expected that the penetration of the guest molecule in the internal particle
structure is more hindered than -CD-MA nanogel (DS2) prepared with lower degree of cross-
linking. Hence, it can be assumed that CHX is almost complexed at the CD-MA containing
nanogel surface. The difference in the hydrophobicity of the environmental particle surface, the
interaction with the solvent and other -CD-MA containing nanogels leads to strong shifts of the
typical CHX band at 260 nm to higher wavelength.
86
Figure 4a (0.21 mmol (13 wt.-%)-CD-MA) clarifies the absorbance shift from 255 nm to
higher wavelength which stagnates at 280 nm upon addition of 150 µg CHX. Figure 4b (0.47
mmol (23 wt.-%) -CD-MA) shows that the absorbance shift does not stagnate, the wavelength
increases from 255 nm to over 300 nm upon addition of CHX. These results displays a controlled
uptake and cross-linking of the nanogels by CHX guest molecules by variation of CD-MA units
with a the saturation point using nanogels with a lower -CD-MA content.
Figure 4. UV-absorption spectra of CHX complexed by β-CD-MA/PMMA nanogels. Nanogels
are prepared by CD-MA with degree of substitution of 4. The nanogels contain different β-CD-
MA content of (0.21 mmol (13 wt.-%) (a) and 0.47 mmol (23 wt.-% ) (b).
Scheme 1. Aggregation and cross-linking of nanogels due to external complexation of CHX.
200 250 300 3500.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0 mmol CD (DS4) 75 µg/mL CHX
100 µg/mL CHX
25 µg/mL CHX
150 µg/mL CHX
175 µg/mL CHX
Absorb
ance
Wavelength [nm]
a b
200 250 300 3500.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0mmol CD (DS4)
Absorb
ance
Wavelength [nm]
5 µg/mL CHX
100 µg/mL CHX
125 µg/mL CHX
150 µg/mL CHX
175 µg/mL CHX
Cl
HN
HN
NH
HN
NH
Cl
NH
NH
HN
HN
HN
Cl
HN
HN
NH
HN
NH
Cl
NH
NH
HN
HN
HN
Cl
HN
HN
NHH
N
NH
Cl
NH
NH
HN
HN
HN
H2O
Cl
NH
NH
HN
NH
HN
Cl
HN
HN
NH
HN
NH
Cl
HN
HN
NH H
N
NH
Cl
NH
NH
HN
HN
HN
Cl
HN
HN
NHH
N
NH
Cl
NH
NH
HN
HN
HN
Cl
HN
HN
NH
HN
NH
Cl
NH
NH
HN
HN
HN
Cl
HN
HN
NHH
N
NH
Cl
NH
NH
HN
HN
HN
Cl
HN
HN
NH
HN
NH
Cl
NH
NH
HN
HN
HN
Cl
HN
HN
NH
HN
NH
Cl
NH
NH
HN
HN
HN
Cl
HN
HN
NH
HN
NH
Cl
NH
NH
HN
HN
HN
Cl
HN
HN
NH
HN
NH
Cl
NH
NH
HN
HN
HN
Cl
HN
HN
NH
HN
NH
Cl N
H
NH
HN HN
HN
Cl H
N
HN
NH HN
NH
Cl
NH
NH
HN
HN
HN
Cl
HN
HN
NH
HN
NH
Cl
NH
NH
HN
HN
HN
Cl
HN
HN
NH
HN
NH
Cl
NH
NH
HN
HN
HN
n
Nanogels
in aqueous dispersion CHX loaded nanogels
87
4.3.4 Morphology of CHX loaded nanogels in dispersion and on glass surfaces
The influence of the CHX uptake and complexation by CD-MA nanogels in aqueous
dispersion is studied by FESEM spectroscopy. The addition of CHX to aqueous -CD-MA
nanogels with DS2 shows a slight decrease in transparency of the nanogel dispersions. This is
explainable by external cross-linking of the nanogel by CHX complexed in two different -CD-
MA cones of two different nanogels.
Figure 5a presents the 0.24 mmol -CD-MA (DS2) nanogel dispersion without and Figure
5b after addition of the 70 µg/mL CHX guest molecules. Multiple interaction of nanogels are
detectable which lead to dense formation and agglomeration of particles in concentrated
dispersion. The interactions are visible clearly between the single 350 nm sized -CD-MA
particles. A strong cross-linking effect is observed by the use of ultrafine -CD-MA nanogels
with Rh under 50 nm (Figure 5c-d). Here, after addition of 70 µg/mL CHX to a transparent
dispersion of 0.47 mmol -CD-MA nanogels (DS4) agglomeration takes place and large particle
structures and aggregates are formed. The electron microscopic results are in accordance to the
UV-vis spectra wherein the strong shift in the turbidity of the dispersion prevents an accurate
determination of the the CHX content (Figure 5a-b).
A further advantage of polymeric CD-MA nanogels compared to low molecular weight
CDs is the improved adsorption and fixation on different surfaces. The polymeric character of the
small particles enables the fixation by physical self-bonding and allows the application of the
complexed ingredients on the surface with good permanence under dry conditions. CHX loaded
PMMA nanogels can be applied by dip-coating and padding from aqueous dispersions onto
surfaces. The photography in Figure 5e shows the applied 0.47 mmol -CD (DS4) nanogels with
different CHX content on glass plates. Similar to the corresponding nanogel dispersion (Figure
5c-d) the transparencies of the nanogel film decrease with the increase of the CHX content. That
means the film density of the connected nanogel increases. The particle film of the highest CHX
content (70 µg) are shown in Figure 5f. Here, the single nanogels are three-dimensional cross-
linked to other particles which forms a dense CHX gel film on the glass surface.
88
Figure 5. FESEM images of 0.24 mmol CD-MA (DS2) nanogels for (a) and after complexation
with 70 µg/mL CHX on aluminum surface. (b). Cryo-FESEM image of 0.47 mmol CD-MA
(DS4) nanogels for (c) and after complexation with 70 µg/mL CHX (d). Photography of 0.47
mmol CD-MA (DS4) nanogels with different CHX content coated on glass plates (e) and FESEM
images of the nanogel film consisting of the 0.47 mmol CD-MA (DS4) nanogels with 70 µg/mL
CHX (f).
0 µg 30 µg 40 µg
50 µg 60 µg 70 µg
e f
dc
ba
89
4.3.5 Release of CHX from coated surfaces
The release of CHX from coated surfaces was investigated and is presented in Figure 6a-
b. Studies were made in water as well as in PBS-buffer solution at RT. Glass plates coated with
6.7 mg CD-MA containing nanogels with CHX uptake of 74-153 µg/mL were given into 4 mL
aqueous solutions which were changed every 30 min in a period of time of 4 h. The CHX
concentration of the solution was measured by using UV-vis spectrophotometry in which the
maxima at 253 nm represents the release of pure non-complexed CHX from the surface in
dependence on time.
The release curves of the free base CHX show a typical trend in a 4 h period. The release
in water is quite strong in the first 30 min (burst effect) and the CHX concentration on the surface
decreases rapidly. It is observed that the maximum release in the first 30 min is similar or below
the maximum solubility (80 µg/mL) of the free CHX base in water. The following released CHX
concentration decreases more slowly with time and keeps an average of 2.5 µg/mL (-CD-MA) 5
µg/mL (-CD-MA) and 7.5 µg/mL (-CD-MA) over a period from 90 min to 210 min. After 210
min, the release of CHX in 10 mL water is almost finished and the released CHX in water
reaches the zero point.
In the PBS-buffer solution, CHX is released more slowly with a smaller amount of CHX
than in water. The trend of release in PBS is similar to that in water but in the first 30 min the
agent is delivered in lower concentrations. After 120 min, the delivery remained static and
decreased constantly but slowly until the end of the measurement series.
The comparison of the totally released amount with the theoretical CHX amount (which
was added) and with the determined real uptake are shown in Figure 6c-d. Here, -CD-MA
nanogels took up 42 % (74 µg/mL) of the added CHX and release even the same amount 94 %
(69 µg/mL) of the uptake in water. In PBS the total amount of CHX release is 44 % (32 µg/mL)
of the uptake and thus, much less than in water. -CD-MA nanogels take up 73 % (127 µg/mL) of
the added CHX and release about the same amount of the uptake in water i.e. 97 % (123 µg/mL).
But only 30 % (38 µg/mL) of the uptake are released in PBS buffer solution. -CD-MA nanogels
have an uptake of 88 % (153 µg/mL) of CHX and release of 95 % (145 µg/mL) which is similar
as found for -, and -CD-MA nanogels In PBS-buffer the release is prevented and is 60 % (91
µg/mL) of the incorporated CHX.
90
These results led to the explanation that the free phosphate ions in PBS buffer solution form with
the free CHX base an insoluble salt upon exposure [42]. This salt precipitates or fixes the CHX
molecule in the nanogel.
Figure 6. UV absorption maxima at 253 nm of free CHX released from CHX loaded CD-MA
nanogels (140 µg CHX / 13 wt.-% β-CD-MA content) coated on glass surfaces in every 4 mL
water [a] and in every 4 mL PBS buffer solution [b] every 30 minutes over 4 h.Total CHX release
in water and in PBS after 4 h in µg/mL in comparison with the theoretical total CHX uptake [c]
and the determined CHX uptake in -, - and -CD-MA nanogels [d].
a b
c d
alpha CD beta CD gamma CD0
25
50
75
100
125
150
175
200CHX Addition vs. Release
CHX Addition Release in H2O Release in PBS
CH
X c
onte
nt [µ
g/m
L/2
40m
in]
alpha CD beta CD gamma CD0
25
50
75
100
125
150
175
200
CH
X c
onte
nt [µ
g/m
L/2
40m
in]
CHX Uptake Release in H2O Release in PBS
CHX Uptake vs. Release
0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100CHX Release in PBS
-CD-MA NG
-CD-MA NG
-CD-MA NG
Re
lea
se
[µ
g/m
L]
Time [min]
0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
-CD-MA NG
-CD-MA NG
-CD-MA NG
Re
lea
se
[µ
g/m
L]
Time [min]
CHX Release in H2O
91
4.3.6 Antimicrobial properties
CHX loaded CD-MA containing PMMA nanogels have been studied for their
antimicrobial activity on surfaces by using biological tests. α-, β- and γ-CD-MA containing
nanogels as well as nanogels with different β-CD-MA content were coated on glass slides (140
µg CHX per sample) from aqueous dispersion. Staphylococcus aureus was inoculated onto each
particle surface under growth conditions in aqueous nutrient solution. residual possibility of
proliferation / growth.
-CD-MA (DS2) containing nanogels without CHX do not show any influence on the
bacterial growth (Figure 7a). Thus, after exposure of S. aureus to those nanogels residual growth
is comparable to the growth after exposure to the uncoated reference. On the other hand, all CHX
loaded -, - and -CD-MA (DS2) nanogel samples inhibited the typical growth of S. aureus
completely after exposure under the test conditions and in the investigation period. Hence, all
CD-MA nanogel have the capacity for the uptake of the right amount of CHX which is active
against bacterial growth of S. areus.
In Figure 7b nanogels films prepared by ultrafine CHX containing CD-MA nanogels with
-CD-MA (DS4) are studied with respect to different CHX contents. Here, all samples with an
CHX amount of 30 µg to 70 µg pro 225 cm2 show an inhibition of the growth of S. aureus. That
means CHX can not only control the external cross-linking of the nanogels and the film
formation, but also CHX loaded nanogels show high effectiveness against the bacterial growth
especially in low CHX concentrations of 30 µg/225 cm2.
Release tests, discussed above, show that CHX is not only active on the material surface,
it can be released in low amounts in the aqueous environment by decomplexation and
redispersation of particles. Quantitative release studies are compared with antimicrobial leaching
tests. Therfore, the coated surface are exposured to the nutrient solution without S. aureus and
aliquots of the solution are inoculated with S. aureus and a growth test are performed. The
amount of CHX released to the exposure solution showed antimicrobial activity and inhibits the
bacterial growth after inoculation with S. aureus (Figure 7c-d). Thus, the antimicrobial activity is
not only restricted to the surface, CHX acts in high efficiency in the environment by release.
92
Figure 7. Growth curves of S. aureus after exposure on surfaces coated with CHX loaded
nanogels; samples exposed to S. aureus and transferred to growth tests of nanogels with different
CD types [a] and different CHX content [b]; samples exposed without bacteria and afterwards
inoculated to exposure/ shaking solution with S. aureus before growth tests of nanogel with
different CD type [c] and different CHX content [d].
a b
c d
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
OD
61
2
Time in cycles a 30 min
Ref. without CHX
unloaded -CD-MA (4.8 wt%) NG
CHX -CD- MA (4.8 wt%) NG
CHX CD-MA (4.8 wt%) NG
CHX -CD-MA (4.8 wt%) NG
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6O
D6
12
Time in cycles a 30 min
Ref. without CHX
unloaded -CD-MA (4.8wt%) NG
CHX -CD-MA (4.8wt%) NG
CHX CD-MA (4.8wt%) NG
CHX -CD-Ma (4.8wt%) NG
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 450.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
OD
612
Time in cycles a 30 min
Ref. without CHX
30 µg CHX -CD-MA NG
40 µg CHX -CD-MA NG
50 µg CHX -CD-MA NG
60 µg CHX -CD-MA NG
70 µg CHX -CD-MA NG
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
OD
612
Time in cycles a 30 min
Ref. without CHX
30 µg CHX -CD-MA NG
40 µg CHX -CD-MA NG
50 µg CHX -CD-MA NG
60 µg CHX -CD-MA NG
70 µg CHX -CD-MA NG
93
4.4 Summary
In this paper, CD-MA nanogels loaded with CHX for the application on surfaces with the
aim of achieving antimicrobial functionality are presented. Aqueous PMMA nanogels with
different content of CD-MA were prepared in organic solvent. In addition to β-CD-MA, α- and γ-
CD-MA were used as cross-linker and complexation units. After transfer of the nanogels to the
aqueous phase, the PMMA nanogels with CD-MA complexation minorities were complexed with
the antimicrobial agent CHX in water. The uptake of CHX can be controlled by the CD-MA
content in the nanogels. PMMA nanogels with more CD-MA units show better uptake of the
active CHX guest molecule than nanogels with lower CD-MA amounts. Large aggregates were
formed during the complexation of CHX in aqueous phase. The loaded nanogels and aggregates
can be applied on glass surfaces and fixed by physical self-bonding results in dense film
formation. It was shown, that CHX was released from the surface into aqueous solutions.
Biological studies with Staphylococcus aureus proved the antimicrobial activity of the CHX
nanogel coatings. However, the antimicrobial activity is not only located on the coated surface,
but also in the aqueous environment.
94
4.5 Literature
1. Koltert, R.; Losick, R., One for All and All for One, Science 1998, 280, 226-227.
2. van Winkelhoff, J.; Rams, T. E.; Slots, J., Systemic antibiotic therapy in periodontics, Periodontol 2000 1996,
10, 45-78.
3. Arweiler N. B.; Lenz, R.; Sculean, A.; Al-Ahmad, A.; Hellwig, E.; Auschill, T. M., Effect of food
preservatives on in situ biofilm formation, Clin. Oral. Invest. 2008, 12, 203–208.
4. Wong, G. C. L.; O’Toole, G. A., All together now: Integrating biofilm research across disciplines, MRS
Bulletin 2011, 36, 339-342.
5. Cortes, M. E. Bonilla, J. C. Sinisterra, R. D., Biofilm formation, control and novel strategies for eradication,
Science against microbial pathogens. A. Mendez-Vilas Edition 2011, 896-905.
6. Greenstein, G.; Polson, A., The Role of Local Drug Delivery in the Management of Periodontal Diseases: A
Comprehensive Review, J. Periodontol 1998, 69, 507-520.
7. Lewis, K., Riddle of Biofilm Resistance, Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 2001, 45, 999–1007.
8. Szejtli, J., Introduction and general overview of cyclodextrin chemistry, Chem. Rev. 1998, 98, 1743-1753.
9. Wenz, G., Cyclodextrine als Bausteine supramolekularer Strukturen und Funktionseinheiten, Angew. Chem.
1994, 106, 851-870.
10. Uekama, K.; Otagiri, M., Cyclodextrins in drug carrier systems, Crit. Rev. Ther. Drug Carrier Syst. 1987, 3, 1-
40.
11. Loftsson, T., Másson, M. Brewster, M. E., Self-association of cyclodextrins and cyclodextrin complexes, J.
Pharm. Sci. 2004, 93, 1091-1099.
12. Szente, L.; Szejtli, J., Highly soluble cyclodextrin derivatives: chemistry, properties, and trends in
development, Adv. Drug Delivery Rev. 1999, 36, 17-28.
13. Hirayama, F.; Uekama, K.; Cyclodextrin-based controlled drug release system, Adv. Drug Delivery Rev.
1999, 36, 125–141.
14. Ankola, A. V.; Hebbal, M.; Mocherla, M., A Review of Efficacy of Various Modes of Chlorhexidine Delivery,
J. Oral Biosci. 2008, 50, 239-242.
15. Jenkins, S.; Addy, M.; Wade, W., The mechanism of action of chlorhexidine: A study of plaque growth on
enamel inserts in vivo, J. Clin. Periodontol 1988, 15, 415–424.
16. Kuyyakanond, T.; Quesnel, L. B.; Selkirk, S. Poole, S., The mechanism of action of chlorhexidine, FEMS
Microbiology Letters 1992, 79, 211–215.
17. Mandel, I. D., Antimicrobial mouthrinses: Overview and update, J. Am. Dent. Assoc. 1994, 125, 2-10.
18. Jones, C. G., Chlorhexidine: is still the gold standard?, Periodontology 2000 1997, 15, 55-62.
19. Axelsson, P.; Lindhe, J., Efficacy of mouthrinses in inhibiting dental plaque and gingivitis in man, J. Clin.
Periodontol. 1987, 14, 205-212.
20. Traoré, O.; Allaert, F. A.; Fournet-Fayard, S.; Verrière, J. L.; Laveran, H., Comparison of in-vivo antibacterial
activity of two skin disinfection procedures for insertion of peripheral catheters: povidone iodine versus
chlorhexidine, J. Hosp. Inf. 2000, 44, 147-150.
95
21. Lynch, W.; Davey, P. G.; Malek. M.; Byrne, D. J.; Napier, A., Cost-effectiveness analysis of the use of
chlorhexidine detergent in preoperative whole-body disinfection in wound infection prophylaxis, J. Hosp. Inf.
1992, 21, 179-191.
22. Hedin, G.; Hambraeus, A., Daily scrub with chlorhexidine reduces skin colonization by antibiotic-resistant
Staphylococcus epidermidis, J. Hosp. Inf. 1993, 24, 47-61.
23. Şenel, S.; Ikinci, G.; Kaş, S.; Yousefi-Rad, A.; Sargon, M. F.; Hıncal, A. A., Chitosan films and hydrogels of
chlorhexidine gluconate for oral mucosal delivery, Int. J. Pharm. 2007, 193, 97–203.
24. McClure, E. M.; Goldenberg, R. L.; Brandes, N.; Darmstadt, G. L.; Wright, L. L., The use of chlorhexidine to
reduce maternal and neonatal mortality and morbidity in low-resource settings, Int. J. Gynecol. Obstetr. 2007,
97, 89-94.
25. Loftsson, T.; Stefánsdóttir, Ó.; Friôriksdóttir H.; Guômundsson, Ö., Interactions between preservatives and 2-
hydroxypropyl-β-cyclodextrin, Drug Dev. Ind. Pharm. 1992, 18, 1477-1484.
26. Qi, H.; Nishihata, T.; Rytting, J. H., Study of the Interaction Between β-Cyclodextrin and Chlorhexidine,
Pharm. Res. 1994, 11, 1207-1210.
27. Cortés, M. E., Sinisterra R. D., Avilacampos M. J., Tortamano N., Rocha R. G., The Chlorhexidine: beta-
Cyclodextrin Inclusion Compound: Preparation, Characterization and Microbiological Evaluation, J. Incl.
Phenom. Macrocycl. Chem. 2001, 40, 297-302.
28. Franco, C. F.; Pataro, A. L.; Souza, L. C. R.; Santos, V. R.; Cortés, M. E. , Sinisterra, R. D., In vitro effects of
a chlorhexidine controlled delivery system, Artif. Organs. 2003, 27, 486–491.
29. Denadai, Â. M. L.; Teixeira, K. I.; Santoro, M. M.; Pimenta, A. M. C.; Cortés, M. E.; Sinisterra, R. D.,
Supramolecular self-assembly of β-cyclodextrin: an effective carrier of the antimicrobial agent chlorhexidine,
Carbohydr. Res. 2007, 342, 2286-96.
30. Nerurkar, M. J.; Zentner, G. M.; Rytting, J. H., Effect of chloride on the release of chlorhexidine salts from
methyl methacrylate: 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate copolymer reservoir devices, J. Controlled Release 1995,
33, 357-363.
31. Anusavice K. J. Zhang, N.-Z.; Shen, C., Controlled Release of Chlorhexidine from UDMA-TEGDMA Resin,
Dent. Res. 2006, 85, 950-954.
32. Leprêtre, S.; Boschin, F.; Tabary, N.; Bria, M.; Martel, B.; Blanchemain, N.; Hildebrand, H. F.; Morcellet, M.;
Delcourt-Debruyne E., Guided tissue regeneration membranes with controlled delivery properties of
chlorhexidine by their functionalization with cyclodextrins, J. Incl. Phenom. Macrocycl. Chem. 2007, 57, 297–
302.
33. Oh, J. K.; Drumright, R.; Siegwart, D. J.; Matyjaszewski, K., The development of microgels/nanogels for drug
delivery applications, Prog. Polym. Sci. 2008, 33, 448-477.
34. Kabanov, A. V.; Vinogradov, S. V., Nanogels as pharmaceutical carriers: finite networks of infinite
capabilities, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2009, 48, 5418-5429.
35. Nayak, S.; Lyon, L.A., Soft Nanotechnology with Soft Nanoparticles, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2005, 44, 7686-
7708.
36. Pelton, R., Temperature-sensitive aqueous microgels, Adv. Colloid. Interface Sci. 2000, 85, 1-33.
37. Berger, S.; Zhang, H.; Pich, A., Microgel-Based Stimuli-Responsive Casules, Adv. Funct. Mater. 2009, 19,
554-559.
96
38. Wehnert, F.; Pich, A., Fabrication of Thermo-Responsive Hybrid Hydrogels by In-Situ Mineralization and
Self-Assembly of Microgel Particles, Macromol. Rapid Commun. 2006, 27, 1865-1872.
39. Saunders, B. R.; Laajam, N.; Daly, E.; Teow, S.; Hu, X.; Stepto, R., Microgels: From responsive polymer
colloids to biomaterials, Adv. Colloid Interface Sci. 2009, 147/148, 251-262.
40. Musial, W.; Kokol, V.; Voncina, B., The conductivity measurements applied for the evaluation of controlled
release of chlorhexidine from thermosensitive N-isopropylacrylamide derivative microgels, The Scientific
World Journal 2012, Volume 2012, Article ID 243707, 8 pages.
41. Raso, E. M. G.; Cortes, M. E.; Teixeira, K. I.; Franco, M. B.; Mohallen, N. D. S.; Sinisterra, R. D., A new
controlled release system of chlorhexidine and chlorhexidine:bcd inclusion compounds based on porous silica,
J. Incl. Phenom. Macrocycl. Chem. 2010, 67, 159–168.
42. Yue, I. C.; Poff, J.; Cortés M. E.; Sinisterra, R. D, Faris, C. B.; Hildgen, P., Langer, R.; Shastri, V. P., A novel
polymeric chlorhexidine delivery device for the treatment of periodontal disease, Biomaterials. 2004, 25,
3743-3750.
43. Moya-Ortega, M. D.; Alvarez -Lorenzo, C.; Concheiro, A.; Loftsson T., Cyclodextrin-based nanogels for
pharmaceutical and biomedical applications, Int. J. Pharm. 2012, 428, 152–163.
44. Lui, Y. Y.; Fan, X. D.; Kang ,T.; Sun, L. A., Cyclodextrin Microgel for Controlled Release Driven by
Inclusion Effects, Macromol. Rapid. Commun. 2004, 25, 1912-1916.
45. Kettel, M. J.; Dierkes, F.; Schaefer, K.; Moeller, M.; Pich, A., Aqueous nanogels modified with cyclodextrin,
Polymer 2011, 52, 1917-1924.
46. Kettel, M. J.; Hildebrandt, H.; Schaefer, K.; Moeller, M.; Groll, J., Tenside free preparation of high content β-
cyclodextrin nanogels in water, ACS Nano 2012, 6, 8087-8093.
47. Hiraishi N.; Yiu, C. K.; King, N. M.; Tay, F. R.; Pashley, D. H., Chlorhexidine release and water sorption
characteristics of chlorhexidine-incorporated hydrophobic/ hydrophilic resins, Dent. Mater. 2008, 24, 1391–
1399.
97
4.6 Supporting information
Table S1. Natural CD and CHX concentrations plus the CD/CHX ratios as well as the
absorbance of the used samples.
CD α-CD
/CHX
β-CD
/CHX
γ-CD
/CHX CHX CHX
CHX:
α-CD
CHX:
β-CD
CHX:
γ-CD
[µg
/mL]
[mol-
ratio]
[mol-
ratio]
[mol-
ratio]l
[µg
/mL]
[µmol
/mL] [Abs.max] [Abs. max] [Abs. max]
1000 10.40 8.91 7.79 50 0.10 0.3299 0.2754 0.3132
1000 5.20 4.45 3.90 100 0.20 0.5225 0.5508 0.5502
1000 3.47 2.97 2.60 150 0.30 0.6966 0.7344 0.7336
1000 2.60 2.23 1.95 200 0.40 0.8797 0.8546 0.8352
1000 2.08 1.78 1.56 250 0.49 0.9542 1.0200 1.0422
1000 1.73 1.48 1.30 300 0.59 0.9853 1.0267 1.0622
98
Figure S1. UV-absorption spectra of different CHX concentrations complexed by -CD (a), -
CD (b) and -CD (c) in water (right) with the corresponding calibration curves (left).
a
b
c
200 225 250 275 300 325 3500.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
1.1
1.2 50 µg/mL CHX
100 µg/mL CHX
150 µg /mLCHX
200 µg /mLCHX
250 µg /mLCHX
300 µg /mLCHX
Ab
so
rba
nce
Wavelength [nm]
-CD
200 225 250 275 300 325 3500.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
1.1
1.2 50 µg/mL CHX
100 µg/mL CHX
150 µg /mLCHX
200 µg /mLCHX
250 µg /mLCHX
300 µg /mLCHX
Ab
so
rba
nce
Wavelength [nm]
-CD
200 225 250 275 300 325 3500.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
1.1
1.2 50 µg/mL CHX
100 µg/mL CHX
150 µg /mLCHX
200 µg /mLCHX
250 µg /mLCHX
300 µg /mLCHX
Ab
so
rba
nce
Wavelength [nm]
-CD
y = 270.96x1.5416
R² = 0.987
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2
CD
co
nc.
[µg
/mL
]
Absorbance
CHX:-CD
y = 247.22x1.3056
R² = 0.9735
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2
CD
co
nc.
[µg
/mL
]
Absorbance
CHX:-CD
y = 249.14x1.424
R² = 0.9887
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2
CD
co
nc.
[µg
/mL
]
Absorbance
CHX:-CD
99
Figure S3. UV-absorption spectra of different concentrations of CHX incorporated in PMMA
nanogels (a), -CD-MA (b), β-CD-MA (c) and -CD-MA (d) containing nanogels in water.
Figure S4. UV absorption maxima at 253.5 nm of different CHX concentrations released by CD-
MA containing nanogels with different type of CD-MA in water (a) and in PBS solution (b).
a b
c d
200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
Absorb
ance
Wavelength [nm]
75 µg/mL CHX
100 µg/mL CHX
125 µg/mL CHX
150 µg/mL CHX
175 µg/mL CHX
-CD-MA NG
200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
Ab
so
rba
nce
Wavelength [nm]
75 µg/mL CHX
100 µg/mL CHX
125 µg/mL CHX
150 µg/mL CHX
175 µg/mL CHX
-CD-MA NG
200 220 240 260 280 300 320 3400.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
Ab
so
rba
nce
Wavelength [nm]
75 µg/mL CHX
100 µg/mL CHX
125 µg/mL CHX
150 µg/mL CHX
175 µg/mL CHX
-CD-MA NG
200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5A
bsorb
ance
Wavelength [nm]
75 µg/mL CHX
100 µg/mL CHX
125 µg/mL CHX
150 µg/mL CHX
175 µg/mL CHX
without CD-MA NG
0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240
0.00
0.05
0.10
0.15
0.20
0.25
0.30
0.35 CHX Release in PBS
-CD-MA NG
-CD-MA NG
-CD-MA NG
Ab
so
rba
nce
ma
x.
Time [min]
0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
CHX Release in H2O
-CD-MA NG
-CD-MA NG
-CD-MA NG
Ab
so
rba
nce
ma
x.
Time [min]
a b
100
101
Chapter 5
Ibuprofen loaded cyclodextrin containing poly(2-hydroxyethyl
methacrylate) nano/microgels
Abstract: In this work, the creation of novel nano-drug-carrier for ibuprofen on the basis of
cyclodextrin acrylate (CD-A) and 2-poly(hydroxyethyl methacrylate) (PHEMA) is presented.
The incorporation of different amounts of -, - and -CD-A with different number of vinyl
bonds (2, 4 and 6) in aqueous PHEMA based microgels is investigated. The synthesis is
performed by surfactant-free precipitation polymerization in aqueous solution. The increase of
the CD-A concentration in reaction mixture led to the reduction of the final hydrodynamic radius
of microgels from 347 nm to 114 nm. Furthermore, rising number of vinyl groups per CD-A
molecule decrease the size of the particles. The improved uptake properties of microgels are
shown by complexation with a common anti-inflammatory drug ibuprofen. The drug loading in
microgels is controllable by CD-A content and degree of cross-linking and allows the quantitative
uptake and fixation of ibuprofen in microgels.
Keywords: microgels, 2-poly(hydroxyethyl methacrylate), cyclodextrin, ibuprofen, drug
adsorption
AMPA
Cyclodextrin acrylate (CD-A)
O
R = O
O
RR
R
O
O
R
RRO
OR
R
R
O
O
RR
R
OO
R
R
RO
OR
RR
O
OR
R
R
O
H2O, 70°C
Hydroxyethylmethacrylate (HEMA)
OO
Monomer
Cross-linker
R = OH
OH
Variable parameter:
-CD-A /HEMA ratio,
-vinyl bonds (R)
-ring size
Ibuprofen
Ibuprofen
CD-Complex
CH3
HO OH
H3C
OH
OH⇌
102
5.1 Introduction
The developments in the area of drug delivery systems drive forward the creation of new
drug carriers such as nanparticles, hydrogels and insert films. These drug carriers have the aim of
improving drug application in vivo such as the prolongation of drug actions, decrease of drug
metabolism, reduction of drug toxicity and the controlled-release by targeted delivery [1,2].
Among these drug carriers aqueous nanoparticles such as internal cross-linked nano- and
microgels are particularly attractive because of their nanoscalic size with its large interfacial
surface area which enables working between the molecular and cellular level. The ability for
uptake and release of drugs and other active ingredients by nano- and microgels is given due to
their high porosity and swell ability in different solvents especially in aqueous media. The
interesting properties as stimuli-sensitivity to the environment, the chemical and biomedical
functionality results in controlled handling of drugs with regard to the prolongation of the
residence time, improve bioavailability and the convenient use of targeted application. The
chemical functionality and the internal structure of polymeric nano- and microgels is extremely
important for uptake of drugs and the further application in the aqueous phase [3,4].
An interesting matrix for the development of nanocalic hydrogel particles is poly(2-
hydroxyethyl methacrylate) (PHEMA). The monomer (HEMA) is characterized by its functional
hydroxy group and the vinyl bond. These molecular properties of HEMA enable water solubility
of the monomer and the polymerization in aqueous media [5].
Cross-linked PHEMA was one of the first components of hydrogels. Since 1960 PHEMA
is already used as medicated soft hydrogel as basis of contact lenses and as carrier for the
delivery of ophthalmic drugs [6,7]. Furthermore, PHEMA is used as ocular surgery, prostheses,
sature coatings, artificial internal organs and drug delivery systems [8-10].
The hydrophilicity and porous nature qualifies PHEMA as extremely good polymeric
material for controlled drug delivery. Additionally, PHEMA hydrogels have a number of further
properties that improve material application with respect to long-term device performances. The
enhanced biocompatibility [11], bioadhesive activity [12], low toxicity [13], and high degree of
swelling [14] have already been studied and reported in many publication.
However, PHEMA hydrogels have some limitations in the application of long time
therapy. Although PHEMA hydrogels are characterized by high water uptake which can be
compared with the water content of living cells [15], the uptake of drugs is strongly limited and
103
the release rate of drugs is very fast [16,17]. Hence, the copolymerisation of HEMA with other
acrylate, methacrylate and acrylamide monomers and different cross-linking agents results in
copolymeric materials such as hydrogels that vary in the physical, chemical and mechanical
properties with the aim of controlling the uptake and release of potential drugs. Therefore,
HEMA were copolymerized with monomers as styrene [18] and methyl methacrylate (MMA)
[19] to yield more hydrophobic structures or with stimuli-sensitive monomers as N-
isopropylacrylamid (NIPAM) [20] and N-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]methacrylamid (DMAPMA)
[21] for the creation of temperature- or pH-responsive polymeric hydrogels.
The development of special polymeric architectures or the incorporation of functional
monomers with hydrophobic and strong binding affinities to potential active ingredients in
PHEMA hydrogel structure were developed [22]. Charged polymer systems are made to increase
the interaction between hydrogel and drugs so that the drugs had more difficulties diffusing from
the hydrogel e.g. by incorporation of 4-vinylpyridine (VP) or ionic monomer such as N-(3-
aminopropyl)methacrylamide (APMA) [23].
In this context, cyclodextrins (CD) are interesting functional units which can be integrated
in polymer network of PHEMA hydrogels. Due to its torus-shaped cone structure formed by
cyclic -1,4 glycosidic bonded glucose units, the internal hydrophobic cavity enables the
complexation and fixation of active ingredients [24-26]. CD-methacrylate with different numbers
of vinyl bonds (CD-MA) and mono functionalized CDs with only one vinyl group are
copolymerized with PHEMA or cross-linked to hydrogels [27-29]. CD containing hydrogels
based on PHEMA find already applications as matrix for contact lenses with the aim of drug
incorporation and release [30]. Furthermore they are used as platforms for antibacterial agents
[31].
Successfully applications and developments of PHEMA as hydrogel offer good
requirements as strong candidate for the creation of flexible aqueous nano- and microgel systems.
Spherical particles of PHEMA were already developed by Horak in 1986, studied about their
medico-biological properties and later PHEMA particle were tested as non-toxic to living cells
[32,13]. Until now, some PHEMA based microgels are prepared, e.g. as double hydrophilic
particles by block-copolymerization with polyethylenoxide (PEO) and as termo-responsive
microgel by copolymerization with NIPAM [33-36]. Recently, dual stimuli-responsive PHEMA
104
microgels are prepared which are characterized by pH-depended swelling and light-induced
degradation [37].
The functionality may be enhanced by combining the complexation properties of CDs, the
hydrogel properties of PHEMA and the small size of nanoscalic particles. The covalently
incorporation of CD into the polymer network of PHEMA based nano- and microgels is not
studied in detail and provides improved uptake and prolongation of the drug activity by use as
drug carrier.
In this work, the preparation of novel nano/microgels containing CD-A and the polymeric
structure of PHEMA is of particular interest. The nano/microgels are prepared by surfactant free
precipitation polymerization in the aqueous phase. CD-A functionalized with 2, 4 and 6 groups
acts as cross-linking agent and as binding minority for active ingredients [38].
For uptake and complexation studies, the model drug ibuprofen ((RS)-2-(4-(2-
methylpropyl)phenyl)propanoic acid) is selected. Ibuprofen is a non-steroidal anti inflammatory
drug (NSAID) and is used for relief of symptoms e.g. arthritis, dysmenorrheal, fever, and
furthermore as an analgesic. It inhibits non-selectively the cyclooxygenases I and II (COX-1 and
COX-2) which are responsible for the formation of inflammation-mediating prostaglandins.
Ibuprofen is widely used as painkiller (analgesic), anti-inflammatory, swelling and antipyretic
(antipyretic) in the body [39,40]. An controlled uptake of ibuprofen by nano/microgels in water
due to complexation in CD-A minorities can be expected.
105
5.2 Experimental
5.2.1 Materials
Hydroxyethyl methacrylate (HEMA) was received from Aldrich and purified and
destabilized by column chromatography over aluminum oxide, a further cross-linker N,N-
methylenbisacryamid (BIS) from Aldrich was used as received. The initiator, 2,2-azobis(2-
methylpropioamidine) dihydrochlorid (AMPA) from Aldrich was used without further
purifications. α-, β-, γ-cyclodextrin (CD) produced by Wacker were dried by 80 °C over 3 days
in oven for usage.
5.2.2 Modification of Cyclodextrin
The modification of CD (Wacker) to cyclodextrin acrylate (CD-A) is published elsewhere
[38]. For the preparation of CD-A with different degree of substitution Schlenk technique were
used at all reaction procedures. The synthesis of β-CD-A with a substitution degree of 2, 4 and 6
were made and controlled by NMR (more details in Chapter 6, Supporting Information).
5.2.3 Microgel Synthesis
The batch precipitation polymerization technique is reported and already used for
different microgel systems [4]. Solution of the monomers (2 g,HEMA) and variable amounts of
modified CD-A (0.05 g, 0.1 g and 0.3 g) in 150 ml water were placed into a double-wall glass
reactor equipped with a stirrer (Scheme 1). The reactor was floated with nitrogen and the reaction
mixture was heated up to 70 °C. After 30 min, the reaction was started by adding of 0.05 g
initiator (AMPA). Polymerization was carried out at constant stirring rate of 200 rpm and
temperature of 70 °C for 6 hours. Obtained stable microgel dispersions were purified by dialysis.
The dispersions were filled in dialysis tubes (ZelluTrans - 12,0S 45 mm, MWCO: Nominal
12.000-14.000; Carl Roth GmbH, Karlsruhe) and placed in a water tank of 2 L volume. Water
was changed after 24 h and 48 h, dialysis were stopped after 96 h. The ingredients used for
polymerization process are summarized in Table 1. The nanogel samples are numbered as
NVCLxCD-A(y), with N = run number, x = CD type, and y = substitution degree of CD.
106
Table 1. Reaction recipe for the preparation of CD-A/HEMA nanogels in 150 g water.
N HEMA,
[g] (mmol)
CD,
[g] (mmol)
CDtheor
,
[wt.-%]
BIS,
[g](mmol)
AMPA,
[g](mmol)
Yield
[g]
1HEMA 2.00 (15.37) - - 0.02 (0.13) 0.02 (0.07) 1.95
2HEMAβCD(4) 2.00 (15.37) 0.05 (0.04) 2.39 0.02 (0.13) 0.02 (0.07) 1.04
3HEMAβCD(4) 2.00 (15.37) 0.1 (0.07) 4.67 0.02 (0.13) 0.02 (0.07) 2.07
4HEMAβCD(4) 2.00 (15.37) 0.3 (0.22) 12.82 0.02 (0.13) 0.02 (0.07) 1.82
5HEMAβCD(4) 2.00 (15.37) 0.05 (0.04) 2.42 - 0.02 (0.07) 1.56
6HEMAβCD(4) 2.00 (15.37) 0.1 (0.07) 4.72 - 0.02 (0.07) 1.81
7HEMAβCD(4) 2.00 (15.37) 0.3 (0.22) 12.93 - 0.02 (0.07) 1.68
8HEMAβCD(2) 2.00 (15.37) 0.3 (0.24) 12.82 0.02 (0.13) 0.02 (0.07) 1.40
9HEMAβCD(2) 2.00 (15.37) 0.3 (0.24) 12.93 - 0.02 (0.07) 1.00
10HEMAβCD(6) 2.00 (15.37) 0.3 (0.21) 12.82 0.02 (0.13) 0.02 (0.07) 1.23
11HEMAβCD(6) 2.00 (15.37) 0.3 (0.21) 12.93 - 0.02 (0.07) 1.18
12HEMAαCD(2) 2.00 (15.37) 0.3 (0.28) 12.82 0.02 (0.13) 0.02 (0.07) 1.28
13HEMAαCD(2) 2.00 (15.37) 0.3 (0.28) 12.93 - 0.02 (0.07) 1.33
14HEMAγCD(2) 2.00 (15.37) 0.3 (0.21) 12.82 0.02 (0.13) 0.02 (0.07) 1.38
15HEMAγCD(2) 2.06 (14.72) 0.3 (0.21) 12.93 - 0.02 (0.07) 1.18
5.2.4 Uptake of Ibuprofen by Microgels
Different amounts of a stock solution of ibuprofen (16.5 g/l in methanol) were added to 10 ml of
microgel solutions of a given concentration of (13.1 mg/mLl) to evaluate the drug uptake
capacity of the modified microgels (Table 2). A control experiment with microgels without
cyclodextrin was also carried out. The solutions were equilibrated for 48 h, during this time
methanol was slowly evaporated.
Table 2. Calculated parameter of the ibuprofen complexion by -CD-A (0.22 mmol, DS4) based
microgels in aqueous dispersions.
N MG
mg/mL
CD-A
mg/mL
CD-A
mmol/mL
Îbuprofen
µL/10mL
Îbuprofen
µg/mL
Îbuprofen
mmol/mL
1 13.10 1.69 1.36 25 41.25 0.20
2 13.10 1.69 1.36 50 82.50 0.40
3 13.10 1.69 1.36 75 123.75 0.60
4 13.10 1.69 1.36 100 165.00 0.80
5 13.10 1.69 1.36 125 206.25 1.00
6 13.10 1.69 1.36 150 247.5.0 1.20
7 13.10 1.69 1.36 175 288.75 1.40
8 13.10 1.69 1.36 200 330.00 1.60
9 13.10 1.69 1.36 225 371.25 1.80
10 13.10 1.69 1.36 250 412.50 2.00
11 13.10 1.69 1.36 275 453.75 2.20
107
5.2.5 Characterization Methods
IR measurements were made by FTIR-Spectrometer: Nexus 470 (Thermo Nicolet)
(spectral disintegration of 8 cm-1
). Nanogel dispersions were dried by liyophilisation and
privileged studied in KBr-pellets. Studies about the different band integrals and the ratios of
HEMA/CD-A were made by enclosed software.
Particle size of microgels was analyzed by dynamic light scattering measurements, using
Nano Zetasizer (Malvern) spectrometer. The spectrometer consist of a He–Ne Laser (λ0 = 633
nm). Back scattering light was detected using an angle of 173°. Hydrodynamic particle radius and
the particle distribution of the hydrodynamic radius were determined. Measurements were made
at 20 °C.
The microscopy analysis was made with S-4800-Field-Emission-Scanning Electron
Microscope (Hitachi). One drop of the microgel solution was put on an aluminium support and
dried at room temperature in vacuum. After drying, samples were investigated at accelerating
voltage of 1 kV and 8 mm disintegration.
UV-absorptions spectra of ibuprofen containing dispersions were recorded by JASCO V-
630 Spectrophotometer from 200-1000 nm using silica cuvettes with coating thickness of 1 cm.
The corresponding microgel dispersion without loaded ibuprofen attended as reference.
108
5.3 Results and Discussion
The surfactant free precipitation polymerization of CD-A with HEMA, initiated by
AMPA is shown in Scheme1. The approaches of the investigation and the amounts of reagents
used for preparations are summarized in Table 1.
All synthesis were made by constant HEMA, AMPA and water content. Stirring rate at 200 r/min
and temperature at 70 °C are kept constant as well. The reactions were initiated in water by
AMPA, a water soluble azoinitiator and start immediately after addition. A stable milky
dispersion is build. BIS is used as additional cross-linker to study cross linking properties of CD-
A as functional unity and the influence of the degree of cross-linking on the uptake behavior of
microgels. Furthermore, the influence as cross-linker on the particle size, size distribution and
microgel morphology is studied.
Scheme 1. Synthesis of Cyclodextrin microgels based on PHEMA via batch precipitation
polymerization (the additional cross-linker BIS was used to study further cross-linking properties
of the colloids ).
Figure 1. FESEM image of PHEMA microgels functionalized by β-CD-A.
The addition of CD-A in different stoichiometric ratios to HEMA 0.04 mmol (0.05 g)
CD-A to 2 g HEMA (1/40) over 0.07 mmol (0.1 g) CD-A (1/20), till an amount of 0.22 mmol
(0.3 g) CD-A to 2 g HEMA (1/7) was performed.
The investigation of the impact of different vinyl groups at CD-A (approximately 2, 4 and
6 vinyl groups per CD ring) and the effect of different ring sizes by use of α-, β-, γ-CD-A on the
copolymerization, cross linking process and furthermore on the microgel properties is in focus of
interest.
*
O
NH
*
O
NH
AMPA, H2O, 70°C
N,N-Methylenbis(acrylamide) (BIS)
O O
Hydroxyethyl-methacrylate
(HEMA)
OH
Cyclodextrinacrylate(CD-A)
O
R =
O
O
O
RR
R
O
O
R
RRO
OR
R
R
O
O
RR
R
OO
R
R
RO
OR
RR
O
OR
R
R
O
H
109
The cross-linked polymers were characterized by IR and Raman spectroscopy. The
particle size of the swollen microgels in aqueous dispersion was studied by dynamic light
scattering and cryo FESEM. The morphology and the particle size such as the application
properties of dried microgels were investigated after coating on different surfaces. Furthermore,
the complexation of a common model drug ibuprofen by CD containing microgels were
investigated und studied with regards to the uptake capacity of the particles in aqueous
dispersion.
5.3.1 Investigation of different cyclodextrin acrylat content in microgels
The IR spectra of the dried HEMA microgels containing CD-A in different contents are
shown in Figure 2. The wavenumber of 1720 cm-1
is equivalent to the C=O vibration of CD-A
and furthermore, the vibrations of ketone and ester carbonyls from PHEMA backbone are
arranged. The characteristic band of the hydroxy groups of CD is located at 1623 cm-1
. The band
at 1032 cm-1
characterizes the C-O-C vibration of the glucose units of CD-A and proofs that CD-
A can be incorporated in microgels [38]. So far, an increasing of the band at 1032 cm-1
can be
observed. It results in the elevation of the CD-A content in microgels, which can be controlled by
addition of different CD-A amounts to the reaction mixture.
Figure 2. FTIR-spectra of microgel samples containing different amounts of β-CD-A in
comparison with natural β-CD and PHEMA.
4000 3500 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 500
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
-CD HEMA (1:20)
-CD HEMA (1:40)
Poly(HEMA)
-CD
Ab
so
rban
ce
Wavelenght [cm-1
]
Poly(HEMA)
-CD
-CD-A-HEMA (1:40)
-CD-A-HEMA (1:20)
1032 cm-1
1654 cm-1
1720 cm-1
110
5.3.2 Influence of the CD-A content on the particle size
The influence of the reactive CD-A content on the size of PHEMA microgel particles was
studied by dynamic light scattering (DLS) method. The results are summarized and plotted in a
diagram shown in Figure 3a.
Figure 3. Hydrodynamic radii of β-CD (DS4) modified microgels prepared with and without
additional cross-linker BIS (a). Size distribution index (b) and size distribution curves of β-CD-
modified microgels prepared without (c) and with cross-linker BIS (d), measurements performed
at 20°C.
The data and the resulting graph show a decrease of the microgel size with increase of the β-CD-
A content. The synthesis of microgels based on PHEMA prepared with N,N-
methylenbisacryamide (BIS) as cross-linker leads to particles with a hydrodynamic radii of 347
nm. First, a low concentration of CD-A does not influence the size of microgels dramatically.
0 0.04 0.07 0.22
100
200
300
400
CD-A content [mmol]
Rh [n
m]
BIS
without BIS
a b
10 100 10000
4
8
12
16
20
24
28
Inte
nsity [%
]
Rh [nm]
no CD
0.04 mmol CD-A (DS4) BIS
0.07 mmol CD-A (DS4) BIS
0.22 mmol CD-A (DS4) BIS
10 100 10000
4
8
12
16
20
24
28
Inte
nsity [%
]
Rh [nm]
no CD
0.04 mmol CD-A (DS4)
0.07 mmol CD-A (DS4)
0.22 mmol CD-A (DS4)
c d
0 0.04 0.07 0.220.00
0.05
0.10
0.15
with BIS
without BIS
PD
I
CD-A content [mmol]
111
The hydrodynamic radii of microgels decrease slowly by the use of 2.4 % (0.04 mmol ) β-CD-A
to 337 nm. By use of 4.7 % (0.07 mmol ) β-CD-A in the reaction mixture the experimental data
show a reduction of the hydrodynamic radii to 282 nm. Further increase of the CD concentration
up to 12.9 % (0.22 mmmol) reduces the size strongly to microgels with radii of 114 nm.
BIS as additional cross-linker besides CD-A was used to study the influence of more
cross-linking points in microgels on the particle size. The particle sizes are not influenced
strongly by BIS. Here also, the trend to smaller microgels is mainly influenced by rising CD-A
content in microgels. Differences are detectible at a low (0.04 mmol) and a high CD-A content
(0.22 mmol). At lower CD-A (0.04 mmol) content microgels with BIS are smaller. It can be
assumed that CD-A polymerizes slower than methacrylate containing BIS with HEMA. Thus,
BIS cross-links faster at the beginning of the particle nucleation process which lead to dense
cross-linked core and a low cross-linked outer surface mainly cross-linked by CD-A. The smaller
particle size by use of a high CD-A (0.22 mmol) content without BIS indicate that the outer
surface of PHEMA is highly cross-linked by CD-A. CD-A containing microgels without BIS
suggest it because in opposite to CD-A/VCL (Chapter 6) and CD-MA/MMA (Chapter 5) particle
systems the trend curve of the decrease in particle size with increase of the CD content can be
described as progressive decreasing.
The particle size distribution index (PDI) in Figure 3b and the corresponding size
distribution curves are presented in Figure 3c-d. These results show that the CD-A content does
not influence the size distribution of the microgels strongly. The size distribution of microgels
increases slowly with the decrease of the particle size and thus by increase of CD-A
concentration.
The results indicate that CD-A modified with reactive vinyl groups participate actively in
polymerization process (as cross-linker and nucleation center) and promotes formation of
colloidal polymeric microgels. The enhanced water-solubility and reactivity of CD-A leads to the
higher number of growing polymer particles in aqueous phase and finally results in formation of
very small microgels. Therefore, it can be concluded that the presence of reactive CDs in
precipitation polymerization allows regulating microgel size in a broad range without using
surfactants. Obtained colloidal particles are well-stabilized in aqueous phase and no aggregation
phenomena were detected.
112
5.3.3 Morphology of dry microgel on surfaces and size related swelling properties in water
The investigation of the microgel morphology, the particle size under dried condition
and the particle properties after coating on surface is made by scanning electron microscopy
(FESEM). Microgels with different -CD-A content were applied on aluminum surface and
dried at RT and vacuum. The FESEM images are presented in Figure 4. All microgel particles
exhibit a spherical, small particle form and show a homogeneous distribution on the surface by
physically self-bonding.
Particle sizes of PHEMA microgels with different CD-A content show the same trend
under dry conditions applied on surfaces as seen in aqueous dispersion studied by DLS. Figure
4a,c,e (with BIS) and Figure 4b,d,f (without BIS) show that the particle size decreases with
increase of CD-A in the reaction mixture. In the totally collapsed form after release of water the
particles shrink to ultrafine particles with sizes of under 100 nm. Microgels without CD-A have
got a Rh of 350 nm (images are not shown) under dry conditions. The incorporation of a low
amount of CD-A (0.04 mmol (1/40)) in microgels prepared with and without BIS led to similar
particle sizes with Rh between 500 and 100 nm. The narrow size distribution in the aqueous
phase measured by DLS cannot be observed in the collapsed state. On the other hand microgels
with a high amount of CD-A characterized with a small size and a higher PDI in water show
very homogeneous particle size distributions in the collapse state. The ultrafine gel particles
have a very small size with Rh of approximately 25 nm under dry conditions (Figure 4e-f). BIS
don’t show any influence after release of water , the morphology and the sizes of collapsed
microgels are similar to microgels without additional cross-linker.
113
Figure 4. FESEM images of modified PHEMA microgels with different β-CD-A content. 0.04
mmol CD-A (a) plus additional cross-linker BIS (b), 0.07 mmol CD-A (c) plus additional cross-
linker BIS (d) and 0.22 mmol CD-A (e) plus additional cross-linker BIS (f).
a b
c d
e f
114
5.3.4 Incorporation of CD-A with different vinyl groups
The influence of CD-A with different numbers of vinyl groups is presented in Figure 5a.
Microgels which prepared by CD-A (DS4) with four vinyl groups get smaller hydro dynamic
particle diameter (114 nm) than microgels prepared by CD-A (DS2) with a substitution degree
of 2 (446 nm). Synthesis used CD-A (DS6) with 6 vinyl groups present ultrafine microgels with
the smallest particle size of 33 nm. It is conclude that with increasing vinyl groups per CD-A the
degree of cross-linking in microgels increases which influences the density of the internal
polymeric structure and thus, the swelling properties of the microgels. The degree of cross-
linking increases with DS2<DS4<DS6 while the particle size decreases. Here, BIS does not play
important factor during the synthesis. Hence, the higher the degree of cross-linking is, the less
influence BIS the internal particle structure and thus, the particle size.
Figure 5. Hydrodynamic radii (at 20°C) of microgels prepared with β-CD-A using different
substitution degree (a) and different CD type (b) with and without cross-linker BIS.
5.3.5 Properties of microgels prepared by CD-A with different ring sizes
The influence of the ring size on the particle properties and the complexation behavior is
also quite interesting and shown in Figure 5b. First, it is possible to produce microgels with α-
CD-A (DS2) and γ-CD-A (DS2) as well. They can also be used as cross-linkers for microgels.
Polymeric colloid particles, made by α-CD-A (DS2) and γ-CD-A (DS2) are smaller than
microgels made by β-CD-A (DS2). The hydrodynamic radius of microgels which contains α-
CD-A (DS2) is 440 nm, microgels synthesized with γ-CD-A (DS2) get a size of 374 nm and
microgels with β-CD-A (DS2) content have a size of 446 nm.
a b
alpha beta gamma300
350
400
450
500 with BIS
without BIS
Rh [nm
]
Cyclodextrin type
DS 2 DS 4 DS 60
100
200
300
400
500 with BIS
without BIS
Rh [n
m]
Substitution degree of CD-A
115
5.3.6 Particle growth and stability
The precipitation polymerization and the initial growth of microgels was studied of the -
CD-A (DS2) microgel. The time-dependent polymerization process and the particle size were
followed by DLS measurements beginning after reaction start for the next 2 h in detail (Figure 6).
In the first 15 minutes the hydrodynamic radius of the particles increases fast to 150 nm. In steps
of approximately 50 nm per 15 min the growth curve is linear up to 400 nm in 60 min. The
growth curve flattens during the next two hours and the particles reach their final hydrodynamic
radius of 480 nm after 2 h.
Figure 6. Growth curve of the hydrodynamic radii of microgels using DLS measurements.
Microgels do not disintrigate into small particles or polymer chains. Hence, particles are
not aggregates and do not consist of many individual particles. Single colloidal microgel particles
are internally stabilized by cross-linking using CD-A as cross-linker. Otherwise, microgels are
stabilized against agglomeration which does not take place by increasing temperature. Thus, the
external stabilization can be explained using ionic initiator AMPA and OH groups of HEMA and
CD-A units in the polymeric microgel which prevent the coagulation of particles in aqueous
dispersion.
0 3 0 60 90 1 20 150 18 0
0
1 00
2 00
3 00
4 00
5 00
6 00
7 00
8 00
0 .2 2 m m ol - CD - A (D S2)
Rh
[n
m]
T im e [m i n]
116
5.3.7 Uptake of Ibuprofen
A further advantage of CD modified microgels compared to microgels without
hydrophobic cavities should be the improved adsorption of hydrophobic guest molecules and
their stabilization in aqueous phase. The uptake of potential drugs in CD based microgels show
the application potential as drug carrier for drug delivery and controlled release processes.
Ibuprofen is a representative example of such a hydrophobic drug. The complexation of
ibuprofen in natural CDs is investigated and reported as an 1:1 inclusion complex and find
already applications and drug delivery [41,42].
Scheme 2. Complexation of ibuprofen by CD-A containing PHEMA based microgels.
In this work, the uptake of ibuprofen in PHEMA microgels prepared with a -CD-A
amount of 0.07 mmol and 0.22 mmol in aqueous solution is studied. The water insoluble
ibuprofen was added to the microgel dispersion in the diluted form of a minimum of methanol
solution and after agitation over 48 h and sedimentation of non-complexed molecules the filtered
dispersion was investigated by UV-vis spectrometry (Figure 7). Non-diluted ibuprofen does not
show any absorbance in water, but the diluted natural CD:Ibuprofen complexes show an
absorbance band of the aromatic at 272 nm (Figure 7a).
This typical absorbance can also be observed by ibuprofen complexed in -CD containing
microgels. The band at 272 nm is presented slightly broader as the absorbance band of the natural
CD complexes (Figure 7b). Furthermore, Figure 7b shows an increase of the absorbance at 272
nm with an increase of the -CD-A content in microgels by addition of 0.08 mmol/mL ibuprofen
O
RR
R
O
O
R
RR
O
OR
R
R
O
O
RR
R
OO
R
R
R
O
OR
RR
O
O
R
R
R
O
O
RR
R
O
O
R
RR
O
OR
R
R
O
O
RR
R
OO
R
R
R
O
OR
RR
O
O
R
R
R
O
Ibuprofen
β-CyclodextrinIbuprofen-
β-Cyclodextrin-Complex
CH3
HO OH
Ibuprofen-β-Cyclodextrin-Complex
CH3
HO OH
H3C
OH
OH
117
to an calculated -CD-A concentration of 0.015 mmol/mL (0.22mmol -CD-A) in dispersion.
The spectroscopic data indicate that hydrophobic cavities of CD-A are accessible for
complexation and stabilization of hydrophobic molecules in aqueous phase. Preliminary results
indicate that the complexation is controllable and allows the quantitative uptake and fixation of
hydrophobic drugs in microgels.
Figure 7. UV-absorption spectra of ibuprofen (1.65mmol/mL) complexed by natural CDs (a) and
β-CD-A-modified-microgels (b) in water.
In Figure 8a, the uptake of ibuprofen by CD-A microgels can be tracked over time.
Microgels prepared with 0.07 mmol CD-A with and without additional cross-linker BIS are
studied with respect to the uptake in dependence of the time. In the first hour the absorbance of
the ibuprofen containing dispersion increases strongly and thus, most ibuprofen can be
complexed in the first state of the addition. The absorbance curve continues to rise in the next 3
hours and flattens slightly. These results show that the complexation maximum and the uptake
capacity of the microgel is reached. By use of additional cross-linker BIS the absorbance curve
flattens after 2 h and a further uptake of ibuprofen cannot be observed. Hence, the increase of the
cross-linking degree using the additional cross-linker BIS influenced the uptake capacity of CD-
A microgels. It may be explained by the reduced accessibility of CD-A domains in the microgel
core and by the reduced ibuprofen diffusion to CD-A container caused by stronger cross-linking
of the polymer backbone.
250 260 270 280 2900.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
Absorb
ance
Wavelength [nm]
CD
CD
CD272 nm
250 260 270 280 2900.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
272 nm
Absorb
ance
Wavelength [nm]
no CD-A
0.07 mmol -CD-A BIS
0.22 mmol -CD-A BIS
0.07 mmol -CD-A
0.22 mmol -CD-A
a b
118
The influence of the CD-A content in microgels is investigated by variation of the
calculated CD-A content (Figure 8b). It is observed that the absorbance of ibuprofen and thus the
uptake increases with the increase of the CD-A content by addition of higher amounts of
ibuprofen. The uptake of microgels prepared with BIS shows a reduced uptake than microgels
prepared without BIS, while the uptake trend which is influenced by the CD-A content is not
disturbed. Hence, the adsorption of guest molecules can be controlled by the CD-A content and
thus, by binding possibilities for the guest molecules in microgels.
The modified microgels functionalized with 12.9 % (0.22 mmol) CD-A are studied with
respect to the complexation capacity by variation of the ibuprofen concentration in dispersion
(Figure 8d). The molar amount of CD-A container, theoretically calculated on the ratio in the
reaction mixture, is compared with the molar increase of added ibuprofen concentration in
aqueous dispersion expecting an 1:1 inclusion complex.
The UV-vis results are shown in Figure 8a. The rising addition of ibuprofen results in a
linear increase of the absorbance and thus in linear increase of the uptake. At the point when an
1:1 complex is expected, the absorbance flattens slightly and stagnates. Further addition does not
increase the absorbance. The results show that the uptake is mainly controlled by CD-A domains
in microgels and by the diffusion possibilities of ibuprofen influenced by the degree of cross-
linking into the hydrophobic CD-A cavities. Contrary, non-modified microgels do not show any
absorbance and thus, no uptake of ibuprofen.
119
Figure 8. UV-absorption maxima of ibuprofen (1.65mmol/mL) complexed by β-CD-A (0.07
mmol CD-A) modified microgels (with and without additional cross-linker BIS) in water at
different stirring times (a) and at variation of the CD-A amount using 0.07 mmol and 0.22 mmol
CD-A content (b). The rising molar addition of ibuprofen with respect to the molar ratio of the
theoretically calculated CD-A content in microgels is presented (c) and the experimental
absorbance maxima in aqueous dispersion (d).
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26
0.00
0.02
0.04
0.06
0.08
0.10
0.12A
bso
rban
ce
Time [h]
with BIS
without BIS
0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
Ab
so
rban
ce
CD-A content [mmol]
with BIS
without BIS
0 100 200 300 400 5000.0
0.4
0.8
1.2
1.6
2.0
2.4
Ho
st:G
ue
st con
cen
tratio
n [
mm
ol/m
L]
Ibuprofen [µg/mL]
Ibuprofen
CD-A
a b
c d
0 100 200 300 400 500
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
Ab
so
rban
ce
Ibuprofen [µg/mL]
Ibuprofen: 0.22 mmol -CD-A (DS4)
120
5.4 Conclusion
Poly(2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate) microgels functionalized with reactive cyclodextrin
units (CD-A) have been prepared by surfactant-free precipitation polymerisation in water. The
incorporation of different amounts of -, - and -CD-A with different number of vinyl bonds (2,
4 and 6) in aqueous PHEMA based microgels was investigated. The results indicate that the
increase of the CD-A concentration in reaction mixture led to the reduction of the final
hydrodynamic radius of microgels from 347 nm to 114 nm. Increase of the number of vinyl
groups per CD-A molecule induced formation of smaller nanogels (Rh = 22.5 nm) and
considerable increase of the cross-linking degree. The use of additional cross-linker showed less
significant influences on the particle properties. The complexation properties of CDs
incorporated in microgel networks were demonstrated by the uptake of hydrophobic drug
ibuprofen. The experimental data indicated that hydrophobic cavities of cyclodextrin are active
for complexation of hydrophobic molecules in aqueous phase. The drug loading in microgels was
controllable by CD-A content and degree of cross-linking and allows the quantitative uptake and
fixation of ibuprofen in microgels.
121
5.5 References
1. Allen, M. T.; Cullis, P. R., Drug Delivery Systems: Entering the Mainstream drug deliver, Science 2004, 303,
1818-1822.
2. Oh, J. K.; Drumright, R.; Siegwart, D. J.; Matyjaszewski, K., The development of microgels/nanogels for drug
delivery applications, Prog. Polym. Sci. 2008, 33, 448-477.
3. Kabanov, A. V.; Vinogradov, S. V., Nanogels as pharmaceutical carriers: finite networks of infinite
capabilities, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2009, 48, 5418-5429.
4. Pich, A.; Adler, H. J., Composite aqueous microgels: an overview of recent advances in synthesis,
characterization and application, Polym. Int. 2007, 56, 291-307.
5. Montheard, J. P.; Chatzopoulos, M.; Chappard, D., 2-Hydroxyethyl methacrylate (HEMA): chemical
properties and applications in biomedical fields, J. Macromol. Sci. C: Polym. Rev. 1992, 32, 1-34
6. Opdahl, A.; Kim, S. H.; Koffas, T. S., Marmo, C.; Somorjai1 G. A., Surface mechanical properties of PHEMA
contact lenses: Viscoelastic and adhesive property changes on exposure to controlled humidity, J. Biomed.
Mater. Res. Part A 2003, 67, 350-356.
7. Ciolinol, J. B.; Dohlman C. H.; Kohane D. S., Contact Lenses for Drug Delivery, Seminars in Ophthalmology
2009, 24, 156–160.
8. Hu, X.; Hao, L.; Wang, H.; Yang, X.; Zhang, G.; Wang, G.; Zhang, X., Hydrogel Contact Lens for Extended
Delivery of Ophthalmic Drugs, Int. J. Polym. Sci. 2011, Article ID 814163, 9 pages.
9. Chirila, T. V., An overview of the development of artificial corneas with porous skirts and the use of PHEMA
for such an application, Biomaterials 2001, 22, 3311-3317.
10. Derek G.; Pedley, P. J.; Tighe S.; Tighe, B. J., Hydrogels in Biomedical Applications, Br. Polym. J. 1980, 12,
99-110.
11. Miwa Y.; Ishida H.; Tanaka M.; Mochizuki A., ²H-NMR and ¹³C-NMR study of the hydration behavior of
poly(2-methoxyethyl acrylate), poly(2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate) and poly(tetrahydrofurfuryl acrylate) in
relation to their blood compatibility as biomaterials, J. Biomater. Sci. Polym. Ed. 2010, 21, 1911-24.
12. Peppas, N. A.; Sahlin J. J., Hydrogels as mucoadhesive and bioadhesive materials: a review, Biomaterials
1996, 17, 1553.
13. Horák D.; Červinka M.; Bedard, V. P., Hydrogels in endovascular embolization: VI. Toxicity tests of poly(2-
hydroxyethyl methacrylate) particles on cell cultures, Biomaterials 1997, 18, 1355-1359.
14. Holly, F. J.; Refojo J. F., Wettahility of Hydrogels, I. Poly (2-Hydroxyethyl Methacrylate, J. Biomed. Mater.
Res. 1975, 9, 315-326.
15. Smyth, G.; Quinn, F. X.; McBrierty V. J., Water in hydrogels. 2. A study of water in poly (hydroxyethyl
methacrylate), Macromolecules 1988, 21, 3198–3204.
16. Xinming L.; Yingde C.; Lloyd A. W.; Mikhalovsky S. V.; Sandeman S. R.; Howel C. A.; Liewen L.,
Polymeric hydrogels for novel contact lens-based ophthalmic drug delivery systems: a review, Cont. Lens.
Anterior. Eye. 2008, 31, 57-64.
17. Li, C. C.; Chauhan, A., Modeling Ophthalmic Drug Delivery by Soaked Contact Lenses, Ind. Eng. Chem. Res.
2006, 45, 3718-3734.
18. Okano, T.; Katayama, M.; Shinohara, I., The influence of hydrophilic and hydrophobic domains on water
wettability of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate-styrene copolymers, J. Appl. Polym. Sci. 1978, 22, 369-377.
122
19. Vargün, E.; Sankir, M.; Aran, B.; Sankir, N. D.; Usanmaz, A., Synthesis and Characterization of 2-
Hydroxyethyl Methacrylate (HEMA) and Methyl Methacrylate (MMA) Copolymer Used as Biomaterial, J.
Macromol. Sci., A: Pure and Appl. Chem. 2010, 47, 235-240.
20. Quynh, T. M.; Yoneyamab, M.; Maki, Y.; Dobashi, T., Poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-hydroxyethyl
methacrylate) Graft Copolymers and their application as carriers for drug delivery system, J. Appl. Polym.
Sci. 2012, 123, 2368-2376.
21. Mishra, R. K.; Ramasamy, K.; Majeed, A. B. A., pH-responsive poly(N[-3(dimethylamino)propyl]
methacrylamide-co-2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate)-based hydrogels for prolonged release of 5-fluorouracil, J.
Appl. Polym. Sci. 2012, 126, E98-E107.
22. Kakwere, H.; Perrier, S., Design of complex polymeric architectures and nanostructured materials/hybrids by
living radical polymerization of hydroxylated monomers, Polym. Chem. 2011, 2, 270-288.
23. Andrade-Vivero, P.; Fernandez-Gabriel, E.; Alvarez-Lorenzo, C.; Concheiro, A., Improving the loading and
release of NSAIDs from PHEMA hydrogels by copolymerization with functionalized monomers, J. Pharm. Sci.
2006, 96, 802–813.
24. Szejtli, J., Introduction and general overview of cyclodextrin chemistry, Chem. Rev. 1998, 98, 1743-1753.
25. Rekharsky, M. V.; Inoue, Y., Complexation Thermodynamics of Cyclodextrins, Chem. Rev. 1998, 98, 1875-
1918.
26. Duchêne, D.; Wouessidjewe, D.; Ponchel, G.; Cyclodextrins and carrier systems, J. Controlled Release 1999,
62, 263-268.
27. Janus, L.; Crini, G.; El-Rezzi, V.; Morcellet, M.; Cambiaghi, A.; Torri, G.; Naggi, A.; Vecchi, C., New
sorbents containing beta-cyclodextrin. Synthesis, characterization, and sorption properties, React. Funct.
Polymers 1999, 42, 173-180.
28. dos Santos J. F.; Couceiro R.; Concheiro A.; Torres-Labandeira, J. J.; Alvarez-Lorenzo, C., Poly(hydroxyethyl
methacrylate-co-methacrylated-beta-cyclodextrin) hydrogels: Synthesis, cytocompatibility, mechanical
properties and drug loading/release properties, Acta Biomater. 2008, 4, 745–755.
29. Xu, X.-D.; Chen, C.-S.; Lu, B.; Wang, Z.-C.; Cheng, S.-X.; Zhang, X.-Z.; Zhuo, R.-X., Modular synthesis of
thermosensitive P(NIPAAm-co-HEMA)/β-CD based hydrogels via click chemistry, Macromol. Rapid
Commun. 2009, 30, 157-164.
30. Xu, J.; Li, X.; Sun, F.,Cyclodextrin-containing hydrogels for contact lenses as a platform for drug
incorporation and release, Acta Biomater. 2010, 6, 486-493.
31. Glisonia, R. J.; García-Fernándezc, M. J.; Pinod, M.; Gutkindb, G.; Moglionib, A. G.; Alvarez-Lorenzoc, C.;
Concheiroc, A.; Sosnik, A., β-Cyclodextrin hydrogels for the ocular release of antibacterial
thiosemicarbazones, Carbohydr. Polym. 2013, 93, 449-457.
32. Horák, D.; S vec, F.; Kálal, J., Hydrogels in endovascular embolization. I. Spherical particles of poly(2-
hydroxyethyl methacrylate) and their medico-biological properties, Biomaterial 1986, 7, 188-192.
33. Oh, J. K.; Dong, H.; Zhang, R.; Matyjaszewski, K.; Schlaad, H., Preparation of nanoparticles of double-
hydrophilic PEO-PHEMA block copolymers by AGET ATRP in inverse miniemulsion, J. Polym. Sci. Part A:
Polym. Chem. 2007, 45, 4764-4772.
34. Quan, C.-Y.; Sun, Y.-X.; Cheng, H.; Cheng, S.-X.; Zhang, X.-Z.; Zhuo, R.-X., Thermosensitive P(NIPAAm-
co-PAAc-co-HEMA) nanogels conjugated with transferrin for tumor cell targeting delivery, Nanotechnology
2008, 19, 275102/1-275102/8.
123
35. Gan, T.; Zhang, Y.; Guan, Y., In Situ Gelation of P(NIPAM-HEMA) Microgel Dispersion and Its Applications
as Injectable 3D Cell Scaffold, Biomacromolecules 2009, 10, 1410-1415.
36. Cope, M.; Cook, J. P.; Khutoryanskiy, V., The synthesis of new microgel particles based on 2-
hydroxyethyl(meth)acrylates, J. Pharm. Pharmacol. 2010, 62, 1356-1357.
37. Klinger, D.; Landfester, K., Dual Stimuli-Responsive Poly(2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate-co-methacrylic acid)
Microgels Based on Photo-Cleavable Cross-Linkers: pH-Dependent Swelling and Light-Induced Degradation,
Macromolecules 2011, 44, 9758-9772.
38. Kettel, M. J.; Dierkes, F.; Schaefer, K.; Moeller, M.; Pich, A., Aqueous nanogels modified with cyclodextrin,
Polymer 2011, 52, 1917-1924.
39. Davies, N. M., Clinical pharmacokinetics of ibuprofen. The first 30 years, Clinical Pharmacokinetics 1998, 34,
101-154.
40. Harris, R. E.; Beebe-Donk, J.; Doss, H.; Doss, D. B., Aspirin, ibuprofen, and other non-steroidal anti-
inflammatory drugs in cancer prevention: A critical review of non-selective COX-2 blockade, Oncology
Reports 2005, 13, 559-583.
41. Chow, D.-N. D.; Karara, A. H., Characterization, dissolution and bioavailability in rats of ibuprofen-β-
cyclodextrin complex system, Int. J. Pharm. 1986, 28, 95-101.
42. Mura, P.; Bettinetti G. P.; Manderioli, A.; Faucci, M. T.; Bramanti, G.; Sorrenti, M., Interactions of ketoprofen
and ibuprofen with -cyclodextrins in solution and in solid state, Int. J. Pharm. 1998, 166, 189-203
124
125
Chapter 6
Thermosensitive aqueous nanogels modified with cyclodextrinA
Abstract: In this work, the incorporation of reactive cyclodextrins acrylates (CD-As) in
aqueous nanogels based on poly(N-vinylcaprolactam) (VCL) is studied by surfactant-free
precipitation polymerization process. α-, β-, γ-CDs were functionalized with acrylic groups and
the average amount of vinyl bonds per CD molecule was adjusted to 2, 4, or 6. The increase of
the CD-A concentration in the reaction mixture led to the reduction of the final hydrodynamic
radius of nanogels from 227 nm to 62 nm. The increase of the vinyl groups number per CD
molecule induced formation of smaller nanogels (Rh = 22.5 nm) and considerable increase of the
cross-linking degree. Obtained CD-A-modified nanogels show temperature sensitivity in
aqueous medium with a volume transition point around 30 °C. The complexation properties of
CD-As incorporated in nanogel networks were proved by titration with phenolphthalein.
Keywords: nanogel, microgel, cyclodextrin, N-vinylcaprolactam
A. Reproduced with permission from Kettel, M. J.; Dierkes, F.; Schäfer, K.; Moeller, M., Pich, A., Aqueous
nanogels modified with Cyclodextr, Polymer 2011, 52, 1917-1924. Copyright Elsevier.
O
RR
R
O
O
R
RR
O
OR
R
R
O
O
RR
R
OO
R
R
R
O
OR
RR
O
O
R
R
R
O
R:
Variable parameter: -ring size (α-; β-; γ-cyclodextrin); -substitution degree (R) (2; 4; 6)
O
OH
Oor
Nanogel with grafted CDReactive CD
0 0.04 0.07 0.2240
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
240
-CD, [mmol]
Rh,
[nm
]
TEM image of VCL/CDex microgel.
500 nm
1 µm
126
6.1 Introduction
In recent years continued development of the creation of complex materials has been
focused on the engineering over length-scales from molecular to the colloidal to the
macroscopic in order to improve their properties for specific applications. Today’s efforts in
nano- and micro-structured and multifunctional materials design focus on methods by which
functional building blocks are assembled in complex architectures. Aqueous nano- and
microgels are outstanding polymer materials because of their interesting properties such as small
size, high porosity, large surface area, high chemical functionality, ability to swell in different
solvents (e.g. water), and stimuli-sensitivity [1-2]. Nano- and microgels can be used in colloidal
form as microreactors [3-4], drug carriers [5-6], and antimicrobial agents but also as building
blocks for design of colloidosomes [7-8], hydrogels [9-10] and films [11] targeting such
applications as controlled release, tissue engineering and optics.
The chemical functionality of polymer nano- and microgels is extremely important for their
application in different areas of science and technology. So far colloidal polymer networks have
been modified by incorporation of ionisable or reactive groups [12-15], integration of
biomacromolecules [16-17] or nanoparticles [18-19].
In this context, cyclodextrins (CDs) are interesting functional units which can be integrated
in polymer network of nano- and microgel colloids [20-21]. Cyclodextrins are composed of α-
1,4-coupled six, seven or eight D-glucose units which form cyclic oligomers. The caves of these
host molecules have a diameter of 5-8 Ǻ and exhibit a hydrophobic internal cavity and a
hydrophilic outer layer [22]. This structure and the hydrophobic cavity of CDs can act as host
for various, suitable guest molecules. This unique property is commonly referred to as inclusion
complex formation. The complexation leads to modification of the physical and chemical
properties (solubility, smell, reactivity etc.) of the guest molecules [23-24].
So far, CDs were structurally incorporated in nanoparticles [25], polymers [26] or hydrogels
[27-33] to modulate complexation and release of small molecules such as dyes or drugs.
Alternatively, CDs were used for design of physically assembled polymer systems by formation
of inclusion complexes between polymer-modified CDs and various guest molecule
functionalized polymers. Widely used method for preparation of polymer networks containing
CDs is the copolymerization of vinyl- or (meth)acryloyl-modified CDs with other vinyl
monomers or macromonomers such as 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (HEMA) [27-29], N-
127
isopropylacrylamide (NIPAM) [30-31], acrylic acid (AA) [32], (meth)acrylated hyaluronic acid
or poly(lactide) [33] or N-vinylpyrrolidone (NVP) [34]. Self-assembled polymer systems such
as supramolecular hydrogels [35-37] and nano- and microparticles [38-40] have been prepared
based on host-guest CD inclusion complexes. Recently, the incorporation of CDs in aqueous
colloidal nano- and microgels was reported. Microgels based on β-CD and poly(vinyl alcohol)
(PVA) were prepared in inverse emulsion system by cross-linking of β-CD and PVA with
epichlorhydrine. Alternatively, interpenetrating polymer network (IPN) microgels were
synthesized by polymerizing methacrylic acid in β-CD/PVA microgels. It has been reported that
the size of obtained microgel particles can be controlled by variation of stirring rate and
emulsifier concentration between 50 µm and 200 µm [41].
The biodegradable polylactic acid-β-cyclodextrin (PLA-β-CD) cross-linked copolymer
microgels were prepared by radical copolymerization of PLA macromonomer and polymerizable
β-CD derivatives [42]. The β-CD derivatives with variable numbers of polymerizable vinyl
groups were used in polymerization process. It has been shown that the hydrophilicity of the
microgels increased with increasing β-CD contents, while the swelling ratios and degradation rate
decreased.
The synthesis of aqueous microgels by precipitation polymerization of N-
isopropylacrylamide (NIPAM) in presence of mono-vinyl substituted β-CD has been reported
by Liu et al. [43]. β-CD/PNIPAM core–shell microgels were obtained by a two-stage
precipitation polymerization in aqueous solution. At the first stage, core microgels with CD
moieties were synthesized by precipitation copolymerization of NIPAM and mono-vinyl β-CD
monomer with use of sodium-n-docecylsulfate (SDS) as surfactant. At the second stage, using
the core particles as seeds, PNIPAM shell was further prepared by NIPAM polymerization. The
diameter of β-CD/PNIPAM core particles varied between 106 nm and 115 nm. It has been
shown that with increase of β-CD content the temperature-induced deswelling of microgels
decreases gradually.
Copolymer microgels were synthesized by surfactant-free precipitation copolymerization of
N-vinylcaprolactam (VCL) with a mono-vinyl β-CD monomer in aqueous solutions [44]. It has
been reported that addition of reactive CD could reduce the particle size and size distribution of
the copolymer microgels. Obtained copolymer microgels exhibit thermally responsive changes of
128
particle size in aqueous solutions, but similarly to PNIPAm system [43] the incorporation of the
β-CD monomer into a PVCL microgel reduced its thermal sensitivity.
So far, the behavior of reactive cyclodextrins in precipitation polymerization was not
investigated in details. Therefore, the primary aim of this study is the investigation of α-, β-, and
γ-CDs with different numbers of vinyl groups in precipitation polymerization process and their
incorporation in nano- or microgel particles. For this study, vinylcaprolactam (VCL) was selected
as main monomer which has been already effectively used for synthesis of different microgel
systems [45-47].
In this work, the characterization of CD-acrylate (CD-A) modified nanogels with respect to
their size, size distribution, swelling degree and morphology. The accessibility of CD-A units in
nanogel particles was evaluated by titration with model dyes. The first results indicate that it is
possible to reduce the size of CD-A-modified colloidal networks down to 45 nm by keeping their
most attractive properties such as temperature-sensitivity, colloidal stability and narrow size
distribution unaltered. It is expected that cyclodextrin based nanogels provide useful
functionalities such as effective bioconjugation, good adhesion to surfaces, controlled
complexation and release of drugs, cosmetic ingredients, dyes or antimicrobial agents.
6.2 Experimental
6.2.1 Materials
N-Vinylcaprolactam (VCL) was obtained from Aldrich and distilled by vacuum
distillation. Acetoacetoxyethyl methacrylate (AAEM) was received from Aldrich and purified
and destabilized by column chromatography over aluminum oxide; a further cross-linker N,N-
methylene-bis-acrylamide (BIS) from Aldrich was used as received. The initiator, 2,2-azobis(2-
methylpropionamidine) dihydrochloride (AMPA) from Aldrich was used without further
purifications. α-, β-, γ -Cyclodextrins (CD) produced by Wacker were dried at 80°C over 3 days
before use. Solvents dimethylformamide (DMF), acetone were purchased from VWR (DMF
was degassed before use). Triethylamine (TEA) was purchased from Merck, distilled before use
and stored over 4 Å molecular sieve in N2-atmosphere. Acrylic acid chloride and
phenolphthalein were obtained from Merck and used as received.
129
6.2.2 Modification of cyclodextrins
The modification of cyclodextrin with reactive vinyl groups is published elsewhere [48-
49]. For the preparation of cyclodextrin acrylates with different degree of substitution Schlenk
technique was used and the whole procedure took place under N2-atmosphere. CD was diluted in
15 mL degassed DMF and TEA was added to the solution. The mixture was stirred and cooled
down to 0°C, then acrylic acid chloride was given into the solution. After stirring for 12 h the
mixture triethylamine hydrochloride was filtered and the clear solution was added in 200 mL
acetone to precipitate the modified cyclodextrin. The filtrate was washed several times with
acetone and purified by Soxhlet-extraction with acetone for three days. The obtained solid was
dried, diluted in a small amount of water and vacuum freeze-dried. In this work α-, β-, γ-CD-A
with an average substitution degree of 2 and β-CD-A with an average substitution degree of 4 and
6 were synthesized. Details of the cyclodextrin modification are summarized in Supporting
Information (Scheme S1, Table S1).
6.2.3 Nanogel Synthesis
The synthesis of nanogels in aqueous solution was performed by batch precipitation
polymerization technique (Scheme S2) [45]. A double-wall glass reactor equipped with a stirrer
and a reflux condenser was purged with nitrogen. Solution of the monomers 14.72 mmol (2.06 g)
VCL, 0.23 mmol (0.05 g) AAEM, and variable amounts of modified CD-A in 147 mL water was
placed into the reactor and stirred at 200 rpm for 1 h at 70 °C under continuous purging with
nitrogen. Afterwards, 3 mL aqueous solution of initiator (0.07 mmol (0.02 g) AMPA) was added
under continuous stirring. Reaction was carried out for another 12 h. In some experiments 0.02
mmol (0.13 g) BIS was used as additional cross-linker to compare properties of nanogels
prepared only with reactive CD-A as cross-linker or combination of BIS and CD-A. After
preparation the stable, milky nanogel dispersions were purified by ultrafiltration to remove
unreacted monomers and smaller polymeric particles. The nanogel dispersion in water was
pumped through a membrane with molecular weight cut off of 30 kDa (Millipore, Pelicon XL
Device, Ultracel 30 PLCHK Membrane, regenerated cellulose with NMWCO 30 kDa). The
ultrafiltration time was adjusted to 48 h. The ingredients used for polymerization process are
summarized in Table 1.
130
Table 1. Reaction recipe for the preparation of CD-A/VCL/AAEM nanogels in 150 g water. The
nanogel samples are numbered as NVCLxCD(y), where N = run number; x = cyclodextrin type;
and y = substitution degree of cyclodextrin.
N VCL,
[g](mmol)
AAEM,
[g](mmol)
CD-A,
[g](mmol)
CD-A,
[wt %]
BIS,
[g](mmol)
AMPA,
[g](mmol)
Yield
[g]
1VCL 2.06 (14.72) 0.05 (0.23) - - 0.02 (0.13) 0.02 (0.07) 1.02
2VCLβCD(4) 2.06 (14.72) 0.05 (0.23) 0.05 (0.04) 2.27 0.02 (0.13) 0.02 (0.07) 1.34
3VCLβCD(4) 2.06 (14.72) 0.05 (0.23) 0.1 (0.07) 4.44 0.02 (0.13) 0.02 (0.07) 1.16
4VCLβCD(4) 2.06 (14.72) 0.05 (0.23) 0.3 (0.22) 12.24 0.02 (0.13) 0.02 (0.07) 0.84
5VCLβCD(4) 2.06 (14.72) 0.05 (0.23) 0.05 (0.04) 2.29 - 0.02 (0.07) 0.33
6VCLβCD(4) 2.06 (14.72) 0.05 (0.23) 0.1 (0.07) 4.48 - 0.02 (0.07) 0.31
7VCLβCD(4) 2.06 (14.72) 0.05 (0.23) 0.3 (0.22) 12.35 - 0.02 (0.07) 0.43
8VCLβCD(2) 2.06 (14.72) 0.05 (0.23) 0.3 (0.24) 12.24 0.02 (0.13) 0.02 (0.07) 1.38
9VCLβCD(2) 2.06 (14.72) 0.05 (0.23) 0.3 (0.24) 12.24 - 0.02 (0.07) 1.27
10VCLβCD(6) 2.06 (14.72) 0.05 (0.23) 0.3 (0.21) 12.35 0.02 (0.13) 0.02 (0.07) 0.53
11VCLβCD(6) 2.06 (14.72) 0.05 (0.23) 0.3 (0.21) 12.35 - 0.02 (0.07) 0.43
12VCLαCD(2) 2.06 (14.72) 0.05 (0.23) 0.3 (0.28) 12.24 0.02 (0.13) 0.02 (0.07) 1.22
13VCLαCD(2) 2.06 (14.72) 0.05 (0.23) 0.3 (0.28) 12.24 - 0.02 (0.07) 1.27
14VCLγCD(2) 2.06 (14.72) 0.05 (0.23) 0.3 (0.21) 12.35 0.02 (0.13) 0.02 (0.07) 1.39
15VCLγCD(2) 2.06 (14.72) 0.05 (0.23) 0.3 (0.21) 12.35 - 0.02 (0.07) 1.39
6.2.4 Characterization of modified Cyclodextrins and Nanogels
1H-NMR and
13C-NMR spectra were recorded with Varian Mercury 300 NMR
spectrometer operating at 300 MHz. The samples were dissolved in deuterated dimethylsulfoxide
(DMSO-d6) (Figure S1).
RAMAN spectra were recorded with a Bruker RFS 100/s (spectral disintegration 4 cm-1
).
IR measurements were made by FTIR spectrometer: Nexus 470 (Thermo Nicolet) (spectral
disintegration 8 cm-1
). Nanogel dispersions were dried by lyophilisation and pressed in KBr-
pellets. The quantitative determination of the cyclodextrin content in nanogels has been
performed by quantitative analysis of the band at 1032 cm-1
(C-O-C vibration of the glucose units
[50]). The integrals of this band measured for the nanogel samples were compared with a
calibration curve obtained by mixing different amounts of β-CD (0.07 mmol, 0.11 mmol, 0.33
mmol, 0.44 mmol, 0.66 mmol) with KBr.
131
Particle size of nanogels was analyzed by dynamic light scattering measurements using
Nano Zetasizer (Malvern) spectrometer equipped with a He–Ne Laser (λ0 = 633 nm). Back
scattering light was detected using an angle of 173°. Hydrodynamic particle radius and the
particle distribution of the hydrodynamic radius were determined. Measurements were made in a
temperature range from 20 °C to 50 °C with a temperature equilibrium time of 120 s.
The microscopical analysis was made with S-4800-Field-Emission-Scanning Electron
Microscope (Hitachi). One drop of the diluted nanogel dispersion was put on an aluminium
support and dried at room temperature in vacuum. After drying samples were investigated at
accelerating voltage of 1 kV and 8 mm disintegration.
For volumetric titration with Phenolphthalein a Brand Duran burette with a total volume
of 50 mL (± 0.05 mL, Ex +30s) was used. A stock solution of 1 % phenolphthalein in ethanol
was prepared and an aliquot of 2.50 mL was dropped to 250 mL of 0.1 M sodium hydroxide to
obtain a 0.25 mmol/L alkali phenolphthalein solution. All aqueous stock solutions were freshly
prepared and run within 12 h to ensure that absorbance changes due to any instability of
phenolphthalein did not contribute to experimental artifacts. β-CD stock solution in water was
prepared with a β-cyclodextrin concentration of 8.8 mmol/L. Aliquots of β-CD stock solution
were diluted with water to different concentrations with an end volume of 10 mL. To obtain a
calibration curve titration of β-CD solutions with stock solution of phenolphthalein under stirring
until the transition point from colorless to slight pink was performed. The nanogel samples (10
mL) with known particle concentration were titrated by 0.25 mmol/L alkali phenolphthalein stock
solutions under stirring until the transition point from colorless to slight pink. The amount of β-
CD in nanogels was extracted from the calibration curve.
132
6.3 Results and Discussion
A series of nanogels containing cyclodextrin acrylates (CD-A) were prepared by precipitation
polymerization in aqueous phase. The modification of cyclodextrins with reactive vinyl groups
was aimed to ensure fixation of CD in the nanogel network by formation of covalent bonds and
effective incorporation in nanogels during radical polymerization process. Due to the fact that
modified CDs used in the present study are functionalized with numerous acrylate groups, they
can be considered as functional cross-linking reagents that can substitute conventional cross-
linkers such as BIS. Several parameters such as CD type and substitution degree, CD-A content,
presence of additional cross-linking agent BIS have been varied to study the influence of the
reactive CD-A on properties of colloidal nanogels. The synthesis details are given in Table 1.
6.3.1 Incorporation of CD in nanogels
To evaluate the incorporation of reactive CD-A in nanogels during the polymerization
process FTIR spectroscopy was used. The normalized IR spectra of nanogel samples prepared by
varying the concentration of β-CD-A (substitution degree 4) as well as a reference microgel
prepared without CD are presented in Figure 1a.
Figure 1. FTIR spectra of nanogel samples containing different amounts of β-CD-A (4) (a);
integral of the signal at 1032 cm-1
vs. theoretically expected CD-A content (b).
The characteristic signal for the amide band of VCL is located at 1623 cm-1
. The signal at 1720
cm-1
is equivalent to the C=O vibration of CD-A but overlaps strongly with the vibrations of
ba
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
0
2
4
6
Inte
gra
l o
f th
e s
ign
al a
t 1
032
cm
-1
theoretical CD-A content [%]
4000 3500 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 500
0.0
0.4
0.8
1.2
1.6
2.0
2.4
2.8
Abso
rba
nce
Wavenumbers [cm-1]
no CD-A
0.04 mmol CD-A
0.07 mmol CD-A
0.22 mmol CD-A 1720
16231032
133
ketone and ester carbonyl groups from AAEM. The band at 1032 cm-1
originates from C-O-C
vibrations of the glucose units of CD-A and proofs qualitatively that CD-A is incorporated in
nanogels [49]. Figure 1b indicates that the intensity of the band at 1032 cm-1
increases if the
concentration of reactive CD-A in reaction mixture increases. This shows that the CD-A content
in nanogels can be controlled by concentration of reactive CD-A in the reaction mixture. The
integrals of the bands at 1032 cm-1
from FTIR spectra were used to determine the CD-A content
in nanogels. In this case a calibration curve of low molecular β-cyclodextrin (see Experimental
Section) was used to determine quantitatively the CD-A content in the copolymer structure.
Obtained data are plotted vs. theoretical CD-A content in Figure 2. Figure 2 shows that the
experimental CD-A content is smaller compared to theoretically expected values. According to
the FTIR data the incorporation efficiency of CD-A in nanogel structure is 46.8 % (using 0.04
mmol β-CD-A), 59.7 % (using 0.07 mmol β-CD-A), and 80.4 % (using 0.22 mmol β-CD-A). It
occurs that with increasing CD-A in the reaction mixture the efficiency of CD-A incorporation
in the terpolymer nanogel increases. It can be predicted that the increase of the CD
concentration in the reaction mixture will reduce considerably the particle nucleation period and
increase the number of precursor particles. Thus the overall polymerization rate is expected to
be higher in the presence of reactive CDs. This acceleration of the polymerization rate probably
increases the incorporation efficiency of CDs into nanogels.
An alternative possibility to evaluate the amount of cyclodextrin units in the nanogel
structure is based on the ability of β-CD to form colorless complexes with phenolphthalein in
aqueous solutions. Phenolphthalein is a well known and studied dye, which shows a pink color in
alkaline solution due to the delocalization of the π-electrons of the chinoid system.
Phenolphthalein is complexed by cyclodextrin very well and fixed in the cavity of ring structure.
Because of the complexation, the delocalization of the π-electrons is disturbed and the pink color
disappears in alkaline solution. Titration and quantitative studies of materials containing
cyclodextrin especially polymeric matrices have been made by complexation with
phenolphthalein [34,51-53]. Therefore, titration of nanogels with known amount of
phenolphthalein can provide information about accessibility of CD-A units in nanogel structure.
By comparing the titration results with the data obtained by IR spectroscopy the amount of
“active” and sterically hindered CD-A can be evaluated. In this case the “activity” is related to
the ability of CD-A forming host-guest complexes with different organic molecules. Sterically
134
hindered CD-A units in nanogels lose their complexation ability and cannot be utilized later for
uptake, transportation and release of organic molecules.
To make sure that complexation of phenolphthalein does not influence the colloidal
behavior of nanogels the nanogel size of the nanogels complexed with phenolphthalein was
measured (Supporting Information Figure S2). Phenolphthalein loaded CD-A-modified nanogels
do not change their size compared to original nanogel samples. No particle aggregation effects
were detected by light scattering experiments after titration with phenolphthalein.
Figure 2. Theoretical vs. measured β-CD-A content in nanogels.
As shown in Figure 2 the content of active CD-A (CD-A molecules able to build host-guest
complexes) in nanogels determined by titration with phenolphthalein is lower compared to the
values obtained from FTIR measurements. The fraction of sterically hindered CD-A increases
with the CD-A concentration in the reaction mixture. Since CD-A can act as cross-linking agent
it can be assumed that nanogels prepared with higher CD-A content exhibit higher cross-linking
density. This effect probably leads to reduction of the CD-A accessibility in colloidal polymer
networks. Certain fraction of CD-A groups can be sterically hindered in nanogel network due to
location in the nanogel core having higher cross-linking density compared to the corona. On the
other hand CD-A groups may interact with polymer chains of nanogel network. In both
scenarios described above the complexation ability of CD-A units is decreased and will
ultimately lead to lower “active” CD-A content. Experimental data presented in Figure 2
indicate that the amount of the reactive CD-A in the polymerization process influences both
incorporation efficiency and accessibility of CD-A units.
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14 theoretical CD-A content
"active" CD-A content
CD-A content
CD
co
nte
nt [w
t.-%
]
theoretical CD content [wt.-%]
135
6.3.2 Nanogel size and morphology
Obtained nanogels exhibited excellent colloidal stability in water. Independently from
the content of CD or CD type prepared nanogel dispersions were stable over months and do not
show agglomeration or precipitation. Interestingly, freeze dried nanogels can be easily
redispersed in water and form aggregate-free dispersions.
To evaluate the influence of the reactive cyclodextrin on the size of nanogel particles
light scattering experiments of dialyzed dispersions were performed. The experimental data
shown in Figure 3 indicate strong reduction of the nanogel size with increase of the β-CD-A
concentration in reaction mixture. In this case, the hydrodynamic radii of nanogels decrease
from 227 nm to 102 nm by increase of the β-CD-A concentration up to 2.27 wt.-% (0.04 mmol).
Further increase of the CD-A concentration up to 12.24 wt.-% (0.22 mmol) resulted in decrease
of the size of nanogels to 62 nm. Similar behavior was observed for nanogels containing α- and
γ-CD-A. Interestingly, presence of cross-linker BIS does not influencing the hydrodynamic radii
of nanogels. The size distribution of nanogels increases with increase of CD-A concentration.
The size distribution curves are presented in Supporting Information Figure S3.
Figure 3. Hydrodynamic radii (Rh in nm) of β-CD-A-modified nanogels prepared with and
without cross-linker BIS (β-CD-A with substitution degree 4; measurements performed at 20 °C).
The experimental data shown in Figure 3 indicate that reactive cyclodextrin molecules
participate actively in the particle formation process. The availability of reactive vinyl groups and
the hydrophilicity of modified CDs induce formation of larger amount of nucleation centers at the
0 0.04 0.07 0.2240
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
240
-CD [mmol]
Rh [n
m]
with BIS
without BIS
136
early stages of precipitation polymerization process. This leads to higher amount of growing
polymer particles in aqueous phase and finally results in the formation of very small nanogel
particles. Therefore, it can be concluded that the presence of reactive CD-As in precipitation
polymerization allows regulating nanogel size in a broad range without use of surfactant.
Additionally, the results presented in Figure 3 lead to the conclusion that in the present system
nanogels functionalized with CD-As can be prepared without use of further cross-linker. The
integration of BIS in the reaction recipe does not influence strongly the nanogel dimensions. It
can be assumed that the reason for this phenomenon is multifunctionality and higher reactivity of
CD-A compared to BIS. In this case the cross-linking density in nanogels will be strongly
influenced by CD-A concentration in reaction mixture.
Figure 4. FESEM images of β-CD-A-modified nanogels prepared with cross-linker BIS: a) no
CD-A; b) 0.04 mmol CD-A; c) 0.07 mmol CD-A; d) 0.22 mmol CD-A.
a
d
b
c
137
Figure 4 shows FESEM images of β-CD-A-modified nanogels. In good agreement with
light scattering results discussed above, microscopy data indicate that with increase of the β-CD-
A concentration nanogel size decreases. Nanogel particles are spherical and flatter on the solid
substrate after removal of water by evaporation.
Another important parameter that may influence nanogel properties is substitution degree
of CD-A or average number of reactive vinyl bonds. Figure 5a shows hydrodynamic radii of
nanogels prepared with similar amount of β-CD-A having different substitution degrees. The
nanogel size decreases in linear order with increase of the substitution degree. This effect can be
explained by increased reactivity of CD-A having higher substitution degree. This may lead to
faster particle nucleation and increase of the number of growing particles in reaction system.
Additional parameter that may enhance reduction of nanogel size is decrease of the water-
solubility of CD upon substitution of OH groups by acrylic groups. In this case it is expected that
positioning of the CD-A units in nanogels will be shifted toward particle interior.
Figure 5. Hydrodynamic radii of CD-A-modified nanogels prepared with and without cross-
linker BIS: a) nanogels prepared with 0.3 g β-CD-A with substitution degree 2 (0.24 mmol); 4
(0.22 mmol); and 6 (0.21 mmol); b) nanogels prepared with 0.3 g α- CD-A (0.28 mmol); β-CD-A
(0.24 mmol); and γ-CD-A (0.21mmol) with substitution degree 2 (measurements performed at 20
°C).
a b
DS 2 DS 4 DS 6
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
with BIS
without BIS
Rh [nm
]
Substitution degree of CD-A
alpha beta gamma
120
140
160
180
200
220
with BIS
without BIS
Rh [n
m]
CD-A type
138
Figure 5b shows hydrodynamic radii of nanogels prepared with α-, β- and γ-CD-A having
substitution degree 2. Decrease of the nanogel size with increase of the CD-A ring size can be
observed. Nanogel particles prepared with β-CD-A exhibit the smallest hydrodynamic radius at
room temperature. This effect can be explained by different solubility of α-, β- and γ-CD-A in
water. The C-2-OH group of one glucopyranoside unit in CD-A can form a hydrogen bond with
the C-3-OH group of the adjacent glucopyranose unit. In the β-CD-A molecule, a complete
secondary belt is formed by these H-bonds; therefore, the β-CD has a rather rigid structure [53].
This intra-molecular H-bond formation is probably the explanation for the observation that β-CD
has the lowest water solubility of all CDs. (appr. 0.2 g/L). The H-bond belt is incomplete in the α-
CD molecule, because one glucopyranose unit is in a distorted position. Consequently, instead of
the six possible H-bonds, only four can be established simultaneously (water solubility of α-CD
is 1.5 g/L). γ-CD is a non-coplanar, consists of more flexible structure; therefore, it is the most
soluble of the three CDs (water solubility of γ-CD is 2.4 g/L). The solubility of different
cyclodextrins in water is shown in Figure S4 [54].
6.3.3 Temperature-Sensitivity
As reported in previous work VCL-based microgels exhibit temperature-responsive properties
[44]. VCL forms hydrogen bonds with water molecules through the carbonyl groups. At the same
time the methylene groups of the VCL ring induce hydrophobic structuring of the water and this
leads to entropy-controlled polymer-polymer interactions. If the solvent-polymer interactions are
stronger than the polymer-polymer interactions PVCL chains exhibit a random-coil structure. If
the hydrogen bonds to water break (due to temperature increase) the release of the structured
water takes place and polymer-polymer interactions become dominant leading to the coil-globule
transition. The temperature at which the phase separation of linear polymers takes place is called
the lower critical solution temperature (LCST). The nanogels consisting of cross-linked PVCL
chains exhibit thermo-responsive and volume phase transition temperature (VPTT) close to
LCST of non-cross-linked VCL chains (app. 32 °C). PVCL-based nanogels swell if the
temperature is below VPTT and shrink if temperature increases above VPTT. Light scattering
experiments performed at different temperatures allow tracking the change of the nanogel size
and calculate their swelling ratio [55].
139
Figure 6a shows hydrodynamic radii of β-CD-A-modified nanogels prepared with variable β-
CD-A amounts with use of cross-linker BIS. β-CD-A-modified nanogels show similar behavior
as the reference microgel and shrink if temperature increases. Figure 6b shows the calculated
swelling ratio defined as (RhM
/RhSW
)3 where Rh
M = measured hydrodynamic radius at different
temperatures; RhSW
= measured hydrodynamic radius for maximally swollen nanogels at
T = 20 °C. These results indicate that increase of the CD-A content does not influence the
swelling-deswelling properties of nanogels. The volume phase transition for all samples occurs in
a broad temperature range.
Figure 6. Hydrodynamic radii (a) and calculated swelling ratio (b) as a function of temperature
for β-CD-A-modified nanogels prepared with addition of cross-linker BIS (β-CD-A with
substitution degree 4).
The temperature-dependent behavior of nanogel samples prepared with CD-As having
different substitution degree was analyzed. Figure 7 indicates that the response of nanogels to the
temperature change becomes smaller if substitution degree of CD-A increases. This is reflected in
reduction of nanogel size (Figure 7a) and increase of the swelling ratio at temperatures above
VPTT (Figure 7b) for nanogels prepared with higher substituted CD-As. This indicates that the
cross-linking degree in nanogels increases with increase of the substitution degree in CD-As.
This results in an extreme case (substitution degree 6) in linear reduction of nanogel size and
swelling ratio with temperature. Presence of cross-linker BIS does not influence nanogel behavior
at different temperatures.
20 25 30 35 40 45 50
25
50
75
100
125
150
175
200
225
250no CD-A
0.04 mmol -CD-A (4)
0.07 mmol -CD-A (4)
0.22 mmol -CD-A (4)
Rh [n
m]
Temperature [°C]
ba
20 25 30 35 40 45 500.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0no CD-A
0.04 mmol -CD-A (4)
0.07 mmol -CD-A (4)
0.22 mmol -CD-A (4)
Sw
elli
ng
ra
tio
Temperature [°C]
140
Figure 7. Hydrodynamic radii (a) and calculated swelling ratio (b) as a function of temperature
for nanogels prepared with β-CD-A having substitution degree 2 (0.24 mmol); 4 (0.22 mmol);
and 6 (0.21 mmol) (0.3 g CD-A was used for nanogel synthesis).
Nanogel samples prepared with α-, β- and γ-CD-A having substitution degree 2 exhibit similar
temperature response (Figure 8). The swelling ratio for nanogel samples is not influenced by the
cyclodextrin type. The swelling ratio for nanogel samples is not influenced by the cyclodextrin
type and shows similar behavior within investigated temperature region.
Figure 8. Hydrodynamic radii (a) and calculated swelling ratio (b) as a function of temperature
for nanogels prepared with 0.3 g α-CD-A (0.28 mmol); β-CD-A (0.24 mmol); and γ-CD-A
(0.21mmol) with substitution degree 2 (0.3 g CD-A was used for nanogel synthesis).
a b
20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 5215
30
45
60
75
90
105
120
CD-A (2) with BIS
CD-A (2) without BIS
CD-A (4) with BIS
CD-A (4) without BIS
CD-A (6) with BIS
CD-A (6) without BIS
Rh [n
m]
Temperature [°C]
20 25 30 35 40 45 500.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0 CD-A (2) with BIS
CD-A (6) with BIS
Sw
elli
ng
ra
tio
Temperature [°C]
a b
20 25 30 35 40 45 50
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
220 CD-A (2) with BIS
CD-A (2) without BIS
CD-A (2) with BIS
CD-A (2) without BIS
CD-A (2) with BIS
CD-A (2) without BIS
Rh [n
m]
Temperature [°C]
20 25 30 35 40 45 500.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2 CD-A (2) with BIS
CD-A (2) without BIS
CD-A (2) with BIS
CD-A (2) without BIS
CD-A (2) with BIS
CD-A (2) without BIS
Sw
elli
ng
ra
tio
Temperature [°C]
141
The results shown in Figueres 7 and 8 show that the cyclodextrin type and swelling degree for
obtained nanogels can be varied independently. This property of nanogels is very important for
their use as a container for uptake/release of hydrophobic guest molecules.
Size related properties of cyclodextrin based nanogels enable working between molecular
and cellular dimensions, and the large surface area of the small particles leads to a higher
cyclodextrin content at the interface than in case of three-dimensional bulk gels. It is expected
that cyclodextrin based aqueous nanogels provide useful functionalities such as effective
bioconjugation, good adhesion to different surfaces, controlled complexation and release of
drugs, cosmetics, dyes or antimicrobial agents. They can also be used for limited drug delivery, in
this case is excepted oral delivery of drugs is excepted, because these nanogels are not
biodegradable. Preliminary tests indicate that CD-A-modified nanogels can be transferred to
organic solvents. This opens a possibility to complex water-insoluble compounds by CD [56] and
utilisation of nanogels in catalysis or separation processes.
6.4 Conclusion
Poly(N-vinylcaprolactam) nanogels functionalized with cyclodextrin units have been
prepared by surfactant-free precipitation polymerization in water. Series of α-, β-,γ-CDs
functionalized with acrylic groups having the average amount of vinyl groups per CD-A
molecule adjusted to 2, 4, or 6 were prepared.The experimental data indicate that the increase of
the CD-A concentration in reaction mixture lead to reduction of the final hydrodynamic radius
of nanogels from 227 nm to 62 nm. Increase of the number of vinyl groups per CD-A molecule
induce formation of smaller nanogels (Rh = 22.5 nm) and considerable increase of the cross-
linking degree. Obtained cyclodextrin-modified nanogels show temperature sensitivity in
aqueous medium with a volume transition point around 30 °C and superior colloidal stability.
The complexation properties of CDs incorporated in nanogel networks were proved by titration
with phenolphthalein. This procedure allows the determination of “active” CD-A units, e.g. able
to build inclusion complexes with hydrophobic guest molecules.
142
6.5 References
1. Park, T. G.; Hoffman, A. S., Preparation of large, uniform size temperature-sensitive hydrogel beads, J.
Polym. Sci. A: Polym. Chem. 1992, 30, 505-507.
2. Pelton, R., Temperature-sensitive aqueous microgels, Adv. Colloid. Interface Sci. 2000, 85, 1-33.
3. Lu, Y.; Mei, Y.; Drechsler, M.; Ballauff, M., Thermosensitive Core–Shell Particles as Carriers for Ag
Nanoparticles: Modulating the Catalytic Activity by a Phase Transition in Networks, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed.
2006, 45, 813-816.
4. Biffis, A.; Orlandi, N.; Corain, B., Microgel-Stabilized Metal Nanoclusters: Size Control by Microgel
Nanomorphology, Adv. Mater. 2003, 15, 1551-1555.
5. Oh, J. K.; Drumright, R.; Siegwart, D. J.; Matyjaszewski, K., The development of microgels/nanogels for drug
delivery applications, Prog. Polym. Sci. 2008, 33, 448-477.
6. Kabanov, A. V.; Vinogradov, S. V., Nanogels as pharmaceutical carriers: finite networks of infinite
capabilities, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2009, 48, 5418-5429.
7. Lawrence, D. B.; Cai, T.; Hu, Z.; Marquez, M.; Dinsmore, A. D., Temperature-Responsive Semipermeable
Capsules Composed of Colloidal Microgel Spheres, Langmuir 2007, 23, 395-398.
8. Berger, S.; Zhang, H.; Pich, A., Microgel-Based Stimuli-Responsive Casules, Adv. Funct. Mater. 2009, 19,
554-559
9. Saunders, B. R.; Laajam, N.; Daly, E.; Teow, S.; Hu, X.; Stepto, R., Microgels: From responsive polymer
colloids to biomaterials, Adv. Colloid Interface Sci. 2009, 147/148, 251-262.
10. Wehnert, F.; Pich, A., Fabrication of Thermo-Responsive Hybrid Hydrogels by In-Situ Mineralization and
Self-Assembly of Microgel Particles, Macromol. Rapid Commun. 2006, 27, 1865-1872.
11. Nayak, S.; Lyon, L. A.; Soft Nanotechnology with Soft Nanoparticles, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2005, 44, 7686-
7708.
12. Snowden, M. J.; Chowdhry, B. Z.; Vincent, B.; Morris, GE., Colloidal copolymer microgels of N-
isopropylacrylamide and acrylic acid: pH, ionic strength and temperature effects, J. Chem. Soc. Faraday.
Trans. 1996, 92, 5013-5016.
13. Kratz, K.; Hellweg, T.; Eimer, W., Influence of charge density on the swelling of colloidal poly(N-
isopropylacrylamide-co-acrylic acid) microgels, Colloids. Surf. A: Physicochemical and Engineering Aspects
2000, 170, 137-149.
14. Lally, S.; Bird, R.; Freemont, T. J.; Saunders, B. R., Microgels containing methacrylic acid: effects of
composition on pH-triggered swelling and gelation behaviours, Colloid. Polym. Sci. 2009, 287, 335-343.
15. Ni, H.; Kawaguchi, H.; Endo, T., Preparation of pH-sensitive hydrogel microspheres of poly(acrylamide-co-
methacrylic acid) with sharp pH–volume transition, Colloid. Polym. Sci. 2007, 285, 819-826.
16. Taniguchi, T.; Duracher, D.; Delair, T.; Elaissari, A.; Pichot, C., Adsorption/desorption behavior and covalent
grafting of an antibody onto cationic amino-functionalized poly(styrene-N-isopropylacrylamide) core-shell
latex particles, Colloids Surf. B: Biointerfaces 2003, 29, 53–65.
17. Kawaguchi, H.; Fujimoto, K.; Mizuhara, Y., Hydrogel microspheres III. Temperature-dependent adsorption of
proteins on poly-N-isopropylacrylamide hydrogel microspheres, Colloid. Polym. Sci. 1992, 270, 53–57.
18. Zhang, J.; Xu, S.; Kumacheva, E., Polymer Microgels: Reactors for Semiconductor, Metal, and Magnetic
Nanoparticles, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2004, 126, 7908-7914.
143
19. Pich, A.; Adler, H. J.; Composite aqueous microgels: an overview of recent advances in synthesis,
characterization and application, Polym. Int. 2007, 56, 291-307.
20. Szejtli, J., Introduction and general overview of cyclodextrin chemistry, Chem. Rev. 1998, 98, 1743-1753.
21. van de Manakker, F.; Vermonden T.; van Nostrum C. F.; Hennink W. E., Cyclodextrin-Based Polymeric
Materials: Synthesis, Properties, and Pharmaceutical/Biomedical Applications, Biomacromolecules 2009, 10,
3157-3175.
22. Wenz, G., Cyclodextrine als Bausteine supramolekularer Strukturen und Funktionseinheiten, Angew. Chem.
1994, 106, 851-870.
23. Dodziuk, H. Applications other than in pharmaceutical industry, Cyclodextrins and Their Complexes 2006,
Dodziuk, H., Eds.; WILEY-VCH: Weinheim, pp 450-466.
24. Duchêne, D.; Wouessidjewe, D.; Ponchel, G., Cyclodextrins and carrier systems, J. Controlled Release 1999,
62, 263-268.
25. Rakshit, S.; Vasudevan, S., Resonance Energy Transfer from β-Cyclodextrin-Capped ZnO:MgO Nanocrystals
to Included Nile Red Guest Molecules in Aqueous Media, ACS Nano 2008, 2, 1473-1479.
26. Koopmans, C.; Ritter, H., Color Change of N-Isopropylacrylamide Copolymer Bearing Reichardts Dye as
Optical Sensor for Lower Critical Solution Temperature and for Host−Guest Interaction with β-Cyclodextrin,
J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2007, 129, 3502-3503.
27. dos Santos, J.-F. R.; Couceiro, R.; Concheiro, A.; Torres-Labandeira, J. J.; Alvarez-Lorenzo, C.,
Poly(hydroxyethyl methacrylate-co-methacrylated-beta-cyclodextrin) hydrogels: Synthesis, cytocompatibility,
mechanical properties and drug loading/release properties, Acta Biomater 2008, 4, 745–755.
28. Demir S.; Kahraman, M. V.; Bora, N.; Apohan, N. K.; Ogan, A., Preparation, characterization, and drug
release properties of poly(2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate) hydrogels having β-cyclodextrin functionality, J.
Appl. Polym. Sci. 2008, 109, 1360–1368.
29. Janus, L.; Crini, G.; El-Rezzi, V.; Morcellet, M.; Cambiaghi, A.; Torri, G.; Naggi, A.;Vecchi, C., New
sorbents containing beta-cyclodextrin. Synthesis, characterization, and sorption properties, React. Funct.
Polym. 1999, 42, 173–180.
30. Liu, Y. Y.; Fan, X. D., Synthesis and characterization of pH- and temperature-sensitive hydrogel of N-
isopropylacrylamide/cyclodextrin based copolymer, Polymer 2002, 43, 4997–5003.
31. Liu, Y. Y.; Fan, X. D.; Hu, H.; Tang, Z. H., Release of Chlorambucil from Poly(N-isopropylacrylamide)
Hydrogels with β-Cyclodextrin Moieties, Macromol. Biosci. 2004, 4, 729–736.
32. Siemoneit, U.; Schmitt, C.; Alvarez-Lorenzo, C.; Luzardo, A.; Otero-Espinar, F.; Concheiro, A.; Blanco-
Mendez, J., Acrylic/cyclodextrin hydrogels with enhanced drug loading and sustained release capability, Int.
J. Pharm. 2006, 312, 66–74.
33. Zawko, S. A.; Truong, Q.; Schmidt C. E., Drug-binding hydrogels of hyaluronic acid functionalized with β-
cyclodextrin, J. Biomed. Mater. Res. A 2008, 87, 1044–1052.
34. Trellenkamp, T.; Ritter, H. Poly(N-vinylpyrrolidone) Bearing Covalently Attached Cyclodextrin via Click-
Chemistry: Synthesis, Characterization, and Complexation Behavior with Phenolphthalein, Macromolecules
2010, 43, 5538-5543.
35. Kretschmann, O.; Choi, S. W.; Miyauchi, M.; Tomatsu, I.; Harada, A.; Ritter, H., Switchable Hydrogels
Obtained by Supramolecular Cross-Linking of Adamantyl-Containing LCST Copolymers with Cyclodextrin
Dimers, Angew .Chem. Int. Ed. 2006, 45, 4361–4365.
144
36. Li, L.; Guo, X.; Wang, J.; Liu, P.; Prud’homme, R. K.; May, B. L.; Lincoln, S. F., Polymer Networks
Assembled by Host−Guest Inclusion between Adamantyl and β-Cyclodextrin Substituents on Poly(acrylic
acid) in Aqueous Solution, Macromolecules 2008, 41, 8677–8681.
37. Charlot, A.; Auzély-Velty, R., Novel Hyaluronic Acid Based Supramolecular Assemblies Stabilized by
Multivalent Specific Interactions: Rheological Behavior in Aqueous Solution, Macromolecules 2007, 40,
9555–9563.
38. Daoud-Mahammed, S.; Couvreur, P.; Bouchemal, K.; Chéron, M.; Lebas, G.; Amiel, C.; Gref, R.,
Cyclodextrin and Polysaccharide-Based Nanogels: Entrapment of Two Hydrophobic Molecules,
Benzophenone and Tamoxifen, Biomacromolecules 2009, 10, 547–554.
39. Zhang, J.; Ma, P. X., Polymeric Core–Shell Assemblies Mediated by Host–Guest Interactions: Versatile
Nanocarriers for Drug Delivery, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2009, 48, 964–968.
40. Nomura, Y.; Sasaki, Y.; Takagi, M.; Narita, T.; Aoyama, Y.; Akiyoshi, K., Thermoresponsive Controlled
Association of Protein with a Dynamic Nanogel of Hydrophobized Polysaccharide and Cyclodextrin: Heat
Shock Protein-Like Activity of Artificial Molecular Chaperone, Biomacromolecules 2005, 6, 447-452.
41. Lui, Y. Y.; Fan, X. D.; Kang ,T.; Sun, L. A., Cyclodextrin Microgel for Controlled Release Driven by
Inclusion Effects, Macromol. Rapid. Commun. 2004, 25, 1912-1916.
42. Lu, D.; Yang, L.; Zhou, T.; Lei, Z., Synthesis, characterization and properties of biodegradable polylactic acid-
β-cyclodextrin cross-linked copolymer microgels, Eur. Polym. J. 2008, 44, 2140-2145.
43. Lui, Y. Y.; Yu, Y.; Tian, W.; Sun, L.; Fan, X. D., Preparation and Properties of Cyclodextrin/PNIPAm
Microgels, Macromol. Biosci. 2009, 9, 525-534.
44. Su, X.; Liu, Y., Synthesis and properties of N-vinylcaprolactam copolymer microgels containing -
cyclodextrin units, Acta Polymerica Sinica 2009, 4, 390-393.
45. Boyko, V.; Pich, A.; Lu, Y.; Richter, S.; Arndt, K. F.; Adler, H. J., Thermo-sensitive poly(N-vinylcaprolactam-
co-acetoacetoxyethyl methacrylate) microgels: 1—synthesis and characterization, Polymer 2003, 44, 7821-
7827.
46. Häntzschel, N.; Zhang, F.; Eckert, F.; Pich, A.; Winnik, M. A., Poly(N-vinylcaprolactam-co-glycidyl
methacrylate) Aqueous Microgels Labeled with Fluorescent LaF3:Eu Nanoparticles, Langmuir 2007, 23,
10793-10800.
47. Schachschal, S.; Balaceanu, A.; Melian, C.; Demco, D. E.; Eckert, T.; Richtering, W.; Pich, A., Polyampholyte
Microgels with Anionic Core and Cationic Shell, Macromolecules 2010, 43, 4331–4339.
48. Hamcerencu, M.; Popa, M.; Riess, G.; Ritter, H.; Alupei, V., Unsaturated esters of cyclodextrin – synthesis
and characterization, Cellulose. Chem. Technol. 2005, 39, 389-413.
49. Harada, A.; Furue, M.; Nozakura, S., Cyclodextrin-Containing Polymers. 1. Preparation of Polymers,
Macromolecules 1976, 9, 701-704.
50. Lui, Y. Y.; Fan, X. D., Synthesis, properties and controlled release behaviors of hydrogel networks using
cyclodextrin as pendant groups, Biomaterials 2005, 26, 6367-6374.
51. Taguchi, K. Transient binding of phenolphthalein-.beta.-cyclodextrin complex: an example of induced
geometrical distortion, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1986, 108, 2705-2709.
52. Topchieva, I. N.; Spiridonov, V. V.; Kalashnikov, Ph. A.; Kurganov, B. I., The detection of cyclodextrin self-
association by titration with dyes, Colloid Journal 2006, 68, 98-105.
145
53. Mohamed, M. H.; Wilson, L. D.; Headley, J. V., Estimation of the surface accessible inclusion sites of β-
cyclodextrin based copolymer materials, Carbohydr. Polym. 2010, 80, 186-196.
54. Szejtli, J., Past, present and future of cyclodextrin research, Pure Appl. Chem. 2004, 76, 1825–1845.
55. Crowther, H. M.; Vincent, B., Swelling behavior of poly- N-isopropylacrylamide microgel particles in
alcoholic solutions, Colloid Polymer Sci. 1998, 276, 46-51.
56. Kida, T.; Fujino, Y.; Miyawaki, K.; Kato, E.; Akashi M., 6-O-Modified β-Cyclodextrin Enabling Inclusion
Complex Formation in Nonpolar Media, Org. Lett. 2009, 11, 5282–5285.
146
6.6 Supporting information
1. Modification of cyclodextrin with vinyl groups (CD-A)
Scheme S1. Modification of α-, β-, γ-cyclodextrin with vinyl groups.
Table S1. Chemicals used for the synthesis of CD-A with different substitution degrees (DS).
Substance β-Cyclodextrin Acryloyl chloride Triethylamine DS
β-CD-A DS 2 2.0 g
(1.76 mmol)
0.43 mL, 0.48 g
( 5.28 mmol)
0.62 mL, 0.45 g
(4.40 mmol)
2
β-CD-A DS 4 2.0 g
(1.76 mmol)
0.57 mL, 0.64 g
(7.04 mmol)
0.81 mL, 0.59 g
( 5.86 mmol)
4
β-CD-A DS 6 2.0 g
(1.76 mmol)
1.42 mL, 1.59 g
( 17,60 mmol)
2.03 mL, 1.48 g
(14.61 mmol)
6
α-CD-A DS 2 2.0 g
(2.05 mmol)
0.50 mL, 0.56 g
( 6.15 mmol)
0.71 mL, 0.52 g
(5.13 mmol)
2
γ-CD-A DS 2 2.0 g
( 1.54 mmol)
0.37 mL, 0.42 g
( 4.62 mmol)
0.53 mL, 0.39 g
(3.85 mmol)
2
TEA, DMF, RT
Cyclodextrin acrylate
O
R =
OH O
Cyclodextrin
O Cl
Acryloyl chloride
O
HO
OH
O
HO
6, 7, 8
O
R
R
O
R
6, 7, 8
147
Figure S1. 1H-NMR spectrum of β-CD-A (2) in DMSO-d6
1H-NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6, 300 MHz):
(ppm): 3.21-3.35 (m, CH-2, 4); 3.51-3.62 (m, CH-5, 3, CH2- 6); 4.53 (s, C-OH-6); 4.83 (s, CH-
1); 5.62-5.66 (s, C-OH-2, 3); 5.87 (m, CH-8), 6.15 (m, CH-9); 6.25 (m, CH-7)
13C-NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6, 75 MHz):
(ppm): 59.88 (C6); 71.99 (C2); 72.38 (C5) 73.02 (C3); 81.48 (C4); 101.88 (C1); 128.07 (C-
CH2-8); 131.68 (C-CH-7); 165.34 (COO)
FTIR-spectrum (KBr): ν (cm-1
): 3380, 2928, 1721 (C=O), 1633, 14106, 1364, 1297, 1198, 1154,
1079, 1032, 945, 859, 756, 580, 531
RAMAN-spectrum: ν (cm-1
): 3253, 3103, 2946, 2913, 1721, 1634 (C=C), 1461, 1461, 1407,
1334, 1112, 1083, 947, 858, 788, 669, 577, 482, 446
ppm (t1)
3.504.004.505.005.506.00
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
6.2
51
6.1
46
5.8
96
5.8
63
5.6
63
5.6
40
5.6
18
4.7
70
4.3
89
3.5
73
3.2
81
6.1
5
7.0
0
13.3
9
4.8
4
28.0
3
43.7
7
Vinyl H-7, 9, 8
OH-2, 3
CH-1
OH-1
CH-5, 3, 6
CH-2, 4
148
2. Synthesis of nanogels
Scheme S2. Preparation of nanogels by α-, β- or γ-CD-A with active vinyl groups
(inset shows FESEM image of α-CD-A nanogels).
3. Hydrodynamic radii of nanogels before and after complexation with
phenolphthalein
Figure S2. Hydrodynamic radii of β-CD-A-modified nanogels with and without added
phenolphthalein (β-CD-A with substitution degree 4; measurements performed at 20 °C).
O
NH
O
NH
NO
Vinylcaprolactame (VCL)
AMPA, H2O, 70°C
O
R
R
O
R
6, 7, 8
Cyclodextrin acrylate
O
R =O
O
O
O
O
Acetoacetoxyethyl-methacrylateOH
N,N-Methylenbis(acrylamide) (BIS)
O
0.04 0.07 0.2240
60
80
100
120
-CD-A [mmol]
Rh [n
m]
CD-A Nanogel
CD-A Nanogel + Phenolphthalein
149
4. Size distribution of nanogels with variable cyclodextrin content
Figure S3. Size distribution curves of β-CD-A-modified nanogels prepared with and without
cross-linker BIS (β-CD-A with substitution degree 4; measurements performed at 20 °C).
5. Solubility of α-, β-, γ- cyclodextrin in water
Figure S4. Solubility of α-, β-, γ-cyclodextrin in water (from Szejtli J, Pure Appl Chem
2004;76(10):1825–1845) [54].
10 100 10000
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
Inte
nsity [%
]
Rh [nm]
no CD-A
0.04 CD-A (4)
0.07 CD-A (4)
0.22 CD-A (4)
b
10 100 10000
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
Inte
nsity [%
]
Rh [nm]
no CD-A
0.04 CD-A (4) BIS
0.07 CD-A (4) BIS
0.22 CD-A (4) BIS
a
alpha CD beta CD gamma CD0
4
8
12
16
20
24
so
lub
ility
[g
/ 1
00m
L]
natural cyclodextrins
150
151
Chapter 7
Thermochromic cyclodextrin containing nanogels by complexation
of solvatochromic dye Nile Red
Abstract: In this work, permanent incorporation of the solvatochromic dye nile red (NR) is
presented into temperature responsive CD-A containing nanogels based on poly(N-
vinylcaprolactam) (PVCL). The uptake studies of NR in series of -, - and -CD acrylate
containing nanogels showed that the complexation is controlled by degree of cross-linking, CD-
A content and CD type in nanogels. The structure of the NR:CD complexes in nanogels could
be characterized as inclusion complexes and as capped complexes found for -CD and -CD
domains with high uptake capacity. The fluorescence of NR was influenced by different
structures of the NR:CD complexes and thus, by twisted intermolecular charge transfer (TICT).
The fluorescence emission was much higher for NR complexed by CD in nanogels than by
natural CDs. A large and reversible bathochromic color shift while shrinking and swelling of the
NR loaded -CD nanogels at the volume transition temperature (VPTT at 32-37°C) was
observed and characterized as reversible restructuring of the NR:-CD complex in nanogels.
Furthermore, NR containing CD nanogels show good adhesion to polyester fibers. After wet
coating onto textiles, an irreversible change in color was obtained upon increase of temperature.
Keywords: nanogel, cyclodextrin, N-vinylcaprolactam, nile red, solvatochrom, thermochrom
N
O
N
CH3
O
CH3
H
H
O
O
H
O
N
O
N
CH3
O
CH3
H
H
O
O
H
O
N
O
N
H3C
O
H3C
H
H
O
O
H
O
€
NO
N
CH3
O
H3C
H
O
O
RR
R
O
O
R
RR
O
OR
R
R
O
O
RR
R
OO
R
R
R
O
OR
RR
O
O
R
R
R
O
O
RR
R
O
O
R
RR
O
OR
R
R
O
O
RR
R
OO
R
R
R
O
OR
RR
O
O
R
R
R
O
β-CyclodextrinNile RED-
Cyclodextrin-Complex
N
O
N
CH3O
H3C
Nile Red
Nile RED-β-Cyclodextrin-
1:1 Inclusion-ComplexNile RED-γ -Cyclodextrin-
1:1,1:1 and 2:1 Capped-Complexes
N
O
N
H3C
O
H3C
H
H
O
O
H
O
20 24 28 32 36 40 44 4850
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
Wa
ve
len
gth
[n
m]
Temperature [°C]
550
560
570
580
NR : CD-A (DS2) NG
Rh [n
m]
152
7.1 Introduction
The incorporation of photochromic, solvatochromic and thermochromic dyes in various
polymeric structures finds more and more interest in research and application [1]. Controlling of
photophysical and photochemical properties of dyes by changing the near environment by pH,
temperature, polarity, or structure is part of interest. Nile red (NR) is such a sensitive
solvatochromic and fluorescent dye which acts mainly as material for white light emitting diodes
(LEDs) [2], as marker and as staining agent for biological systems [3,4]. NR is well known for its
solvatochromic properties and remarkable sensitivity to the microenvironment by changing the
absorption and fluorescence [5]. The structure of NR consists of a diethylamino group which acts
as one electron donor. The electron donor is attached to the electron with drawing rigid aromatic
system by a single bond. Photoexitation leads to internal rotation of the diethylamino group along
the single bond, which tends to result in a ‘twisted intramolecular charge transfer (TICT)’ state
[6]. The TICT state can be observed in N,N-dimethylaniline derivatives in polar solvents and
characterized by dual emission in fluorescence spectra. Two typical emission bands can be found,
one characterizes the locally excited state (LE) and another band is attributed to the TICT state.
Here, large Stoke’s shift characterizes the difference to normal emission bands [7]. In polar
solvents, the NR molecule does not show a dual fluorescence unlike most other TICT molecules.
In the excited electronic state of NR the TICT is the main nonradiative decay process [8,9]. The
restricted environment of NR, especially the geometry and structure of the surroundings have
also an important influence on the photophysical properties [10-12].
Hence, NR is a good marker and sensor to study the polarity of different systems and can
be used for many investigations of interesting carrier and release systems. Up to now, it has
already been used to study the local polarity in micelles [13,14] and reverse micelles [9] as well
as Langmuir–Blodgett films [15], zeolites [8,10,16], membranes [17], microgels [18,19] and
supramolecular assemblies [11]. Complexation studies of NR by α-, β- and γ-CD have been made
by different work groups which show that the photochromic properties depend on the complex
structure which is influenced by the different ring size of α-, β- and γ-CD [20-22].
The role of CD domains in responsive CD containing nanogels and the development of
potential thermochromic applications e.g. as nanosensor can be studied by the uptake of the
fluorescent dye NR. In this work, studies about the uptake of the NR by CD nanogels and,
especially the complexation in CD domains are studied in detail by UV-vis and fluorescence
153
spectroscopy. Furthermore, the application of NR loaded nanogels on polyester fabrics shows the
good adhesion on surfaces. Release and restructuring of NR from CD domains in nanogels by
changing the temperature are also part the of investigation in aqueous solution and on polyester
fibers. The properties of dye loaded nanogels are studied at the volume phase transition
temperature (VPTT) of VCL nanogels.
7.2 Experimental
7.2.1 Materials
α-, β- and γ-cyclodextrins acrylate (CD-A) with an average substitution degree (DS) of 2
and furthermore, β-CD-A with a DS of 4 were obtained from α-, β- and γ-CDs (Wacker) by
modification using a standard synthesis recipe from Chapter 6 [23]. N-Vinylcaprolactam (VCL)
was obtained from Aldrich and distilled by vacuum distillation. Acetoacetoxyethyl methacrylate
(AAEM) was received from Aldrich and was purified and destabilized by column
chromatography over aluminum oxide; a further cross-linker N,N-methylene-bis-acrylamide
(BIS) from Aldrich was used as received. The initiator, 2,2-azobis(2-methylpropionamidine)
dihydrochloride (AMPA) from Aldrich was used without further purifications. The solvents
(p.A.) tetrahydrofuran (THF) and acetone were purchased from VWR. Nile red (NR) was used
as received from Aldrich. Standard polyester fabric (Dacron 54, approx. 126 g/m2 fabric weight)
of testex Prüftextilien GmbH, Bad Muenstereifel/D, was used.
7.2.2 Nanogel synthesis
The synthesis of nanogels in aqueous solution was performed by batch precipitation
polymerization technique and is already reported in detail Chapter 6 [23]. For the synthesis of
CD nanogels, a double-wall glass reactor equipped with a stirrer and a reflux condenser was
purged with nitrogen. A solution of the monomers 14.72 mmol (2.06 g) VCL, 0.23 mmol (0.05
g) AAEM, and variable amounts of CD-A in 147 mL water were placed into the reactor and
stirred at 200 rpm for 1 h at 70 °C under continuous purging with nitrogen. Afterwards, 3 mL
aqueous solution of the initiator (0.07 mmol (0.02 g) AMPA) were added under continuous
stirring. The reaction was carried out for another 12 h. In some experiments 0.02 mmol (0.13 g)
BIS was used as additional cross-linker to compare the uptake properties of the nanogels
154
prepared only with reactive CD-A as cross-linker or combination of BIS and CD-A. After
preparation, the stable, milky nanogel dispersions were purified by ultrafiltration to remove
unreacted monomers and smaller polymeric particles. The nanogel dispersion in water was
pumped through a membrane with molecular weight cut off of 30 kDa (Millipore, Pelicon XL
Device, Ultracel 30 PLCHK membrane, regenerated cellulose with NMWCO of 30 kDa). The
ultrafiltration time was adjusted to 48 h. The ingredients used for polymerization process are
summarized in Table 1. The nanogel samples are numbered as NVCLxCD-A(y), with N = run
number, x = CD type, and y = substitution degree of CD.
Table 1. Reaction recipe for the preparation of CD-A/VCL/AAEM nanogels in 150 g water.
N VCL,
[g](mmol)
AAEM,
[g](mmol)
CD-A,
[g](mmol)
CD-A,
[wt.-%]
BIS,
[g](mmol)
AMPA,
[g](mmol)
Yield
[g](%)
1VCL 2.06 (14.72) 0.05 (0.23) - - 0.02 (0.13) 0.02 (0.07) 1.02 (47)
2VCLαCD(2) 2.06 (14.72) 0.05 (0.23) 0.3 (0.28) 12.24 0.02 (0.13) 0.02 (0.07) 1.22 (50)
3VCLαCD(2) 2.06 (14.72) 0.05 (0.23) 0.3 (0.28) 12.35 - 0.02 (0.07) 1.27 (52)
6VCLβCD(2) 2.06 (14.72) 0.05 (0.23) 0.3 (0.24) 12.24 0.02 (0.13) 0.02 (0.07) 1.38 (56)
7VCLβCD(2) 2.06 (14.72) 0.05 (0.23) 0.3 (0.24) 12.35 - 0.02 (0.07) 1.27 (52)
4VCLβCD(4) 2.06 (14.72) 0.05 (0.23) 0.3 (0.22) 12.35 - 0.02 (0.07) 0.43 (18)
5VCLβCD(4) 2.06 (14.72) 0.05 (0.23) 0.6 (0.44) 21.98 - 0.02 (0.07)
8VCLγCD(2) 2.06 (14.72) 0.05 (0.23) 0.1 (0.07) 4.44 0.02 (0.13) 0.02 (0.07) 0.97 (43)
9VCLγCD(2) 2.06 (14.72) 0.05 (0.23) 0.1 (0.07) 4.48 - 0.02 (0.07) 0.96 (43)
10VCLγCD(2) 2.06 (14.72) 0.05 (0.23) 0.3 (0.21) 12.24 0.02 (0.13) 0.02 (0.07) 1.39 (57)
11VCLγCD(2) 2.06 (14.72) 0.05 (0.23) 0.3 (0.21) 12.35 - 0.02 (0.07) 1.39 (57)
12VCLγCD(2) 2.06 (14.72) 0.05 (0.23) 0.6 (0.43) 21.82 0.02 (0.13) 0.02 (0.07) 1.51 (55)
13VCLγCD(2) 2.06 (14.72) 0.05 (0.23) 0.6 (0.43) 21.98 - 0.02 (0.07) 1.23 (45)
155
7.2.3 Complexation studies of NR by natural CDs
Different amounts of NR diluted in a mixture of acetone/THF (1/2) (1 g/L) were dropped
under stirring to aqueous α-, β- or γ-CD solutions (10 mg/10 mL). The mixture was stirred for 24
h for full complexation of NR and evaporation of the organic solvent. The complexed NR was
kept in solution and the non-diluted NR amount precipitated. The filtered, clear solutions were
analyzed by using UV-vis and fluorescence measurements.
7.2.4 Uptake of NR by CD-A containing nanogels
The complexation of NR in α-, β- or γ-CD-A nanogels was done in aqueous dispersion.
NR diluted in a mixture of acetone/THF (1/2) (1 g/L) was added in different concentrations to the
CD-A nanogel dispersion in the same way as used for its complexation by low molecular weight
natural CD. After stirring and evaporation of the solvent for about 24 h, non-complexed NR
precipitated and the filtered loaded nanoparticle dispersions were measured by using UV-vis and
fluorescence spectrometry. The particle size of the NR loaded nanogels was characterized by
dynamic light scattering.
7.2.5 Application of NR loaded nanogels on polyester fabrics
Dispersions with γ-CD-A nanogels (10 mg/mL) and a NR concentration of 20 µg/mL
were used for further coating experiments on polyester fibers. The coating process took place in a
special beaker in which the dispersion was placed. The polyester fabrics (126 mg/cm2) were
dipped in 5 mL NR loaded nanogel dispersion by variation of the time (15, 30, 45, 60 or 120
min). After that, the coated fabric was dried for 48 hours at RT under vacuum and were packed
waterproof and stored protected from light. The treated fabrics were analyzed by FESEM and
color measurements in dependence of the coating time.
7.2.6 Characterization of modified cyclodextrins and nanogels
The particle size of nanogels was analyzed by dynamic light scattering measurements,
using a Nano Zetasizer (Malvern) spectrometer equipped with a He–Ne Laser (λ0 = 633 nm).
Back scattering light was detected using an angle of 173°. The Hydrodynamic particle radius and
the particle distribution of the hydrodynamic radius were determined. The measurements were
made in a temperature range from 20 °C to 70 °C with a temperature equilibrium time of 120 s.
156
The microscopical analysis was made with a S-4800-Field-Emission-Scanning Electron
Microscope (Hitachi). One drop of the diluted nanogel dispersion was put onto an aluminum
support and dried at room temperature in vacuum. After drying, the samples were investigated at
an accelerating voltage of 1 kV and 8 mm disintegration.
UV-vis spectra were performed with the help of a JASCO V-630 spectrophotometer from
200-1000 nm using quartz cuvettes with coating thickness of 1 cm. The corresponding nanogel
dispersion without loaded NR was used as reference.
Fluorescent spectra were measured by a Fluoromax-4P, (HORIBA Jobin Yvon GmbH,
Unterhaching/D) spectrometer.
The color measurements were performed using a Datacolor Spectraflash SF600 plus CT
calorimeter from Datacolor, Marl. The measurements were made without luster and with a blend
of 20 mm. They were performed using the illuminant D65 and 10 ° observer angle. Fabrics were
measured in two layers. For each sample, three measurements were made and the mean values
were calculated. The color values are calculated according to the Datacolor formula based on the
CIELAB system for illuminant.Temperature dependence color measurements of the treated fabric
were preformed from 25-80 °C by Thermosystem FP 900 (Mettler Toledo GmbH,
Schwarzenbach/CH).
157
7.3 Results and Discussion
Nanogels functionalized with CD-A domains were prepared by surfactant-free
precipitation polymerization in water which is already reported and investigated in detail in
Chapter 6 [23]. CD-A acts as cross-linker in the synthesis of polymeric nanogels and functional
domain for the dye uptake. NR as solvatochromic guest agent presents good complexation
properties by natural β-CD and especially by γ-CD. Hence, in this work γ-CD containing
nanogels are in the focus of interest. Here, α-, β- and γ-CD-A (DS2) were prepared with average
2 numbers of reactive vinyl groups (and also 4 vinyl groups in case of β-CD-A (DS4) nanogels)
for covalent incorporation in the nanogel network during radical polymerization. The number of
vinyl groups per CD-A molecule and the incorporated CD-A content influence the cross-link
density of the polymeric network and thus, the polymerization process. Several parameters such
as the CD-A type (α-, β- or γ-CD-A), the CD-A content and the presence of the additional cross-
linking agent BIS were varied to study the influence of CD-As on the properties of the colloidal
nanogels with regard to the uptake of NR. All nanogels which are used for further studies in this
work and the corresponding details of the synthesis are given in Table 1.
7.3.1 Nanogel size, temperature-sensitivity and morphology
The synthesized nanogels with different γ-CD-A content are studied with regards to their
colloidal behavior in water (Figure 1a). In recent publication, the influence of the β-CD-A (DS4)
content in PVCL nanogels on the particle size and furthermore, the comparison of the
hydrodynamic radii of -, - and -CD-A nanogels (prepared from 12.35 mmol CD-A (DS2))
was studied in Capter 6 [23]. Here, nanogels prepared with -CD-A contain a smaller particle size
(Rh=134 nm) than nanogels prepared with -CD-A (Rh=183 nm) and a larger particles size than
-CD-A (Rh=119 nm). So far, nanogels with different content of γ-CD-A (DS2) show a similar
trend as β-CD-A (DS4) nanogels which were already studied. The hydrodynamic radius
decreases with increase of the γ-CD-A (DS2) amount in the reaction mixture. In all cases, the
nanogels prepared with γ-CD-A (DS2) are slightly larger than nanogels prepared with -CD-A
(DS4), but they show the same colloidal stability in water. The hydrodynamic radii of nanogels
prepared with -CD-A and -CD-A plus an additional cross-linker BIS show that the use of a
further standard cross-linker does not have influence on the particle formation and size.
158
Figure 1b shows the hydrodynamic radii of γ-CD-A modified nanogels prepared with
variable γ-CD-A (DS2) amounts in dependence of the temperature. γ-CD-A modified nanogels
present a similar behavior as the reference nanogel without CD-A and shrink during the VPTT as
the temperature increases. Figure 1c shows the calculated swelling ratio defined as (RhM
/RhSW
)3,
where RhM
= measured hydrodynamic radius at different temperatures, RhSW
= measured
hydrodynamic radius for maximally swollen nanogels at T = 20 °C. These results indicate that an
increase of the -CD-A content does not influence the swelling-deswelling properties of the
nanogels. The volume phase transition for all samples occurs in a broad temperature range.
Figure 1. Hydrodynamic radii of nanogels with different γ-CD-A (DS2) content in comparison
with nanogels with different -CD-A (DS4) content (a) and -, - and -CD-A (DS2) nanogels
studied in Chapter 6 (b) [23]. Hydrodynamic radii (c) and calculated swelling ratio (d) as function
of temperature for nanogels prepared with different γ-CD-A (DS2) content (0.07 mmol; 0.21
mmol and 0.43 mmol CD-A).
c d
a b
20 25 30 35 40 45 500.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
without CD-A
0.07 mmol -CD-A (DS2)
0.21 mmol -CD-A (DS2)
0.43 mmol -CD-A (DS2)
Sw
elli
ng
ra
tio
Temperature [°C]
20 25 30 35 40 45 500
25
50
75
100
125
150
175
200
225
250 without CD-A
0.07 mmol -CD-A (DS2)
0.21 mmol -CD-A (DS2)
0.43 mmol -CD-A (DS2)
Rh [n
m]
Temperature [°C]
alpha beta gamma
120
140
160
180
200
220
BIS
without BIS
Rh [n
m]
CD-A type
0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.60
25
50
75
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
Rh, [n
m]
-CD-A (DS4)
-CD-A (DS2)
without CDA
CD-A [mmol]
159
Nanogels with different -CD-A (DS2) content were coated onto aluminum plates by dip-
coating from dispersion to study the morphology of totally collapsed γ-CD-A nanogels by
FESEM. Here, nanogels have good physical self-bonding properties due to the gel character of
the cross-linked polymeric backbone. The homogeneous distribution of the surface can be
controlled by the nanogel concentration in the aqueous dispersion. The particles have a round,
spherical structure and the particle size decreases by the use of rising -CD-A content in the
nanogels (Figure 2a-d).
Figure 2. -CD-A containing PVCL nanogels coated on aluminum plates. PVCL nanogels are
prepared without CD-A (a), with 0.07 mmol -CD-A (b), with 0.21 mmol -CD-A (c) and with
0.43 mmol -CD-A (d).
The results are readily comparable and in agreement with the size of swollen nanogels measured
by DLS in water. Here, dried nanogels are presented in the totally collapsed state, whereas -CD-
A nanogels measured in dispersion consist of different amounts of incorporated water. The totally
a
c
b
d
160
collapsed state of the -CD-A nanogels after release of water by drying in vacuum shows similar
size related properties as deswollen nanogels after reaching the volume phase transition
temperature between 30-40 °C in water. The results of the morphology and the particle size of -
CD-A nanogels are in good agreement with studies of PVCL nano- and microgels presented
described in the literature [23-27].
7.3.2 Uptake and complexation of nile red in cyclodextrin and CD nanogels
The solvatochromic NR guest molecule is a water insoluble dye which shows high
sensitivity for changes in the microenvironment, which enables investigation of the complexation
and uptake properties of CD-A containing PVCL nanogels. The complexation of NR by natural
CD has already been studied and reported in detail [20-22]. In these publications, the
stoichiometries and geometries of the inclusion and the capped host:guest complexes were
determined using of UV-vis absorption spectroscopy, steady state/time resolved fluorescence
spectroscopy, mass ionization spectroscopy and theoretical calculations of the complex by
molecular modeling. The solvation dynamics of NR in aqueous solution in presence of CD and
the effect of twisted intermolecular charge transfer (TICT) in the NR complexation were studied
in detail.
In these work, the focus of interest is the role of embedded CD-A in nanogels on the
uptake properties of NR. A handicapped rotation of the covalently bound CD-A rings, the
influence of the PVCL backbone on the complexation and the influence of the cross-linked
structure of the polymer network on the accessibility of CD domains by guest molecules are
further factors which may lead to interesting results. Scheme 1a presents the theoretical uptake of
NR in nanogels by complexation in CD domains. Here, the complexation and the uptake of NR
were characterized by UV-vis and steady state fluorescence spectroscopy.
161
Scheme 1. Theoretical uptake of nile red in CD-A containing nanogels (a) and possibilities of the
complex formation of NR in - and -CD (b).
First, pre-studies on the complexation of NR by natural -, - and -CD in water using
UV-vis spectroscopy were made to get references for the uptake of NR by CD-A containing
nanogels and further, to understand the function of the CD domains in the nanogels structure.
An exact amount of NR was given to aqueous solutions with the exact amount of natural -, -
and -CD. Due to the low solubility in water the red solid precipitated in aqueous solution. Thus,
in UV-vis spectrum (Figure 3a) a low absorbance with a maximum at ~ 0.02 at 600 nm is
observed [22]. In agreement with the literature, α-CD complexes NR in a very low amount. The
corresponding UV-vis spectrum does not show high absorbance in water at 585 nm. Furthermore,
the water insoluble dye precipitate as red solid. Thus, -CD attributed no strong binding effects
to NR and it seems that the cavity is not suitable for the complexation of the NR molecule [21].
-CDs complex NR molecules in higher amount, which results in water-soluble complexes with
slightly red color and an absorbance at 585 nm. NR containing -CD solutions show a strong blue
color at 552 nm without sedimentation. Hence, the observation indicates that the complex
formation of all guest molecules takes place. -CD increases the solubility of NR in water and
N
O
N
CH3
O
CH3
H
H
O
O
H
O
N
O
N
CH3
O
CH3
H
H
O
O
H
O
N
O
N
H3C
O
H3C
H
H
O
O
H
O
€
NO
N
CH3
O
H3C
H
O
O
RR
R
O
O
R
RR
O
OR
R
R
O
O
RR
R
OO
R
R
R
O
OR
RR
O
O
R
R
R
O
O
RR
R
O
O
R
RR
O
OR
R
R
O
O
RR
R
OO
R
R
R
O
OR
RR
O
O
R
R
R
O
β-CyclodextrinNile RED-
Cyclodextrin-Complex
N
O
N
CH3O
H3C
Nile Red
Nile RED-β-Cyclodextrin-
1:1 Inclusion-ComplexNile RED-γ -Cyclodextrin-
1:1,1:1 and 2:1 Capped-Complexes
N
O
N
H3C
O
H3C
H
H
O
O
H
O
b
a
162
presents the best complexation behavior to NR. The complexation of NR by - and -CD is
explained in the literature by different complexation possibilities. Hence, the NR molecule can be
incorporated with the whole structure in the - and -CD cone; otherwise the guest molecule is
placed on the cone and is fixed by hydrogen bonds. The so-called capped complex with a
stoichiometry of 2:1 and 1:1 is favored in case of -CD, while for -CD a 1:1 inclusion complex
is preferred [21-22]. Scheme 1b shows the formation of the host:guest complex and the
possibilities of complex formation.
Figure 3. UV-vis spectra of 20 µg/mL NR in 10 mL solutions of α-, β- and γ-CD (a) and in 10
mL dispersions with α-, β- and γ-CD-A containing nanogels (NG) (b), measured at room
temperature.
The uptake studies of NR in CD-A containing nanogels were carried out similarly to
investigations with natural CD molecules. The nanogels differ in the CD type (-, - and -CD),
in the content of CD-A domains or in the degree of cross-linking prepared with and without
additional cross-linker BIS. The uptake of exact amounts of NR by -, - and -CD nanogels was
studied. In Figure 3b, comparable UV-vis spectra of NR containing α-, β- and γ CD nanogel
dispersions with spectra of solutions with NR complexed by natural CDs are detectable.
Nanogels without CD (only cross-linked PVCL backbone) do not show any high absorbance in
the UV-vis spectrum. Thus, the uptake of NR by the polymeric structure takes place, but strong
fixation by complexation is missing. This lead to the conclusion that the cross-linked structure of
the polymer VCL backbone do not have significant binding properties for NR.
a b
400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 8000.00
0.05
0.10
0.15
0.20
0.25
Ab
so
rban
ce
Wavelength [nm]
-CD
-CD
-CD
H2O
450 500 550 600 650 7000.00
0.01
0.02
0.03
0.04
0.05
0.06
0.07
Ab
so
rban
ce
Wavelength [nm]
CD-A (DS2) NG
CD-A (DS2) NG
CD-A (DS2) NG
NG without CD-A
163
Interesting results are found for α-CD nanogels. The absorbance of NR in α-CD nanogels
at 585 nm is much higher than the absorption of NR in natural α-CD solution at 585 nm. The
combination of the cross-linked PVCL structure with embedded α-CD domains leads to fixation
of the NR molecules in the gel particles, although the direct complexation is handicapped by the
ring size of α-CD. NR loaded β-CD nanogels and especially γ-CD nanogels present both higher
absorbance maxima at 552 nm which indicates a better uptake of guest molecules. Interestingly,
differences in the complexation structure can be seen for β- and γ-CD nanogels and the
corresponding natural CDs. The absorbance spectrum of NR in β-CD nanogels shows beside the
band at 585 nm a strong second band at 558 nm which indicates the present of an further capped
complex. On the other hand, -CD nanogels show beside the band at 552 nm a smaller second
band at 595 nm which conclude the presence of an inclusion complex. These absorbance are
additionally influenced by interaction of NR with the polymer PVCL backbone. The absorbance
maxima of natural β- and γ-CD are slightly higher than that of the corresponding nanogels with
the same NR concentration. Thus, the calculated CD content in the nanogels (in case of 1:1
incorporation of CD-A and VCL during the polymerization) complexes less NR than natural
CDs. This can be explain that many CD units in the nanogels are not free or not accessible for
full complexation of NR.
Controlled uptake of rising NR concentrations by α-, β- and γ-CD containing nanogels is
studied in detail by determination of the absorption maxima and the corresponding wavelengths
of characteristic NR bands in aqueous dispersion. Results are shown in Figure 4.
Nanogels without any CD domains show a very low increase of the absorbance at 585 nm
(Results are not shown.). Similar results are observed for α-CD containing nanogels, which
present slight increase of the absorbance with increased NR concentration but with a low optical
density at 585 nm. β- and γ-CD show higher absorbance maxima with increase of the NR content
in the dispersion. Rising NR addition increases the absorbance maximum of all nanogel samples
and thus, slightly the uptake of NR in nanogels. The uptake curve flattens at the addition point of
10 µg/mL NR indicating that the uptake is saturated. The absorbance maxima of NR in α-, β- and
γ-CD nanogels are observed at different wavelengths (585 nm (α-CD), 558 nm (β-CD) and 552
nm (γ-CD) which do not shift by increase of the NR concentration. Hence, the increase of guest
molecules do not influence the structure of the complexes.
164
Taken into account that the same degree of substitution of the CD units (DS2), the same
cross-linking points in the network and the same content of CD rings (0.21 mmol) present
different absorption maxima at different wavelength. Thus, different kinds of uptake and
complexation take place which are results of different complexation structure between NR and α-
, β- or γ-CD nanogels.
Figure 4. Absorbance maxima and the corresponding wavelengths of different NR
concentrations taken by nanogels with (0.3 g) -, -, -CD-A or without CD-A content (a-b) and
nanogels with (0.3 g) -, - and -CD-A plus additional cross-linker BIS (c-d).
Another focus of interest in NR uptake studies is to recognize the influence of the degree
of cross-linking on the uptake and on the formation of complexes with CD domains using
additional cross-linker BIS. Results in Chapter 6 showed less influence of BIS on the particle size
and on the degree of swelling [23]. The absorption maxima and the corresponding wavelengths of
different concentrations of NR in dispersions of CD (DS2) containing nanogels are shown in
c d
a b
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200.00
0.01
0.02
0.03
0.04
0.05 -CD-MA (DS2) NG BIS
-CD-MA (DS2) NG BIS
-CD-MA (DS2) NG BIS
Ab
so
rba
nce
Nile Red Addition [µg/mL]
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20540
550
560
570
580
590
600
610
620 -CD-MA (DS2) NG BIS
-CD-MA (DS2) NG BIS
-CD-MA (DS2) NG BIS
Nile Red Addition [µg/mL]
Wa
ve
len
gh
t [n
m]
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20540
550
560
570
580
590
600
610
620 -CD-MA (DS2) NG
-CD-MA (DS2) NG
-CD-MA (DS2) NG
Nile Red Addition [µg/mL]
Wa
ve
len
gh
t [n
m]
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200.00
0.02
0.04
0.06
0.08
0.10
0.12 -CD-MA (DS2) NG
-CD-MA (DS2) NG
-CD-MA (DS2) NG
Ab
so
rba
nce
Nile Red Addition [µg/mL]
165
Figure 4c-d. The use of BIS results in a decrease of the absorbance maxima of all NR containing
nanogel dispersions in comparison to nanogels without BIS. A large shift in the wavelength is
only significantly detectable in case of NR loaded -CD-A nanogels compared to the absorbance
wavelength of NR loaded -CD nanogels without BIS. Here, the presence of only one absorbance
band leads to the conclusion that only the inclusion complexation take place in whereas the
capped complex does not occur. The lower optical density leads to the assumption that only CD
domains on the particle surface are accessible for complexation. This can also be seen in case of
- and -CD nanogels with BIS. BIS does not change the structure of the NR:CD complex, but a
higher degree of cross-linking hinders the uptake and the accessibility of the CD domains by
guest molecules in the polymer network. In conclusion, a rising degree of cross-linking disturbs
the uptake and complexation by the CD domains.
In Figure 5, the detailed uptake of different NR concentrations in CD nanogel dispersions
is described and the different wavelengths of the NR absorbance provide information about
differences in the polar environment of NR and thus, of the uptake and complexation by CD
domains in polymeric nanogels.
Figure 5a-b shows the comparison of NR in -CD nanogels prepared with and without
BIS in more detail. The wavelength at 585 nm of the natural CD:NR complex which shifts
slightly to 590 nm upon uptake of NR in nanogels characterizes some interactions of NR with the
polymeric structure of PVCL and -CD domains. The slight blue shift compared to water (~600
nm) indicates an increase of the hydrophobic environment of NR. This can be explained by the
uptake in the polymeric network and low complexation behavior of NR by α-CD domains. The
absorbance of NR increases slightly with rising NR content and is kept constant at an uptake of 6
µg/mL. The absorbance maxima of all NR concentrations in presence of -CD nanogels prepared
with BIS show that all maxima are among the maxima of α-CD nanogels prepared without BIS.
Thus, high degree of cross-linking decreases the NR uptake capacity of -CD nanogels.
In Figure 5c-d, the complexation of NR by β-CD domains in nanogels leads to a blue shift
to 558 nm by the use of 0.24 mmol β-CD (DS2) in comparison to the NR absorbance in water
(~600 nm). This observation explains the enhanced dissolution of a capped complex by hydrogen
bondings with an increased hydrophobic environment. The second band at 585 nm leads to the
conclusion that dditionally a 1:1 inclusion complex by surrounding of NR with the hydrophobic
166
cavity of β-CD exists. Nanogels prepared with 0.24 mmol -CD consisting of 2 vinyl groups
(DS2) show higher absorbance maxima and thus, a better uptake than nanogels prepared with -
CD (DS2) and the additional cross-linker BIS. The increase of cross-linking points by the use of
BIS as additional cross-linker shifts the absorbance maxima from 558 nm to 592 nm. Thus, the
increase of cross-linking complicates the penetration of NR into the nanogel structure and
disables the formation of the capped complex (which is characterizes at absorbance maxima at
552 nm). Here, NR is stronger complexed by β-CD units at the surface of the nanogels and the
more hydrophobic PVCL backbone of the polymeric network has no strong influence on the NR
molecule. The hydrophilic properties of the β-CD molecules increase with the increase of the
substitution degree per β-CD unit and usage of BIS. Therefore, the absorbance shifts to 595 nm
by the same β-CD units and the same high cross-linking degree.
Studies with nanogels synthesized with 0.22 mmol β-CD with 4 vinyl groups (DS4)
reflect the results. In Figure 5c-d the absorbance maxima show the lowest absorption and thus, a
low uptake and complexation of NR. The 100 % increase of cross-linking points in the polymeric
structure by use of the same CD concentration decreases the uptake possibilities for NR
drastically. Furthermore, the fixation of the CD in the nanogels increases with rising amounts of
vinyl groups of the CD monomer. In comparison to natural free β-CDs the free orientation of the
β-CD host to the guest molecule is also handicapped by increased fixation of β-CD in the
polymeric structure by covalent bonds. Hence, β-CD (DS4) with 4 vinyl groups is stronger fixed
in the polymeric structure and less flexible than β-CDs (DS2) with 2 vinyl groups. An increase of
β-CD (DS4) units in the nanogels with the use of 0.44 mmol β-CD (DS4) in the reaction mixture
shows higher absorbance with increase of NR concentration compared to nanogels with lower β-
CD content (0.22 mmol β-CD DS4 or 0.24 mmol β-CD (DS2)). Here, a large number of
complexation units compensates the rising degree of cross-linking. But nanogels with 0.24 mmol
β-CD (DS2) with the lowest degree of cross-linking show the best NR uptake and complexation
properties. These results lead to the conclusion that the degree of cross-linking is more important
for the uptake of NR than the number of β-CD units.
167
Figure 5. Absorbance maxima and the corresponding wavelengths of different NR
concentrations in dependence of the CD containing nanogel (NG) dispersions. -CD-A nanogels
are prepared with or without the additional cross-linker BIS (a, b). -CD-A nanogels are prepared
by cross-linking with 2 or 4 vinyl groups per CD-ring (DS2 or DS4), with different β-CD-A
content (0.24 mmol) or (0.47 mmol) and with or without additional cross-linker BIS (c, d). -CD-
A nanogels with different -CD-A content are prepared with or without additional cross-linker
BIS (e, f).
e f
c d
a b
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200.00
0.01
0.02
0.03
0.04
0.05
Nile Red Addition [µg/mL]
0.28 mmol -CD-A (DS2) NG
0.28 mmol -CD-A (DS2) NG BIS
Absorb
ance
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20575
580
585
590
595 0.28 mmol -CD-A (DS2) NG
0.28 mmol -CD-A (DS2) NG BIS
Nile Red Addition [µg/mL]
Wavele
ngh
t [n
m]
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200.00
0.01
0.02
0.03
0.04
0.05
0.44 mmol -CD-A (DS4) NG
0.22 mmol -CD-A (DS4) NG
0.24 mmol -CD-A (DS2) NG
0.24 mmol -CD-A (DS2) NG BIS
Nile Red Addition [µg/mL]
Ab
so
rba
nce
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20550
560
570
580
590
Nile Red Addition [µg/mL]
Wa
ve
len
gh
t [n
m]
0.44 mmol -CD-A (DS4) NG
0.22 mmol -CD-A (DS4) NG
0.24 mmol -CD-A (DS2) NG
0.24 mmol -CD-A (DS2) NG BIS
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0 0.07 mmol -CD-A (DS2) NG
0.07 mmol -CD-A (DS2) NG BIS
0.21 mmol -CD-A (DS2) NG
0.21 mmol -CD-A (DS2) NG BIS
0.43 mmol -CD-A (DS2) NG
0.43 mmol -CD-A (DS2) NG BIS
Nile Red Addition [µg/mL]
Ab
so
rba
nce
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20540
545
550
555
560
565
570 0.07 mmol -CD-A (DS2) NG
0.07 mmol -CD-A (DS2) NG BIS
0.21 mmol -CD-A (DS2) NG
0.21 mmol -CD-A (DS2) NG BIS
0.43 mmol -CD-A (DS2) NG
0.43 mmol -CD-A (DS2) NG BIS
Nile Red Addition [µg/mL]
Wa
ve
len
gh
t [n
m]
168
-CD is well known for the formation of capped complexes with NR [21-22]. Here, the
investigation of NR complexation by -CD nanogels (DS2) in dependence of the -CD content
are in the focus of interest (Figure 5e-f). The complexation of NR by natural free -CD is
characterized by an absorbance wavelength at 552 nm. In nanogels, a complexation of NR by -
CD domains is detected at 555 nm after use of 0.07 mmol -CD (DS2), 550 nm after use of 0.21
mmol -CD (DS2) and 546 nm after use of 0.43 mmol -CD (DS2) content. The blue shift due to
the increase of the -CD content is explainable by the increase of complexation possibilities
which change the NR environment. Capped complexes of NR and -CD domains are mainly
fixed by hydroxy bonds (Scheme 1b) in which the molecule lies flat on the open side of the CD
cavity [22]. Here, the NR:-CD complex mainly occurs in 1:1 and also in 2:1 stoichiometric
ratios. It seems that the complexation changes the environment around NR which gets more
hydrophobic than NR complexed by -CD and -CD as well as in case of free NR in water.
The maxima of the absorbance increases with the increase of the NR concentration. The
complexation is saturated at approximately 10 µg/mL NR and the curve flattens which means that
the uptake contingent and the dye fixation by complexation is exhausted.
The kind of complexation is not changed by BIS as the wavelength does not shift significantly in
comparison to the corresponding nanogels without BIS. Impressively, the amount of complexed
NR decreases with the increase of cross-linking. The absorbance maxima of NR complexed by
0.07 and 0.21 mmol -CD nanogels plus BIS are much lower than the corresponding nanogels
prepared without BIS. This leads to the conclusion that BIS and the increase of cross-linking
prevent the complexation, but do not change the formation of the favored capped structure of the
NR:-CD complex.
In summary, the uptake and the complexation properties of NR by CD containing
nanogels can be studied by observing of the near environment of NR after addition to nanogel
dispersions in water. The environment can be studied by absorbance spectroscopy which is
influenced by the polarity of the NR surrounding and the structure of complex. These depend on
the complexation unit, here the ring size of the CD type and further the degree of cross-linking
which is important for the assessment of NR molecules and for the water uptake. Pure PVCL
nanogels without CD domains and nanogels with α-CD bind NR only via the porous structure of
the nanogels in water. γ-CD containing nanogels prefer capped complexation of NR via hydroxyl
169
bonds in the nanogel structure. β-CD nanogels fix NR via capped complexation and by inclusion
complexation which is shown in the characteristic wavelength in comparison with natural CD:NR
complexes. An increasing CD content and decreasing cross-linking degree increase the
complexation capacity and the access ability of NR in CD domains of nanogels.
7.3.3 Fluorescence of NR loaded α-, β- and γ CD nanogels
In Figure 6 the fluorescence spectra of 2 µg/mL NR in natural -, - and -CD solution
and in the corresponding nanogels dispersion are shown. In Figure 6a, NR : -CD complex
fluoresces at a wavelength of 652 nm after excitation at 585 nm. NR loaded α- or -CD nanogels
fluoresce at 661 nm with a lower intensity than NR complexed in -CD nanogels with excitation
at 552 nm and 585 nm. In Figure 6b, NR complexed in -CD nanogels fluoresces at a wavelength
of 648 nm, α-CD at 646 nm and VCL nanogels without CD content at 652 nm after excitation at
585 nm. NR loaded -CD nanogels fluoresce at 561 nm with the lowest intensity after excitation
at 552 nm. Interestingly, because -CD nanogels exhibit the best uptake possibility for NR in
nanogels as measured by absorbance spectroscopy. NR loaded nanogels without CD domains
show the highest fluorescence although these nanogels exhibit the lowest NR uptake. The results
are in good agreement with the fluorescence of NR complexed by natural CD and with results
and explanations about the TICT state of NR in the literature [21-22].
Figure 6. Fluorescence emission spectra of 2 µg/mL NR in 10 mL solutions of α-, β- and γ-CD
(a) and in 10 mL dispersions with α-, β- and γ-CD containing nanogels (b), measured at room
temperature.
a b
600 625 650 675 7000
1x107
2x107
3x107
4x107
5x107
6x107
Flu
ore
sce
nce
Inte
nsity (
a.u
.)
Wavelength [nm]
-CD-A (DS2) NG
-CD-A (DS2) NG
-CD-A (DS2) NG
NG without CD-A
600 625 650 675 7000.0
2.0x106
4.0x106
6.0x106
8.0x106
1.0x107
1.2x107
-CD
-CD
-CD
H2O
Flu
ore
sce
nce
Inte
nsity (
a.u
.)
Wavelength [nm]
170
Similar to the studies about the absorbance of NR loaded nanogels, the detail
investigation on the fluorescence emission of the controlled successive addition of NR to similar
concentrated aqueous natural CD and CD nanogel dispersions are shown in Figure 7.
Figure 7. Fluorescence intensities of different NR concentrations complexed in α-, β- and γ CD
(a,b) and of α-, β- and γ CD containing nanogels (c,d).
Figure 7a shows the intensity of different NR concentrations complexed by natural -, -
and -CD in water. Here, the successive addition of NR to aqueous - and -CD solutions leads
to an increase of the emission intensity. The fluorescence intensity of NR complexed by -CD is
much less than that of NR complexed by -CD. The increase of intensity upon the increase of NR
concentration is characterized by linear order which suggests a 1:1 complex formation. The
emission of NR complexed by -CD increases at first, followed by a decrease of fluorescence
intensity with the increase of dye concentration. These results lead to the conclusion that
guest:host complexes of 1:1 followed by 1:2 are formed, which are reflected by a decrease in
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
2.0x106
4.0x106
6.0x106
8.0x106
1.0x107
1.2x107
1.4x107
1.6x107
1.8x107
Flu
ore
sce
nce
Inte
nsity [a.u
.]
Nile Red Addition [µg/mL]
-CD
-CD
-CD
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20650
652
654
656
658
660
662
664
666
668
670 -CD
-CD
-CD
Wa
ve
len
gth
[nm
]Nile Red Addition [µg/mL]
c d
a b
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20640
642
644
646
648
650
652
654
656
658
660NG without CD-A
-CD-A (DS2) NG
-CD-A (DS2) NG
-CD-A (DS2) NG
Wavele
ngth
[nm
]
Nile Red Addition [µg/mL]
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 201x10
7
2x107
3x107
4x107
5x107
6x107
7x107
8x107
9x107
Flu
ore
sce
nce
Inte
nsity [a.u
.]
Nile Red Addition [µg/mL]
NG without CD-A
-CD-A (DS2) NG
-CD-A (DS2) NG
-CD-A (DS2) NG
171
fluorescence intensity due to self-quenching inside the CD cavity. Here, the emission of NR:-
CD complex shows the highest intensity followed by NR complexed of -CD and -CD. The
results of the absorbance and emission spectra of NR:-CD and NR:-CD complexes are
contrary. This phenomenon is explainable by the TICT mechanism which is a non-radiative
deactivation pathway in case of NR. Here, the TICT state is changed caused by different structure
types of the CD complexes. According to the literature, the fluorescence of NR is influenced by
hydrogen bonds, in which an increase of the hydrogen bonds donating capacity of the medium
reduces significantly the quantum yield and life time [28]. The capped complex of NR on the
cavity of -CD is mainly fixed by hydrogen bonds. Outside of the cavity, the rotational freedom
of the diethylamino group is weakly hindered and the emission is less than in the inclusion
complex. Here, the formation of a 1:1 or 1:2 guest:host complex of NR with -CD which fixes
the dye by full inclusion in the cone, with less hydrogen bonds, prevents the rotational freedom of
the diethylamino group of NR in which the polarity is decreased inside the cavity. The
fluorescence emission increases and the non-radiative rate is retarded. NR in β-CD shows
fluorescence at 655 nm, whereas the emission intensities of -CD and -CD are measured at 660
nm and 662 nm. A dramatical shift in the emission wavelength by increase of the NR
concentration is not observed (Figure 7b).
In Figure 7c, the fluorescence intensities of NR loaded - and -CD nanogels at
wavelengths at 642-650 nm upon excitation of 585 nm are depicted. Fluorescence intensities of
NR loaded -CD nanogels are measured at the same wavelength as for NR complexed in -CD
nanogels but with excitation at 552 nm. The fluorescence intensity of NR in PVCL nanogels
without CD domains shows at first a strong increase followed by a decrease with increase of NR
concentration. In case of -CD nanogels, the emission intensity increases at the beginning and
decreases after further addition of NR continuously. γ-CD nanogels show increased fluorescence
intensity with rising NR concentration, at 12 µg/mL saturation of the dye uptake is observed. -
CD nanogels show similar to PVCL nanogels a strong increase at the beginning of the NR
addition followed by a slight decrease at 8 µg/mL NR. The fluorescence intensity of NR
containing nanogels is higher than NR complexed by natural CD. The corresponding wavelength
increases and decreases with the fluorescence intensity (Figure 7d). The highest wavelength shift
is shown after the uptake of NR by VCL nanogels from 642 nm to 654 nm back to 650 nm
172
followed by γ-CD nanogels with a shift from 646 nm to 656 nm. NR complexes with - and -
CD depict a slight wavelength shift between 646 nm and 650 nm. In comparison with NR
complexed by natural CD the wavelength of the fluorescence of NR in nanogels is lower. The
fluorescence intensity curves of -CD nanogels show similar saturation properties with an
increase of NR content compared to natural -CD. -CD nanogels present similar increasing and
decreasing fluorescence intensities compared to natural CD (Figure 7a,c).
Figure 8. Fluorescence intensities of NR complexed in nanogels with different γ-CD content in
dependence on the NR concentration.
The -CD content of the nanogels plays a big role on the uptake and fixation of NR
molecules. The same amount of NR in aqueous nanogel dispersions with 0.07 mmol (0.1 g), 0.21
mmol (0.3g) or 0.43 mmol (0.6 g) -CD content fluoresces in different intensities at different
wavelengths (Figure 8a). Here, the highest intensity which increases with the NR concentration is
observed for nanogels with a 0.07 mmol -CD content at 653 nm, the lowest for nanogels with a
0.43 mmol -CD content at 649 nm. For all NR concentrations, the curve of fluorescence
intensities flattens with increased γ-CD content. Figure 8b documents the wavelength shift of the
fluorescence emission in parallel to the fluorescence intensity increase which shifts to higher
wavelength with an increase of NR concentration and decreases with increased CD content.
a b
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 221.5x10
7
2.0x107
2.5x107
3.0x107
3.5x107
4.0x107
4.5x107
5.0x107
Flu
ore
scence Inte
nsity [a.u
.]
Nile Red Addition [µg/mL]
0.07 mmol -CD-A (DS2) NG
0.21 mmol -CD-A (DS2) NG
0.47 mmol -CD-A (DS2) NG
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22640
642
644
646
648
650
652
654
656
658
660 0.07 mmol -CD-A (DS2) NG
0.21 mmol -CD-A (DS2) NG
0.47 mmol -CD-A (DS2) NG
Wa
ve
len
gth
[nm
]
Nile Red Addition [µg/mL]
173
7.3.4 Particle size of NR loaded α-, β- and γ-CD containing nanogels
The change of particle size was also investigated after the uptake of NR. Here, the
influence of the NR concentration on the hydrodynamic radius of the nanogels with different CD-
types was studied with 0.24 mmol (0.3 g) β-CD (DS2) and 0.21 mmol (0.3 g) γ-CD (DS2)
content. (Figure 9a-b).
Figure 9. Hydrodynamic radii (Rh) of β- (a) and γ-CD (b) nanogels with complexed NR.
-CD nanogels do not change the hydrodynamic radii with the uptake of NR. The radii remain
constant at 77 nm. By complexation of -CD nanogels, the hydrodynamic radius increased
slightly with the increase of NR concentration in nanogels from 133 to 149 nm. Here, it is
assumed that the increased amount of NR molecules in different complexation structures expands
the cross-linked polymeric structure of the whole particle. 1:1 Inclusion complexation of NR by
-CD domains does not depict such an expansion. The capped NR complex, which is favored by
-CD shows such swelling of the particle. Here, the NR guest molecule lies onto the CD cone and
complexes with 2 NR guest molecules and 1 CD container are possible as well. Lowly cross-
linked polymeric structures enable these expansions but a higher degree can handicap the dye
uptake and furthermore, the expansion of the polymeric particle structure.
a b
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
20
40
60
80
100
120
Rh
[n
m]
Nile Red Addition [µg/mL]
0.24 mmol -CD-A (DS2) NG
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
Nile Red Addition [µg/mL]
Rh
[n
m]
0.21 mmol -CD-A (DS2) NG
174
7.3.5 Solvatochromic interaction of NR by temperature response of nanogels
Temperature-sensitive nano- and microgels release their ingredients by shrinking at the
volume phase transition point (VPTT) [29]. By increase of temperature and the resulting release
of water, the loaded ingredients push out of the collapsing gel particle in the near environment.
Incorporated CD domains have the possibility to fix molecules by complexation [30]. The release
of NR should be reduced due to complexation by CD domains of nanogels. The ingredients
should be kept in the nanogels. Changes in temperature and water concentration in the
nanoparticles lead to changes in the interior environment of the nanogels and hence, of the guest
molecule e.g. due to restructuring of the complex or beginning of the release process. The CD
containing nanogels consist of a PVCL backbone which shows temperature sensitivity between
30-40 °C. The hydrodynamic radii of the nanogels shrink to approximately 50 % of their volume
(Figure 10). Investigations of NR in γ-CD nanogels are made at different temperatures to study
the behavior of the guest molecule during the collapse of the nanogels at the VPTT.
Figure 10a shows that nanogels without CD domains, which are just cross-linked with
BIS, do not change the characteristic dye absorption wavelength significantly during the
shrinking of the nanogel. Thus, the change in temperature and in water concentration has no
influence on the near environment of NR. On the other side, NR complexed by high γ-CD
content in nanogels also does not change the environment markedly as well which results in
slight increase of the absorbance at 545 nm to 549 nm at the VPTT (Figure 10b). These suggests
that the NR:γ-CD capped complexes are stable and fix NR by hydrogen bonds in the nanogels.
Interestingly, Figures 10 c-d show nanogels with 0.21 mmol covalently embedded γ-CD
domains with and without additional cross-linker. Here, changes in the absorption wavelength of
NR over more than 20 nm are detectable. Hence, the structure of the NR:γ-CD complex is
changed by shrinking of the nanogels caused by change of the inner environment.
175
Figure 10. Hydrodynamic radii and wavelengths of absorbance of NR loaded nanogels without
CD (a), with 0.43 mmol γ-CD (b), with 0.21 mmol γ-CD (c), with 0.21 mmol γ-CD + BIS (d)
measured at different temperatures.
Explanations for this phenomenon of color change caused by the shrinking process of the
nanogels with medium content of γ-CD are presented in detail by temperature-dependent studies
of the solvatochromic dye in Figure 11. Here, the UV-vis absorption maxima and the
corresponding wavelengths of NR in nanogels are depicted depending on the temperature and
compared with NR complexed in natural CD, incorporated by VCL nanogels without CD
domains or dissolved in mixtures of acetone and THF. The change of polarity in the environment
by change in temperature leads to a color change of NR due to the polarity dependence of NR.
c d
a b
20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
240
Wavele
ngth
[nm
]
Temperature [°C]
540
550
560
570
580
590NR in NG without CD-A
Rh [nm
]
22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
Wa
ve
len
gth
[n
m]
Temperature [°C]
540
550
560
570
580
590NR : 0.21 mmol CD-A (DS2) NG BIS
Rh [n
m]
20 24 28 32 36 40 44 4850
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
Wa
ve
len
gth
[n
m]
Temperature [°C]
550
560
570
580
NR : 0.21 mmol CD-A (DS2) NG
Rh [n
m]
20 24 28 32 36 40 44 4840
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
Wavele
ngth
[nm
]
Temperature [°C]
540
550
560
570
580
590NR : 0.47 mmol CD-A (DS2) NG
Rh [nm
]
176
Figure 11. Maxima of absorbance in the UV-vis spectra of NR in PVL nanogels (a), THF/Aceton
(b), natural - (c) and γ-CD (d) measured from 25-55 °C. Results of γ- CD containing nanogels
prepared with 0.21 mmol (e), 0.47 mmol CD-A (f) and with 0.21 mmol CD plus additional cross-
linker BIS measured from 25-55 °C (g) and back from 55-25 °C (h) are shown.
e f
c d
a b
g h
25 30 35 40 45 50 550.015
0.016
0.017
0.018
0.019
Wa
ve
len
gth
[nm
]
Temperature [°C]
540
550
560
570
580
590NR in NG without CD-A
Absorb
ance m
ax [a
.u.]
25 30 35 40 45 50 55
0.04
0.05
0.06
0.07
0.08
0.09
0.10
0.11
0.12
Wavele
ngth
[nm
]
Temperature [°C]
540
550
560
570
580
590NR0.21mmol -CD-A (DS2) NG BIS
Absorb
ance m
ax [a.u
.]
60 50 40 30 250.05
0.06
0.07
0.08
0.09
0.10
0.11
0.12
0.13
Wavele
ngth
[nm
]
Temperature [°C]
540
550
560
570
580
590NR0.21 mmol -CD-A (DS2) NG BIS
Absorb
ance m
ax [a.u
.]
25 30 35 40 45 50 550.30
0.31
0.32
0.33
0.34
0.35
0.36
Wavele
ngth
[nm
]
Temperature [°C]
540
550
560
570
580
590NR0.21 mmol -CD-A (DS2) NG
Absorb
ance m
ax [a.u
.]
25 30 35 40 45 50 55
0.52
0.54
0.56
0.58
0.60
Wavele
ngth
[nm
]
Temperature [°C]
540
550
560
570
580
590NR0.47 mmol -CD-A (DS2) NG
Absorb
ance m
ax [a.u
.]
25 30 35 40 45 50 550.29
0.30
0.31
0.32
0.33
0.34
0.35
Wa
ve
len
gth
[n
m]
Temperature [°C]
540
550
560
570
580
590NR in Aceton/THF (2:1)
Absorb
ance
max [a
.u.]
25 30 35 40 45 50 55
0.06
0.07
0.08
0.09
0.10
0.11
Wavele
ngth
[nm
]
Temperature [°C]
540
550
560
570
580
590NR:-CD
Absorb
ance m
ax [a.u
.]
25 30 35 40 45 50 55
0.184
0.188
0.192
0.196
0.200
Wavele
ngth
[nm
]
Temperature [°C]
540
550
560
570
580
590NR-CD
Absorb
ance m
ax [a.u
.]
177
In organic solvent using a mixture of acetone and THF (2:1), the NR absorbance and the
corresponding wavelength (540 nm) decrease slightly with an increase of temperature (Figure
11b). The hypsochromic shift indicates a slight decrease of the polarity of the solvent with rising
temperature.
The complexation of NR by -CD in water, which is characterized by an absorbance at
552 nm in the UV-vis spectrum, shows also a decrease of absorbance and a minimal
hypsochromic shift. With the increase of temperature, the polarity decreases of the environment.
Thus, the hydrogen bonds, which stabilize the capped complex, remain intact. Further interaction
with a related second CD ring leads to the formation of a 2:1 (CD:NR) complex. Hence, an
increase of the hydrophobic interaction of the fully covered NR molecule can be assumed (Figure
11d).
On the opposite, the NR:-CD complex, which is characterized by UV-vis absorbance at
576 nm also shows a minimal hypsochromic shift but an increase of the absorbance beginning at
45 °C. It occurs that the solubility of the complex increases, by breaking the interior ring of H-
bonds formed by secondary OH-groups of the CD-ring, which are typical for -CD and
responsible for the low solubility in water in contrast to - and -CD [30]. The breaking of H-
bonds enables the restructuring of the complex with an increase of the environmental
hydrophobicity of NR (Figure 11c).
NR dissolved in the cross-linked PVCL structure of nanogels without CD domains shows
a decrease of absorbance with an increase of temperature. The wavelength depicts a slight
bathochromic shift which suggests that the NR molecules are pushed out from the hydrophobic
nanogel structure by simultaneous release of water. During the release process and precipitation
of NR the solubility in water is reduced (Figure 11a).
In Figure 11f, NR which is complexed by 0.47 mmol -CD nanogels shows similar
behavior by increase of temperature like the natural -CD. The change in temperature is
characterized by a decrease in UV absorbance, but with a minimal bathochromic shift of the
wavelength from 545 nm to 549 nm. Thus, the increase of temperature decreases slightly the
hydrophilicity of the NR environment. This means, the hydrogen bonds of CD domains in the
nanogel, which stabilize the capped complex, are destroyed slowly by increase of the temperature
and shrinking of the nanogel. The slight red shift can be explained by additional inclusion
complex formation or by interactions with the PVCL backbone. But, the high number of hydroxy
178
groups from the high -CD content in nanogel may lead to further interaction of NR with
adjactent CD domains. Thus, the break of interactions between NR and hydroxy groups of one
CD host lead to a further capped complexation and interaction with other potential CDs. High CD
content in nanogels prevent the release and the destructuring of NR in nanogels.
However, NR complexed by 0.21 mmol -CD (DS2) domains in the nanogels shows a
strong change in absorbance intensity and wavelength upon increase of temperature and decrease
of particle size (Figure 11e). 20 µg/mL NR incorporated in 0.3 -CD nanogels show a strong red
shift reaching the VPTT of PVCL nanogels. Between 34-40 °C, the wavelength of the absorbance
maximum shifts from 552 nm to 576 nm. The absorbance intensity increases simultaneously.
Hence, the nanogel shrinks by release of water and the hydrogen bonds of the NR:-CD complex
are destroyed due to interior changes in the polymeric structure. In contrast to NR complexed by
nanogels with a high -CD content, the reduced complexation possibilities with other adjacent
CD domains lead to new orientation in the cross-linked PVCL structure. Due to the fact that the
absorbance increases and the wavelength shifts to 576 nm, which is comparable with
characteristic absorbance of the 1:1 -CD complex, it can be expected that NR guest molecules
are pushed into the cone of -CD during shrinking process. Thus, the formation of a 1:1 complex
is preferred.
The observed color effect is reversible upon decrease of temperature. From 60 °C to 30
°C a strong hypsochromic effect (from 575 nm to 550 nm) is detectable with a simultaneous
decrease in absorbance (Figure 11g-h). At the VPTT, the structure of the totally collapsed
nanogel is opened and enables the uptake of water by the formation of hydrogen bondings
between H2O molecules and the PVCL backbone. During the uptake of water from the
environment, water molecules push out the guest molecule from the -CD ring and enable the
new formation of a more stable capped complex inside the nanogel stabilized by hydrogen bonds.
179
7.3.6 Nile Red loaded nanogels coated on polyester fabrics
NR loaded nanogels were applied onto polyester fibers to investigate the coating process
on synthetic fiber materials which can find many application possibilities in different fields e.g.
as color sensor for biological systems. Here, the application was made by dip-coating and self-
fixation due to physical self-bonding due to the typical gel character of the nanogels. The coating
was controlled in dependence on time and studied in periods of 15, 30, 45, 60 min and finished
after 120 min. Figure 12 (left) shows the fabrics after dip-coating of -CD nanogels (10 mg/mL)
loaded with 20 µg/mL NR solution at RT. Here, NR:-CD nanogel modified fibers have got a
red-purple color. The color of the samples after coating for 15 min is less strong and increases
with the coating time. After 45 min the color difference is not visually detectable any more. On
the nanoscale, the microscopical images in Figure 12 (right) show similar results. Here,
nanoparticles with a small size of approximately 50-100 nm are distributed homogenously on the
polyester fibers. The round nanogels glue by physical self-bonding on the fiber surface.
Comparisons of the FESEM images reflect the colored images of optical photography in Figure
12 (left). Here, fibers coated for 15 min show lower particle concentrations on the fibers than
fibers coated by dip-coating in 30 min. The particle concentration increases with the coating time.
180
Figure 12. Photography (right) and FESEM images (left) of polyester fabrics coated with 20
µg/mL NR loaded -CD nanogels (10 mg/mL) in dependence on time and studied in periods of 0
(a), 15 (b), 30 (c), 45 (d), 60 (e) min and finished after 120 (f) min at RT.
a
c
b 15 min
30 min
0 min
d 45 min
e 60 min
f 120 min
181
The application of NR loaded nanogels to polyester fabrics during the dip coating process
was also studied by color measurements. The adsorption of NR nanogels on polyester was
followed by diffuse reflexion measurements in dependence on time. Here, the color of polyester
fabrics modified with -CD nanogels with 20 µg/mL loaded NR was measured at different
coating times. The results are shown in the diagram of Figure 13a. Furthermore, the principal of
the color measurement is depicted in Figure 13b. It was found that the polyester turns redder (“a”
value is more positive) and bluer (“b” value becomes more negative) after coating. Furthermore,
the sample becomes darker in comparison to the white pure polyester fabric (“L” value
decreases). Intensities of the red and blue colors, and furthermore, the lightness of the fibers
decrease with the coating time. The saturation curves show that after 30 min of coating a
saturation process takes place and the increase of the color intensity flattens. Thus, the physical
self-bonding of the nanogels to polyester during dip-coating starts directly at the beginning of the
dipping process and gets slower after 30 min. The difference in color intensity of fabrics coated
for 60 min and those coated for 120 min is minimal. Thus, further coating does not lead to higher
efficiency in the color intensity. The color measurements of the coated polyester fabrics are in
good agreement with the optical and the FESEM images given in Figure 12.
Figure 13. Color measurements of polyester fabrics coated with NR loaded -CD nanogels at RT
in different application times (a). Principal of color determination by quantitative characterization
of the lightness (L values), the red/green “a”-values and the yellow/blue “b”-values of the sample
(according to CIELAB).
ba
0 20 40 60 80 100 120-8
-6
-4
-2
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
a,
b
Dipcoating pro time [min]
a
b
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88 L
L
182
7.3.6 Temperature sensitivity of applied Nile Red nanogels
The temperature sensitivity of the polyester fabrics modified with NR loaded -CD
nanogels was tested by color measurements at different temperatures. Here, the polyester fabrics
coated with maximally NR loaded nanogels (20 µg/mL) were heated up to 80 °C. The color
change was measured in steps of 5 °C as shown in Figure 14. In the range of 35 to 45 °C the “a”
values (Figure 14c) increase and the “b” values (Figure 14b) decrease. That means the modified
polyester fabrics become redder and bluer. Thus, incorporated water starts to release from the
nanogel and restructuring of the complexed NR in the gel particles change takes place. The
environment of NR becomes more hydrophobic and hydrogen bondings consist only between NR
and the -CD domains. This means interior -CD domains complex NR. The hydrophobic coating
caused by shrinking of the nanogel during water release keeps NR in the nanogels. Then, from 50
to 65 °C fabrics become brighter and the “a” and “b” values increase markedly. Hence, the color
becomes less red and less blue. NR and the whole polymeric nanogel structure dried on the
fabrics and the surface of the particle becomes whiter. The non-transparent surface of nanogels
covers the NR in the core and results in the increased brightness of the fibers. This can be seen in
an increase of the “L” values (Figure 14a). At 65 °C, the fibers become redder as demonstrated
by a strong increase of the “a” values and a slight increase of “b” values. It seems that NR
precipitates as red solid inside the polymeric structure.
By cooling from 80 °C back to 25 °C, the red color intensity decreases again (Figure 14c
left) together with a further decrease of the blue color (Figure 14b left). Hence, dry nanogels with
strong complexed NR applied on the fabric does not take up water directly from the environment.
Thus, the process is not reversible unlike the NR behavior in aqueous -CD nanogels studied in
water.
183
Figure 14. Color measurements of polyester fabric coated with NR loaded nanogels at different
temperatures are described in 5 °C steps by the “L” (a), “b” (b) and “a” (c) values.
30 40 50 60 70 80
12.5
13.0
13.5
14.0
14.5
15.0
15.5
16.0
Temperature [°C]
a
a
blue
yellow
black
white
red
green
c
b
a
75 65 55 45 35 2512.5
13.0
13.5
14.0
14.5
15.0
15.5
16.0
Temperature [°C]
a
a
75 65 55 45 35 2581.0
81.5
82.0
82.5
83.0
83.5
84.0
Temperature [°C]
L
L
75 65 55 45 35 25-7.0
-6.5
-6.0
-5.5
-5.0
-4.5
-4.0
-3.5
-3.0
b
Temperature [°C]
b
30 40 50 60 70 8081.0
81.5
82.0
82.5
83.0
83.5
Temperature [°C]
L
L
30 40 50 60 70 80
-7.0
-6.5
-6.0
-5.5
-5.0
-4.5
-4.0
-3.5
-3.0
b
Temperature [°C]
b
184
7.4 Conclusion
Here, a series of nanogels prepared by cross-linking of different content of -CD ( DS2)
acrylate with vinylcaprolactam were synthesized and compared with the corresponding - and
-CD nanogels. The properties of the CD nanogels were studied with regard to their uptake
properties and complexation behavior by using the solvatochromic dye nile red (NR). Nanogels
without CD domains or with -CD units showed a decreased dye uptake, while - and -CD
nanogels presented an increased dye uptake. Furthermore, the results showed that the uptake of
NR increases with rising CD content in nanogels. A rising degree of cross-linking by the use of
an additional cross-linker N,N-methylene-bis-acryamide (BIS) reduced the uptake capacities of
the CD nanogels. The fluorescence emission rate of NR could be controlled and was influenced
by different structures of the CD complexes. The NR inclusion complex, which was preferred
by -CD shows high fluorescence because of the more hydrophobic environment of the guest
molecules. -CD domains fixed NR by formation of hydrogen bonds, which supports the twisted
intermolecular charge transfer (TICT) and non-radiative rate. Furthermore, reversible
restructuring of NR in -CD nanogels was observed by shrinking of the -CD nanogels in
aqueous dispersion at the volume phase transition temperature (32-37 °C), which was
characterized by a strong red shift in absorbance spectrum. The application onto polyester
fabrics showed good adhesion and fixation of the dye loaded nanogels by physical self-bonding.
The wet coated NR nanogels on the fabrics showed also irreversible change in color upon
increase of temperature and release of water.
185
7.5 References
1. Pietsch, C.; Schubert, U. S.; Hoogenboom R., Aqueous polymeric sensors based on temperature-induced
polymer phase transitions and solvatochromic dyes, Chem. Commun. 2011, 47, 8750–8765.
2. Kido, J.; Kimura, M.; Nagai, K.; Multilayer white light-emitting organic electroluminescent device, Science
1995, 267, 1332-1334.
3. Greenspan, P.; Fowler, S. D., Nile red: a selective fluorescent stain for intracellular lipid droplets. J. Cell.
Biol. 1985, 100, 965-973.
4. Okamoto, A.; Tainaka, K.; Fujiwara, Y., Nile Red Nucleoside: Design of a Solvatochromic Nucleoside as an
Indicator of Micropolarity around DNA, J. Org. Chem. 2006, 71, 3592-3598.
5. Dutta, A. K.; Kamada, K., Ohta, K. Spectroscopic studies of nile red in organic solvents and polymers, J.
Photochem. Photobiol. A: Chem. 1996, 93, 57-64.
6. Grabowski, Z. R.; Rotkiewicz, K.; Siemiarczuk, A.; Cowley, D. J.; Baumann, W., Twisted intramolecular
charge transfer states (TICT). A new class of excited states with a full charge separation, Nouveau Journal de
Chimie 1979, 3, 443-54.
7. Grabowski, Z. R.; Rotkiewicz, K.; Rettig, W., Structural Changes Accompanying Intramolecular Electron
Transfer; Focus on TICT States and Structures, Chem. Rev. 2003, 103, 3899-4031.
8. Sarkar, N.; Das, K.; Nath, D. N.; Bhattacharyya, K., Twisted Charge-Transfer Process of Nile Red in
Homogeneous Solutions and in Faujasite Zeolite, Langmuir 1994, 10, 326-329.
9. Datta, A. Mandal, D. Pal, S. K. Bhattacharyya, K., Intramolecular Charge Transfer Processes in Confined
Systems. Nile Red in Reverse Micelles, J. Phys. Chem. B 1997, 101, 10221-10225.
10. Meinershagen, J. L.; Bein, T., Optical sensing in nanopores. Encapsulation of the solvatochromic dye nile red
in zeolites, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1999, 121, 448-449.
11. Watkins, D. M.; Sayed-Sweet, Y.; Klimash, J. W.; Turro, N. J.; Tomalia, D. A., Dendrimers with Hydrophobic
Cores and the Formation of Supramolecular Dendrimer−Surfactant Assemblies, Langmuir 1997, 13, 3136-
3141.
12. Krishna, M. M. G., Excited-state kinetics of the hydrophobic probe Nile red in membranes and micelles, J.
Phys. Chem. A 1999, 103, 3589-3595.
13. Ghosh, S.; Irvin, K.; Thayumanavan, S., Tunable Disassembly of Micelles Using a Redox Trigger, Langmuir
2007, 23, 7916-7919.
14. Ryu, J.-H.; Roy, R.; Ventura, J.; Thayumanavan, S., Redox-Sensitive Disassembly of Amphiphilic Copolymer
Based Micelles, Langmuir 2009, 26, 7086-7092.
15. Dutta, A. K.; Kamada, K.; Ohta, K., Langmuir-Blodgett films of nile red: a steady-state and time-resolved
fluorescence study, Chem. Phys. Lett. 1996, 258, 369-375.
16. Uppili, S.; Thomas, K.J.; Crompton, E. M.; Ramamurthy, V., Probing Zeolites with Organic Molecules:
Supercages of X and Y Zeolites Are Superpolar, Langmuir 2000, 13, 265-274.
17. Krishnamoorthy, I.; Krishnamoorthy, G., Probing the link between proton transport and water content in lipid
membranes, J. Phys. Chem. B 2001,105, 1484-1488.
18. Monti, F.; Fu, S.-Y.; Iliopoulos, I.; Cloitre, M., Doubly Responsive Polymer-Microgel Composites: Rheology
and Structure, Langmuir 2008, 24, 11474-11482.
186
19. Cheng, C.; Zhu, X.; Pich, A.; Moeller, M., Aqueous microgels modified by wedge-shaped amphiphilic
molecules: hydrophilic microcontainers with hydrophobic nanodomains, Macromolecules, 2010, 26, 4709-
4716.
20. Srivatsavoy, V. J. P., Enhancement of excited state nonradiative deactivation of Nile Red in γ-Cyclodextrin:
Evidence for multiple inclusion complexes, J. Lumin. 1999, 82, 17-23.
21. Wagner, B. D.; Stojanovic, N.; Leclair, G.; Jankowski, C. K., A Spectroscopic and Molecular Modelling Study
of the Nature of the Association Complexes of Nile Red with Cyclodextrins, J. Incl. Phenom. Macrocycl.
Chem. 2003, 45, 275-283.
22. Hazra, P.; Chakrabarty, D.; Chakraborty, A.; Sarkar, N., Intramolecular charge transfer and solvation
dynamics of Nile Red in the nanocavity of cyclodextrins, Chem. Phys. Let. 2004, 388, 150-157.
23. Kettel, M. J.; Dierkes, F.; Schaefer, K.; Moeller, M.; Pich, A., Aqueous nanogels modified with cyclodextrin,
Polymer 2011, 52, 1917-1924.
24. Lui Y. Y.; Fan, X. D.; Synthesis, properties and controlled release behaviors of hydrogel networks using
cyclodextrin as pendant groups, Biomaterials 2005, 26, 6367-6374.
25. Pich, A.; Lu,
Y.; Boyko,
V.; Richter, S.; Arndt, K.-F.; Adler, H.-J. P., Thermo-sensitive poly(N-
vinylcaprolactam-co-acetoacetoxyethyl methacrylate) microgels. 3. Incorporation of polypyrrole by selective
microgel swelling in ethanol–water mixtures, Polymer 2004, 45, 1079-1087.
26. Pich, A.; Tessier, A.; Boyko, V.; Lu, Y.; Adler, H.-J. P., Synthesis and Characterization of
Poly(vinylcaprolactam)-Bases Microgels Exhibiting Temperature and pH-Sensitive properties,
Macromolecules 2006, 39, 7701-7707.
27. Boyko, V.; Pich, A.; Richter S.; Lu, Y.; Arndt, K.-F-.; Adler, H.-J. P., Thermo-Sensitive
poly(Nvinylcaprolactam-co-acetoacetoxyethymethacrylate)microgels: 1-synthesis and characterization,
Polymer 2003, 43, 7821-7827.
28. Cser, A.; Nagy, K.; Biczok, L., Fluorescence lifetime of Nile Red as a probe for the hydrogen bonding
strength with its microenvironment, Chem. Phys. Lett. 2002, 360, 473-478.
29. Nolan, C. M.; Gelbaum, L. T.; Lyon, L. A., 1 H NMR Investigation of Thermally Triggered Insulin Release
from Poly (N-isopropylacrylamide)Microgels, Biomacromolecules 2006, 7, 2918–2922.
30. Szejtli, J., Past, present, and future of cyclodextrin research, J. Pure Appl. Chem. 2004, 76, 1825–1845.
187
Chapter 8
Surfactant-free preparation of nanogels with high functional β-
cyclodextrin contentA
Abstract: The preparation of ultrafine (Rh=50-150 nm) nanogels through surfactant-free
condensation of reactive prepolymers with β-cyclodextrin (β-CD) in water was presented. These
nanogels possess a maximum content of 60 wt.-% functional β-CD that can form inclusion
complexes as demonstrated by dye sorption with phenolphthalein. Aside of this extremely high
uptake capacity to hydrophobic molecules, the nanogels also show good adhesion to surfaces in
homogeneous distribution with size of Rh of 25 nm under dry conditions.
Keywords: nanogels, cyclodextrin, reactive prepolymers, host-guest-systems
A. Reproduced with permission from Kettel, M. J.; Hildebrandt, H.; Schaefer, K.; Moeller, M.; Groll, J., Tenside
free preparation of nanogels with high functional β-cyclodextrin content, ACS Nano, 2012, 6(9), 8087-8093.
Copyright American Chemical Society.
O
RR
R
O
O
R
RR
O
OR
R
R
O
O
RR
R
OO
R
R
R
O
OR
RR
O
O
R
R
R
O
O
RR
R
O
O
R
RR
O
OR
R
R
O
O
RR
R
OO
R
R
R
O
OR
RR
O
O
R
R
R
O
Phenolphthalein -pink-
Phenolphthalein in β-Cyclodextrin
-colorless-
β-CyclodextrinPhenolphthalein-
β-Cyclodextrin-Complex
pH= 10.5
β-Cyclodextrin-sP(EO-stat-PO)-Nanogel
Phenolphthalein loaded β-Cyclodextrin-
sP(EO-stat-PO)-Nanogel
OO
O
O
OO
COO-
- - -
pH 10.5
188
8.1 Introduction
Cross-linked polymeric hydrogel particles, called nano- or microgels, are functional
materials that may be prepared in a wide range of chemical compositions [1,2]. These colloidal
polymer networks exhibit pronounced swelling in water, which allows transport processes into
the particles and makes them especially interesting for applications such as sequestration or
release [3,4]. For that, specific binding activities have to be embedded into the nanogels.
Cyclodextrins (CDs) are interesting and versatile binding motives and are well-known for
the formation of supramolecular inclusion complexes with many organic molecules [5]. The
complexation of sensitive or volatile ingredients, for example, drugs, pharmaceutical products,
flavoring agents, perfumes, and insecticides are of particular interest [6,7]. Natural CDs consist of
six, seven, or eight D-glucose units which are α-glycosidic linked to a cyclic oligomer and named
R, β, or γ-CD, respectively. Since the interior hydrophilic part of the torus-shaped CD facilitates
complexation with the guest molecules, the reactive hydroxy groups on the outer part of the
molecules can be used for modification, functionalization, and copolymerization. This way, CDs
have been used as cross-linker for the creation of three-dimensional bulk hydrogels [8].
Nanogels offer an increased surface area in combination with shorter diffusion lengths
which leads to a higher CD accessibility and faster complexation as compared to three-
dimensional bulk gels [9]. Moreover, they can be applied from aqueous solution to form films
and coatings. Radical polymerization techniques are usually applied for the preparation of nano-
and microgels [10-13].
Accordingly, CDs containing polymeric particles and microgels have been prepared by
radical copolymerization with methyl methacrylate (MMA) in organic solution, with N-
isopropylacrylamide (NIPAm) by mini-emulsion via addition of surfactant, and by precipitation
polymerization with N-vinylcaprolactam (VCL) in aqueous solution [14-17]. Another method to
prepare nanogels with γ-CD or hydroxypropyl-β-CD is by an emulsification/solvent evaporation
process. Here, the aqueous phase consists of a fix CD concentration of 20% (w/w) with or
without hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC) or agar at various concentrations.
Ethyleneglycol diglycidyl ether (EGDE) acts as cross-linking agent and is essential for the
formation of nanogels [18]. Polydisperse CD-nanoparticles in water and ethanol have also been
obtained by self-assembly of a water insoluble polymer, which was made by the reaction of CD
and toluene-2,4-diisocanate (TDI) in organic solvent dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) [19,20]. The
189
preparation of CD containing nanogels in water without direct polymerization from monomers is
often performed by exploiting the complexation ability of CDs, so that the CD molecules act as
cross-linkers themselves. This way, the majority of CD molecules is blocked for uptake of guest
molecules into the nanogels, and the overall complexation capacity is moderate. It has been
recently demonstrated a preparation technique for nanogels based on the addition reaction among
functional hydrophilic prepolymers [21].
Here it is presented a new method to design nanogels with high β-CD content via
polyaddition directly in aqueous surfactant-free solution at room temperature (RT) without the
use of organic solvents. The method was optimized to yield nanogels with a hydrodynamic radius
between 50 and 150 nm. Owing to the choice of prepolymers and nanogel preparation technique,
the nanogels contain up to 60 wt.-% β-CD that is functional and can take up guest molecules as
demonstrated with the sorption of phenolphthalein. Finally, also film formation of these nanogels
is demonstrated, enabling the preparation of ultrathin films with strong loading and release
capacity for hydrophobic guest molecules.
8.2 Experimental
8.2.1 Preparation of β-CD containing nanogels
Preparation of β-CD Containing Nanogels. β-CD (Wacker) (0.75 g, 0.66 mmol) was dried
at 80 °C for about 48 h and dissolved in deionized water (50 mL). Six-arm NCO-terminated star
P(EO-stat-PO) prepolymers were synthesized using published procedures [22]. An aqueous β-CD
mixture was added to (0.75 g, 0.06 mmol) NCO-terminated prepolymer under stirring. The
aqueous phase was stirred continually at 300 rpm over 24 h at RT using a glass paddle connected
to an overhead stirrer (all reaction conditions in Table 1).
The aqueous reactant mixture got a clear nanogel dispersion, which was purified by dialysis in
water using a dialysis tube with MWCO of 12 kDa (ZelluTrans-12,0S 45 mm. MWCO: Nominal
12000-14000; Carl Roth GmbH, Karlsruhe). The water (2 L) was changed after 24 and 48 h;
dialyses were stopped after 96 h.
Yield: 40-70%.
190
Table 1. Reaction recipe and conditions for the preparation of nanogels with β-CD by constant
stirring rate of 300 rpm and RT.
8.2.2 Analysis of the reaction
IR spectra were obtained using an FTIR spectrometer: Nexus 470 (Thermo Nicolet)
(spectral disintegration of 8 cm-1
). Nanogel dispersions were dried by liophilization and
privileged studied in KBr pellets.
IR (KBr): ν/cm-1
= 3356 (m, OH), 2870 (m), 1720 (m, vs C=O), 1677 (m, N-H), 1638 (m, OH),
1458 (m), 1350 (m), 1301 (m), 1248 (m), 1147 (s), 1101 (s), 1081 (s), 1032 (s, C-O-C), 1004 (s),
945 (m), 863 (m).
8.2.3 Particle characterization
Analysis of particle size was made by dynamic light scattering measurements (DLS),
using a Nano Zetasizer (Malvern) spectrometer. The spectrometer consists of a HeNe Laser (λ0 =
633 nm). Back scattering light was detected using an angle of 173°. Hydrodynamic particle
radius and the particle distribution of the hydrodynamic radius were determined. All DLS
measurements were made at 25 °C.
β-CD
1135 g/mol
[g],(mmol)
sP(EO-stat-PO)
12000 g/mol
[g],(mmol)
wt.-ratio
CD/
sP(EO- stat-PO)
mol-ratio
CD/
sP(EO-stat-PO)
water
[mL]
educts/
water
[wt.-%], (g/mL)
- 0.600 (0.05) 0/1 0/1 20 3 (0.03)
0.375 (0.33) 1.125 (0.09) 1/3 4/1 50 3 (0.03)
0.500 (0.44) 1.000 (0.08) 1/2 5/1 50 3 (0.03)
0.750 (0.66) 0.750 (0.06) 1/1 11/1 50 3 (0.03)
1.000 (0.88) 0.500 (0.04) 2/1 21/1 50 3 (0.03)
1.125 (0.99) 0.375 (0.03) 3/1 32/1 50 3 (0.03)
0.250 (0.22) 0.250 (0.02) 1/1 11/1 10 5 (0.05)
0.1125 (0.1) 0.375 (0.03) 1/3 4/1 5 10 (0.1)
191
FESEM and Cryo-FESEM electron microscopic analyses were made using a model S-
4800 field emission scanning electron microscope (Hitachi) with a high disintegration and cryo-
function. Swollen particles in aqueous solution were studied by cryo-scanning electron
microscopy. A droplet was taken from an aqueous particle dispersion and after shock freezing in
liquid nitrogen the freeze droplet was cut and the surface of the cut was sublimated in vacuum.
The morphology of the swollen nanogels was studied at a temperature of -167 °C, accelerating
voltage of 1 kV, and 8mm disintegration. Dry nanogels are studied after coating onto aluminum
surface. The Al carrier was dipped 15 min into the aqueous particle dispersion. After being dried
at RT and by vacuum, samples coated with nanogels are studied by FESEM at RT and an
accelerating voltage of 1 KV and 8 mm disintegration. Particle diameter and radius are
determined by enclosed software.
8.2.4 Preparation and analysis of Phenolphthalein Complexes
A stock solution of 1% phenolphthalein (Wacker) in ethanol was made, and aliquots of
2.50 mL were dropped into 250 mL of 0.1 M sodium hydroxide to obtain a 0.25 mmol/L alkali
phenolphthalein solution. All aqueous stock solutions were freshly prepared and run within 12 h
to ensure that absorbance changes due to any instability of phenolphthalein did not contribute to
experimental artifacts. The β-CD stock solution was prepared in water with a β-CD concentration
of 8.8mmol/L. Aliquots of β-CD stock solution were diluted with water to different
concentrations with an end volume of 15 mL. Different concentrated β-CD solutions were titrated
by 0.25 mmol/L alkali phenolphthalein stock solution under stirring until the transition point
from colorless to slight pink. Dispersions of nanogels containing β-CD were used as received
after dialysis and diluted in water. A 10mL aliquot of each prepared nanogel dispersion with
known particle concentration was titrated by 0.25 mmol/L alkali phenolphthalein stock solution
under stirring until the transition point from colorless to slight pink. For all volume titration a
buret was used from Brand Duran; DIN, with a total volume of 50 mL, ± 0.05 mL, Ex +30s.
UV-vis-absorptions spectra were recorded by Varian Cary 100 UV-vis spectrophotometer of Fa.
Varian, Darmstadt. A silica cuvette with a coating thickness of 1 cm was used. Water attended as
reference.
192
8.3 Results and discussion
Amphiphilic 12 kDa six-arm isocyanate NCO-terminated star-shaped poly(ethylene
oxide-stat-propylene oxide) with 80% EO content (NCO-sP(EO-stat-PO)) [22] was used as
reactive polymeric cross-linker for β-CD (Figure 1a). In water, isocyanates hydrolyze to amine
groups that further react with other NCO groups to urea bridges between the prepolymers. This
process leads to formation of a three-dimensional polymer network and may be used for the
preparation of hydrogels, [23] in which also biopolymers that possess nucleophilic groups such as
hyaluronic acid may be embedded resulting in biopolymerpolymer hybrid hydrogels [24]. Here,
β-CD was added to aqueous solutions of NCO-sP(EO-stat-PO). Hence, aside the hydrolysis-
aminolysis cross-linking reaction described above, reaction between the NCO groups and the
hydroxy groups of β-CD leads to cross-linked polyurethane networks. Since alcoholysis is
kinetically favored compared to hydrolysis, the cross-linking via β-CD is the main network-
forming mechanism.
With this method, β-CD-nanogels may be prepared by a simple one-pot preparation
method in water without the use of surfactants (Figure 1b). This process strongly depends on
reaction parameters. The influence of the stoichiometric ratio of the reactant and the
concentration has been examined at a constant stirring rate of 300 rpm at room temperature
(Table 1). After 24 h reaction and subsequent dialysis against water, between 40 and 70 wt.-% of
educts remained as cross-linked nanogels in solution. Generally, the adoption of sP(EO-stat-PO)
in a higher molar ratio to β-CD in the reaction mixture leads to a higher yield of nanogels after
dialysis.
Infrared-spectroscopy of freeze-dried purified nanogels shows a higher β-CD content with
an increase in the stoichiometric ratio of β-CD to sP(EO-stat-PO) in the reaction mixture. This is
evidenced by increasing intensity of the typical β-CD hydroxy bands (3350 cm-1
and 1680 cm-1
)
and the characteristic stretching vibration peak of C-O-C from β-CD (1032 cm-1
) [25]. The
absence of a NCO band at 2265 cm-1
and the presence of the typical band for urea (1690 cm-1
)
and urethane (1720 cm-1
) confirm chemical cross-linking (Figure 1c).
193
Figure 1. Reaction Scheme of β-CD with NCO-sP(EO-stat-PO) to urethane and urea cross-linked
nanogels (a). Schematic structure of aqueous nanogels with active -CD domains based on
sP(EO-stat-PO) (b). IR-spectra of nanogels with increasing β-CD content (c).
4000 3500 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4/1
5/1
11/1
21/1
tra
nsm
issio
n
wavenumber [cm-1]
4/1 CD/sP(EO-stat-PO)
5/1 CD/sP(EO-stat-PO)
11/1 CD/sP(EO-stat-PO)
21/1 CD/sP(EO-stat-PO)
32/1 CD/sP(EO-stat-PO)
32/1
H2O
1.
H2O R2 NH2
R2 NH2 R2
HN
HN
R2O
R2 N C O
R2 N C OR1 OH R2
HN O R1
O2.
R1 = - CD
= sP(EO-stat-PO)
-Cyclodextrin (CD)
R2
R2 N C O
OR O
R
OR
OR
OR
OR
OO
O NH
O
NCO
[Propylenoxid] [Ethylenoxid]
NCO terminated sP(EO-stat-PO)
Isophorone Isocyanate
R =
n n
O
OHHO
HO
O
O
HO
HO
OH
O
OHO
HO OHO
O
HO
OH
OH
O
O
OH OH
HO
O
O
OH
OH
HOO
OOH
OH
HO
O3.
Urethane and Urea Cross-linked Nanogels
a
b c 3350
1690
1720 1032
Structure of aqueous nanogel particle
with active -CD domains
194
The stability of the prepared nanogels was characterized at 3 wt.-% concentration in
aqueous dispersion by dynamic light scattering (DLS; Figure 2a). Low β-CD content in the
nanogels (β-CD/sP(EO-stat-PO) molar ratio of 4/1) leads to particle dispersions with a
multimodal, large size distribution over length scales. This corresponds to the multimodal size
distribution curve of nanogels prepared from pure sP(EO-stat-PO). By increasing the β-CD
content to β-CD/sP(EO-stat-PO) molar ratios of 11/1, 22/1, and 32/1, uniform nanogels with a
narrow size distribution and an increasing hydrodynamic radius of Rh = 118.6 ± 12.8 nm (11/1) to
Rh = 175.9 ± 5.3 nm (21/1) and further to Rh = 218.8 ± 12.5 nm (32/1) are obtained. Obviously,
β-CD supports and stabilizes the formation of more uniform structures and subsequently
chemically cross-links the nanogels.
Optical stability of nanogel dispersion with higher β-CD content is given over months in
low concentrated aqueous solution. DLS of aqueous nanogels (11/1 molar ratio β-CD/sP(EO-stat-
PO) in water at RT reflects a monomodal size distribution with Rh = 118.1 nm. After 5 d dialysis
Rh remains constant at 118.6 nm, indicating stability of the nanogels (Figure 2b). Cryo FESEM
images of nanogels in swollen state prepared in 3 wt.-% aqueous dispersion (Figure 2c) reveal
uniform particle morphology and confirm the nanogel size of Rh = 50-150 nm as determined by
DLS (Rh = 118.6 (11/1)). For studies of collapsed particles, aluminum slides are dip-coated in
nanogel dispersions for 15 min, dried, and investigated by FESEM (Figure 2d). In the dry state,
the nanogels shrink to an average diameter of 50nm (Rh = 25 nm). The calculated volumetric
(de)-swelling ratio defined as (RhD/Rh
S)3 (Rh
D = hydrodynamic radius under dry conditions; Rh
S =
hydrodynamic radius for maximally swollen nanogels in water) averages 0.009 [26]. Thus, the
nanogels exhibit excellent swelling properties in water up to more than four times their own
particle size from the collapsed state. Furthermore, they display a good adhesion to the surface
and a homogeneous distribution. At higher concentrations (5 wt.-%), nanogels show an affinity
for agglomeration (Supporting Information, Figure S1a). This may be explained by formation of
inclusion complexes between β-CD and hydrophobic moieties of the prepolymer that are
available at the nanogels surface, as multiple interactions between single nanogels are more
probable at higher concentrations. Such β-CD mediated interfacial phenomena between hydrogels
have recently been demonstrated to physically “glue” macroscopic hydrogels [27]. At very high
concentration (10 wt.-%) 3-dimensionally cross-linked bulk hydrogels are formed (Supporting
Information, Figure S1b).
195
Figure 2. DLS-measurements of nanogels with β-CD units in aqueous dispersion at 25 °C; size
distributions of nanogels with different β-CD content (a) and size distribution of nanogels (11 β-
CD/ 1 sP(EO-stat-PO)) in aqueous dispersion 1 h after reaction and after 5 d dialysis (b). Cryo-
FESEM images of swollen nanogels containing β-CD in ratio of (11 β-CD/1 sP(EO-stat-PO))
with a diameter of 100-300 nm (Rh=50-150 nm) made in 3 wt.-% aqueous dispersion (c). FESEM
images of the nanogels (11 β-CD/ 1 sP(EO-stat-PO)) made in 3 wt.-% aqueous dispersion with an
average diameter of 50 nm (Rh=25) in the dry collapsed state coated on aluminum (d).
10 100 1000
0
4
8
12
16
20
24
28
32
1h after reaction
5d after dialysis
Inte
nsity
Rh [nm]1 10 100 1000
0
4
8
12
16
20
24
28
32
Inte
nsity
Rh [nm]
sP(EO-stat-PO)
4/1 CD/sP(EO-stat-PO)
11/1 CD/sP(EO-stat-PO)
21/1 CD/sP(EO-stat-PO)
32/1 CD/sP(EO-stat-PO)
c d
a b
196
The number and availability of inclusion sites of β-CD in nanogels are crucial for their
sorption properties in water. β-CDs which are occupied and bound in rotaxane-like structures are
not accessible for host molecules. An easy way to characterize the amount of functional β-CD in
nanogels is the dye sorption method, for example by using the complexation of phenolphthalein
by β-CD. Phenolphthalein shows an absorbance at 553 nm in alkaline aqueous solution (pH 10.5)
due to delocalization of the π-electrons. Upon complexation of phenolphthalein in β-CD, this
delocalization is disturbed by lactonization of the ionized form. As a consequence, the
absorbance changes and the pink color disappears [28,29]. The creation of colorless 1:1
complexes in alkaline aqueous solution can thus be used for the quantitative determination of β-
CD-content in polymeric materials [30-32].
Table 2. Determination of CD content in nanogel dispersions after dialysis by titration of
Phenolphthalein in aqueous solution at pH 10.5.
Supporting Information, Figure S2 shows a qualitative proof for complexation of
phenolphthalein by β-CD nanogels in alkaline aqueous solution. For quantitative determination of
active β-CD in nanogels in comparison to free β-CD, the volumetric titration of phenolphthalein
in aqueous dispersion at pH 10.5 has been performed.
mol-ratio
CD/sP(EO-stat-PO)
nanogel conc.
[mg/mL]
Phenolphthalein solution
[mL/10mL]
CD content
[mg/mL]
CD content
[µmol/mL]
4/1 8.18 0.45±0.10 0.14±0.05 0.13±0.04
5/1 9.71 1.13±0.15 0.72±0.17 0.63±0.15
11/1 8.37 1.53±0.60 1.22±0.08 1.07±0.07
21/1 7.00 1.98±0.10 1.90±0.16 1.68±0.14
32/1 5.40 2.70±0.23 3.30±0.25 2.91±0.22
197
Figure 3. Amount of Phenolphthalein-titrated β-CD in nanogel dispersions in comparison with
the amount of β-CD added during preparation of nanogels in different molar ratios to sP(EO-stat-
PO) (a). Active β-CD content [wt.-%] in prepared nanogels based on complexion studies
compared with the theoretical content in the reaction mixture (b). Yield of prepared nanogels
after dialysis based on liophilisation and yield of active β-CD based on complexation studies with
respect to the educts (c).
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
0
1
2
3
4
32/1
21/1
11/1
5/1
titra
ted
C
D in
dis
pe
rsio
n [µ
mo
l/mL
]
CD added to the reaction mixture [µmol/mL]
4/1
4/1 5/1 11/1 21/1 32/10
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
Yie
ld w
ith r
esp
ect
to the e
duct
s [%
]
-CD/sP(EO-stat-PO) in the reaction mixture
nanogel
functional CD
4/1 5/1 11/1 21/1 32/1
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
functional CD
therotical CD
C
D c
on
ten
t [w
t.-%
]
CD/sP(EO-stat-PO) in reaction mixture
b
c
a
198
Aqueous solutions of free β-CD in different concentrations have been titrated in water at
pH 10.5 until the transition point to obtain a calibration curve (Supporting Information, Figure
S3). Afterwards, nanogels containing β-CD have been titrated until the transition point, and the
results were compared to the calibration curve obtained from free β-CD. A higher amount of β-
CD added during preparation of the nanogels also results in a higher amount of functional β-CD
in the nanogels dispersion, with the highest concentration of active β-CD in the case of a molar
ratio of 32/1 β-CD/sP(EO-stat-PO) corresponding to a 3.3 mg/mL solution of free β-CD (Table 2
and Figure3a).
Correlating this value to the expected amount of β-CDs per nanogel reveals, in agreement
with the IR-data, an increased β-CD content of nanogels from molar ratio 4/1 to 32/1 β-
CD/sP(EO-stat-PO) (Figure 3b). Nanogels prepared with a higher β-CD ratio (32/1 CD/sP(EO-
stat-PO)) also show a higher content of incorporated, active β-CD than nanogels prepared with
lower ratio (11/1 and 4/1 β-CD/sP(EO-stat-PO)). The maximal content of functional β-CD is
reached with the molar ratio 32/1 β-CD/sP(EO-stat-PO) with about 60 wt.-% functional β-CD in
the nanogels. Hence, 60 wt.-% of each nanogel in this sample are β-CD that are able to take up
guest molecules. However, the yield of the nanogel preparation process, meaning the amount of
obtained nanogels with respect to the educts, increases with decreasing amount of β-CD in the
reaction mixture. This trend is accompanied with a decreasing amount of functional β-CD in the
nanogels (Figure 3c). For the nanogels prepared with the molar ratio 32/1 β-CD/sP(EO-stat-PO),
30 wt.-% of the β-CD added to the reaction mixture for nanogel preparation is incorporated into
the gels in a functional way. With decreasing content of β-CD in the reaction mixture, the yield of
nanogels with respect to the educts increases, while the amount of functional β-CD in the
nanogels as well as the yield of functional β-CD in the nanogels with respect to the amount added
to the reaction mixture decreases. Taking into account the IR results that show a continuous
decrease of β-CD content with decreasing amount of β-CD in the reaction mixture, it is
concluded that, although some β-CD may be bound in the nanogels in a nonfunctional manner,
most of the nondetectible β-CD is not integrated into the nanogels during preparation and thus
removed during dialysis.
199
8.4 Conclusion
In conclusion, it was presented the preparation of β-CD containing nanogels through an
aqueous surfactant-free process by reaction between NCO-functional hydrophilic prepolymers
and β-CD. This process allows production of uniform nanogels with narrow size distribution and
a hydrodynamic radius of 50-150 nm. Coatings on aluminum showed nanogels with a good
adhesion to surfaces in homogeneous distribution with size of Rh = 25 nm under dry conditions.
The efficiency and the advantages of the nanogels in respect to the uptake of guest molecules
were investigated by dye sorption method with phenolphthalein. This method enabled the
quantitative determination of complexable β-CD units in colloidal polymeric material. Taking the
results together, low β-CD content in the reaction mixture leads to a high yield of nanogels, but
with a large, multimodal particle size distribution and low complexation properties. With the use
of a high β-CD amount in the reaction mixture, nanogels with small uniform particle size and
high uptake properties to hydrophobic molecules can be produced, with a maximum content of 60
wt.-% active β-CD per nanogel. Owing to this extremely high content of active β-CD in aqueous
dispersion, these nanogels are very promising materials for a variety of applications. Ongoing
research focuses on the application of these materials for technical surface modification such as
textiles as well as sustained release in agriculture and drug delivery.
200
8.5 References
1. Oh, K.; Drumright, R.; Siegwart, D. J.; Matyjaszewski, K., The development of microgels/nanogels for drug
delivery applications, Prog. Polym. Sci. 2008, 33, 448-477.
2. Lyon, L. A.; Meng, Z.; Singh, N.; Sorrell, C. D.; John, A. St., Thermoresponsive microgel-based materials,
Chem. Soc. Rev. 2009, 38, 865-874.
3. Lu, Y.; Spyra, P.; Mei, Y.; Ballauff, M.; Pich, A., Composite Hydrogels: Robust carriers for catalytic
nanoparticles, Macromol. Chem. Phys. 2007, 208, 254-261.
4. Pich, A.; Bhattacharya, S.; Lu, Y.; Boyko, V.; Adler, H. J. P., Temperature-Sensitive Hybrid Microgels with
Magnetic Properties, Langmuir 2004, 20, 10706-10711.
5. Szejtli, J., Introduction and general overview of cyclodextrin chemistry, Chem. Rev. 1998, 98, 1743-1753.
6. Loftsson, T.; Duchene, D., Cyclodextrins and their pharmaceutical applications, Int. J. Pharm. 2007, 329, 1–11.
7. Dodziuk, H., Applications other than in pharmaceutical industry, Cyclodextrins and Their Complexes, Dodziuk,
H., Eds.; WILEY-VCH: Weinheim, 2006; pp 450-466.
8. Wenz, G., Cyclodextrine als Bausteine supramolekularer Strukturen und Funktionseinheiten, Angew. Chem.
1994, 106, 851-870.
9. Moya-Ortega, M. D.; Alvarez -Lorenzo, C.; Concheiro, A.; Loftsson T., Cyclodextrin-based nanogels for
pharmaceutical and biomedical application, Int. J. Pharm.2012, 428, 152–163.
10. Kabanov, A. V.; Vinogradov, S. V., Nanogels as pharmaceutical carriers: finite networks of infinite
capabilities, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2009, 48, 5418–5429.
11. Pelton, R., Temperature-sensitive aqueous microgels, Adv. Colloid Interface Sci. 2000, 85, 1-33.
12. Barrère, M.; Landfester, K., High Molecular Weight Polyurethane and Polymer Hybrid Particles in Aqueous
Miniemulsion, Macromolecules 2003, 36, 5119-5125.
13. Paiphansiri, U.; Dausend, J.; Musyanovych, A.; Mailänder, V.; Landfester, K., Fluorescent Polyurethane
Nanocapsules Prepared via Inverse Miniemulsion: Surface Functionalization for Use as Biocarriers, Macromol.
Biosci. 2009, 9, 575-584.
14. Lui, Y. Y.; Yu, Y.; Tian, W.; Sun, L.; Fan, X. D., Preparation and Properties of Cyclodextrin/PNIPAm
Microgels, Macromol. Biosci. 2009, 9, 525-534.
15. Lui, Y. Y.; Yu, Y.; Zhang, G. B.; Tang, M. F., Characterization, and Controlled Release of Novel Nanoparticles
Based on MMA/β-CD Copolymers, Macromol. Biosci. 2007, 7, 1250-1257.
16. Lui, Y. Y.; Fan, X. D.; Kang ,T.; Sun, L., A Cyclodextrin Microgel for Controlled Release Driven by Inclusion
Effects, Macromol. Rapid. Commun. 2004, 25, 1912-1916.
17. Kettel, M. J.; Dierkes, F.; Schaefer, K.; Moeller, M.; Pich, A., Aqueous nanogels modified with cyclodextrin,
Polymer 2011, 52, 1917-1924.
18. Moya-Ortega, M. D.; Alvarez -Lorenzo, C.; Sigurdsson, H. H.; Concheiro, A.; Loftsson T., Cross-linked
hydroxypropyl--cyclodextrin and -cyclodextrin nanogels for drug delivery: Physicochemical and
loading/release properties, Carbohydr. Polym. 2012, 87, 2344–2351.
19. Xiao, P.; Dudal, Y.; Corvini, P. F. X.; Shahgaldian, P., Cyclodextrin-based polyurethanes act as selective
molecular recognition materials of active pharmaceutical ingredients (APIs), Polym. Chem. 2011, 2, 120-125.
201
20. Hishiya, T.; Shibata, M.; Kakazu, M.; Asanuma, H.; Komiyama, M., Molecularly Imprinted Cyclodextrins as
Selective Receptors for Steroids, Macromolecules 1999, 32, 2265-2269.
21. Groll, J.; Singh, S.; Albrecht, K.; Moeller, M., Biocompatible and degradable nanogels via oxidation reactions
of synthetic thiomers in inverse miniemulsion, J. Polym. Sci.: Part A: Polymer Chemistry 2009, 47, 5543-5549.
22. Goetz, H.; Beginn, U.; Bartelink, C. F.; Gruenbauer, H. J. M.; Moeller, M., Preparation of
isophoronediisocyanate terminated starpolyethers, Macromol. Mater. En. 2002, 287, 223-230.
23. Dalton, P. D.; Hostert, C.; Albrecht, K.; Moeller, M.; Groll, J., Structure and Properties of Urea-Crosslinked
Star Poly[(ethylene oxide)-ran-(propylene oxide)] Hydrogels, Macromol. Biosci. 2008, 8, 923-931.
24. Dhanasingh, A.; Salber, J.; Moeller, M.; Groll, J., Tailored hyaluronic acid hydrogels through hydrophilic
prepolymer cross-linkers, Soft Matters 2010, 6, 618-629.
25. Lui, Y. Y.; Fan, X. D., Synthesis, properties and controlled release behaviors of hydrogel networks using
cyclodextrin as pendant groups, Biomaterials 2005, 26, 6367-6374.
26. Saunders, B. R.; Vincent, B., Microgel particles as model colloids: theory, properties and applications, Adv.
Colloid Interface Sci. 1999, 80, 1-25.
27. Harada, A.; Kobayashi, R.; Takashima, Y.; Hashidzume, A.; Yamaguchi, H., Macroscopic self-assembly
through molecular recognition, Nat. Chem. 2011, 3, 34-37.
28. Taguchi, K., Transient binding of phenolphthalein-.beta.-cyclodextrin complex: an example of induced
geometrical distortion, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1986, 108, 2705-2709.
29. Buvári, A.; Barcza, L., Complex formation of phenolphthalein and some related compounds with β-cyclodextrin,
J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans. 1988, 2, 1687-1690.
30. Topchieva, I. N.; Spiridonov, V. V.; Kalashnikov, Ph. A.; Kurganov, B. I., The detection of cyclodextrin self-
association by titration with dyes, Colloid Journal 2006, 68, 98-105.
31. Mohamed, M. H.; Wilson, L. D.; Headley, J. V., Estimation of the surface accessible inclusion sites of β-
cyclodextrin based copolymer materials, Carbohydr. Polym. 2010, 80, 186-196.
32. Trellenkamp, T.; Ritter, H., Poly(N-vinylpyrrolidone) Bearing Covalently Attached Cyclodextrin via Click-
Chemistry: Synthesis, Characterization, and Complexation Behavior with Phenolphthalein, Macromolecules
2010, 43, 5538-5543.
202
8.6 Supporting Informations
Figure S1. Cryo-FESEM Image of agglomerated nanogels in concentrate dispersion prepared in
5 wt.-% reaction mixture with average diameter of 500 nm (a). Surface of 3 dimensional bulk
sP(EO-stat-PO) hydrogel containing β-CD made in 10 wt.-% aqueous reaction mixture (b).
Figure S2. UV/Vis spectra of 1 mL phenolphthalein in alkaline (pH 10.5) aqueous solution, in
presents of free β-CD and nanogels with β-CD in different molar ratios to sP(EO-stat-PO). (a).
Photography of Phenolphthalein containing aqueous samples (pH 10.5) with β-CD nanogels with
a molar ratio of 11/1 CD/sP(EO-stat-PO) (right) and without β-CD nanogels (left) (b).
a b
500 520 540 560 580 6000.000
0.002
0.004
0.006
0.008
0.010
0.012
0.014
0.016
0.018
0.020
Absorb
ance
Wavelength [nm]
aqueous solution
free CD
5/1 CD/sP(EO-stat-PO)
11/1 CD/sP(EO-stat-PO)
Phenolphthalein/
waterPhenolphthalein/
β-CD-nanogel
ba553 nm
203
Figure S3. Calibration curve of natural β-CD was obtained by Phenolphthalein titration of
different concentrated aqueous β-CD solutions at pH 10.5.
y = 5.7333x1.7624
R2 = 0.9972
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
0.00 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25
Usage of phenolphthalein solution [ml]
β-C
D [
mg
/10
ml]
β-CD straight calibration curve
204
205
Chapter 9
Application of β-cyclodextrin containing nanogels as carriers of
permethrin on keratin fibers
Abstract: In this work, the application of nanogels with high functional -cyclodextrin (CD)-
content as new and versatile method for the modification and protection of textiles is presented.
The complexation potential of covalently embedded -CD in nanogels is demonstrated for the
common insecticide permethrin in aqueous environment. It is shown that permethrin containing
-CD nanogels can be applied easily, homogeneously and safely on keratin fibers like wool
fabrics and human hairs. The permethrin concentration on fibers is directly controlled by the
permethrin content in nanogels. The permanence of permethrin on treated fibers with regard to
washing and UV fastness were tested. Our results show that permethrin complexed in nanogels is
removed from the textile during washing, but that the complexation of permethrin by -CD
domains in the nanogels protects the active ingredient from UV-degradation. Bioassay tests
against the larvae of Tineola bisselliella and Anthrenocerus australis show that the activity of the
ingredients does not decrease after complexation in -CD gels and it results in protection of the
wool fibers against degradation by the insect larvae.
Keywords: nanogels, cyclodextrin, host-guest-systems, phermetrin, keratin fibers, textiles
Perm. CD nanogel Perm. (Ref.)0
10
20
30
40
50
60 trans-Perm.
cis-Perm.
Perm
. lo
ss o
n f
ibers
[w
t.-%
]
Permethrin (Perm.) loss
on fibers after UV-irradiation
Application on
keratin fibers
- permethrin -CD-nanogels
1 µm
16 % 20 %
43 % 38 %
206
9.1 Introduction
Nano- and microgels are small cross-linked polymeric particles, which can be considered
as colloidal hydrogels if they are composed of water soluble/swellable polymer chains. Specific
properties like the degree of swelling, particle size or responsibility to changes in the next
environment of the nanogels can be controlled by variation of the functional monomers, the
degree of cross-linking and the preparation method [1,2]. Furthermore, the embedding of
functional molecules with specific binding properties for guest molecules finds more and more
interest and application possibilities [3,4].
For example, incorporation of cyclodextrins (CDs) as specific binding domain into the
polymer network promotes improved uptake and release properties of micro- and nanogels and
has proven superior to low molecular weight CDs [5]. CDs are well known for typical cone
structure, which consist of a hydrophilic outer surface and hydrophobic interior cave with
diameter of 5-8 Å. The typical structure properties of CDs enable the formation of host-guest
complexes with suitable hydrophobic molecules [6]. Complexation leads to modification of the
physical and chemical properties (solubility, smell, reactivity etc.) of the guest molecules [7]. In
many fields, CDs find application as adsorber and/or switchable release domains [8,9]. Hence,
non-bonded natural CDs or covalently bonded modified CDs are already used for encapsulation
of bad odors or the fixation and controlled release of perfumes e. g. in textile industry [10,11].
CD containing nanogels have improved properties and advantages compared to low molecular
weight CDs. A modified release behavior controlled by copolymerization, an improved fixation
on surfaces by physical binding and an improved possibility for specific application might be
expected for polymeric CD carrier and delivery systems [12]. Nanogels are known for their
ability to adsorb on surfaces and form thin films [13,14], in which they should conditionally raise
fast with a homogeneous distribution onto textiles. On surfaces, nanogels are physically
connected due to their gel character. Thus, in contrary to covalently bound and non-modified
CDs [15,16]. CD containing nanogels should be applicable to all types of fabrics and surfaces due
to the good adhesion to surfaces caused by the internal cross-linked gel character. The coating of
textile surfaces with nanogels has advantages over the application of polymers as it results in very
thin and homogeneous gel layers or particles. Polymer application results often in thick and
inhomogeneous layers which has negative impact on the haptic properties and on the
performance of the textiles. The application of conventional polymers, e. g. acrylates, results
207
often in textiles with stiff handle [17,18]. The ability to form stable nanogel dispersions in water
is a further major advantage over polymers which are often applied from organic solvents. Thus,
loaded and unloaded -CD nanogels can be applied on different surfaces from aqueous
dispersion. This process enables an easy handling and a save and nontoxic application process.
Furthermore, physically bonded nanogels loaded with specific ingredients should also be
removable and exchangeable.
One major interest for textiles is the protection of human beings, animals and the textile
material itself against insect attack. Permethrin (3-phenoxybenzyl (1RS)-cis,trans-3-(2,2-
dichlorovinyl)-2,2-dimethylcyclopropanecarboxylate) which belongs to the synthetic pyrethroids,
is one commonly used agent and finds applications as common insecticide, acaricide and
repellent agent with a broad range in its activity spectra [19,21]. It acts as neurotoxin and is
responsible for prolongation of the sodium channel activation. The unimpeded flow of Na+ ions
through the cell membranes leads to uncontrolled nerve impulses, incoordination and finally
paralysis of the organism [22,23]. Permethrin is used in agriculture to protect plants and to kill
livestock parasites [24,25]. Further, it is effective for the industrial domestic insect control. As
insect repellent, it finds application against ticks, mosquitoes and in pet flea preventative collars
[26,27]. As personal protective, permethrin is used as repellent in cloth impregnation and finds
application primarily for the treatment of military uniforms and mosquito nets [28]. In medicine,
permethrin is a first-line treatment for scabies and is used on humans to eradicate parasites such
as head lice and mites [29-31].
The complexation of insecticides and especially of permethrin by -CD is well studied by
different workgroups [32-34]. Experimental studies in cooperation with theoretical calculations
show that in low -CD concentrations a 1:1 complex and in higher concentrations a 1:2 complex
is formed. The complexes are ordered in nanorods when the surplus of -CD and thus, the
complex density of 1:2 increases [35]. Also the application of permethrin:-CD complexes onto
textiles, especially on cotton and polyester fabrics [36-38], or their incorporation in mosquito nets
have been investigated [39]. The results show that the activity of the agent is not reduced by
complexation but it is observed that -CD which possesses high biocompability enhances the
activity.
However, the use of β-CD containing nanogels for complexation of permethrin and as
protective coating for textiles has not yet been explored. Coating possibilities with permethrin
208
complexed by β-CD containing nanogels for different fiber types offer a new application method
for insecticides, aiming further at the protection of textiles against the attack of the larvae of
moths or beetles or to protect humans against mosquitoes and head lice. The active agent is
released during contact or attack of insects on the fabrics, thus, it acts as stomach or contact
poison. Rapid, uncontrolled release and early decomposition of the active agents on the fabric
should be prevented by the complexation in -CD domains [40].
It have been shown before that by the use of reactive multifunctional pre-polymers, -CD
can be cross-linked in a water-based organic solvent-free approach to nanogels with up to 60 wt.-
% active -CD content [41]. Aim of the present work is the complexation of permethrin as model
insecticide into these nanogels and their use for coating textiles as protection against insects.
Studies regarding the permethrin uptake, coating on keratin fibers and the permanence of the
treated textiles are presented and discussed. Furthermore, the activity of the permethrin -CD
nanogel treated keratin fabric is tested in bioassays against the larvae of Tineola bisselliella
(clothes moth) and Anthrenocerus australis (carpet beetle).
209
9.2. Experimental
9.2.1 Materials
β-CD was obtained from Wacker GmbH, Burghausen, Germany, and dried before use at
80 °C for about 48 h in a drying cabinet. Isocyanate-terminated star-shaped poly(ethylene oxide-
stat-propylene oxide) (NCO-sP(EO-stat-PO)) was prepared as described before [42]. Here, star-
shaped polyethers with a backbone of statistically copolymerized 80 % ethylene oxide and 20 %
propylene oxide have a molecular weight of 12000 g/mol (PDI = 1.15) and are terminated with
isocyanate (NCO) groups at the distal ends of the arms. Trans- and cis-permethrin was obtained
from Sigma Aldrich, Taufkirchen, Germany, and used as received. A mixture of trans- and cis-
permethrin with the common ratio of 75 % (trans) to 25 % (cis) which are used for standard
treatment of wool textiles was diluted in minimum of methanol. The used wool fabrics (179.35
g/m2, tissue thickness: 0.845 mm; raw white) was provided by Becker & Fuehren Tuche GmbH,
Aachen, Germany. The used human hair (European hair type) was received from the author.
9.2.2 Preparation of β-CD containing nanogels
β-CD containing nanogels were synthesized according to the published preparation
procedure [41,42]. 502 mg (0.44 mmol) β-CD were dried at 80 °C for about 48 h and dissolved in
deionized water (50 mL). The aqueous β-CD solution was added to 504 mg (0.028 mmol) of the
NCO-terminated sP(EO-stat-PO) pre-polymer under stirring. The aqueous phase was stirred
continually at 300 rpm over 24 h using a glass paddle connected to an overhead stirrer. The clear
dispersion was filled in a dialysis tube (ZelluTrans - 12,0S 45 mm, MWCO: Nominal 12000-
14000; Carl Roth GmbH, Karlsruhe, Germany) which was put into water (2 L). The water was
changed after 24 h and 48 h, the dialysis was stopped after 96 h. The purified dispersion was
filled up to a 250 mL end volume. Yield: 748.7 mg (74 %). Particle size: 50-200 nm.
Further analytical data are given in the Supporting Information.
210
9.2.3 Complexation of permethrin by nanogels
Trans- (75 %) and cis- (25 %) permethrin containing methanolic solutions were added in
different concentrations to 50 mL aqueous β-CD containing nanogel dispersion (3 mg/mL). The
reaction mixtures were stirred for 12 h at RT for full complexation and evaporation of the
methanolic solvent. After few minutes, white, cloudy, stable particle dispersion was formed. The
stable dispersions are separated from non-complexed permethrin sediments and freeze-dried or
applied directly onto keratin fibers for further analysis. Table 1 shows the total permethrin
concentrations in the β-CD nanogel dispersion for the complexation process. The added molar
permethrin concentration was calculated for the expected molar β-CD content in nanogels by
theoretical conversion of a 1:1 ratio of β-CD and NCO-sP(EO-stat-PO).
Further analytical data are given in the Supporting Information.
Table 1. Permethrin (Perm.) concentrations in β-CD/sP(EO-stat-PO) nanogel (NG) dispersions
for the complexation process. For quantitative analysis of the permethrin content on treated fibers
the percentage weight ratio of permethrin and wool textile (Tex.) (3.79 g ≈ 200 cm2) is shown.
NG calc. CD* Perm. calc. CD Perm. Perm./NG NG/Tex. Perm./Tex.
mg/mL mg/mL mg/mL µmol/mL µmol/mL wt.-% wt.-% wt.-%
2.99 1.50 0.00 1.32 0.00 0.00 0.38 0.00
2.99 1.50 0.06 1.32 0.15 2.00 0.38 0.08
2.99 1.50 0.12 1.32 0.31 4.01 0.38 0.16
2.99 1.50 0.30 1.32 0.77 10.02 0.38 0.39
2.99 1.50 0.75 1.32 1.92 25.04 0.38 0.98
2.99 1.50 1.50 1.32 3.83 50.09 0.38 1.94
* calc. CD: calculated -CD content in -CD nanogels based on an expected conversion of 1:1
ratio β-CD: NCO-sP(EO-stat-PO)
211
9.2.4 Application of permethrin loaded nanogels onto textiles
A series of nanogel dispersions with different particle and permethrin concentrations was
used for further coating experiments. The quantitative permethrin application with the associated
nanogel concentration on textiles is shown in Table 1. The nanogel concentrations and the
associated permethrin content used for different coatings are listed in Table 2. The coating
process took place in a special beaker in which the dispersion was put. The wool textiles (3.79 g
≈ 200 cm2) were padded with 50 mL of a dispersion containing permethrin-loaded nanogel
particles for half an hour using a mini-foulard (in-house development) (Scheme 1c). After that,
the coated fabric was dried at RT for half an hour and further for half hour at 80 °C. The tissue
samples were packed waterproof and stored under ambient conditions protected from light.
Table 2. -CD/sP(EO-stat-PO) nanogel (NG) and permethrin (Perm.) concentrations of aqueous
dispersion for the coating by padding with the help of a mini-foulard plus the percentage weight
ratio of permethrin and wool textile (Tex.) (3.79 g ≈ 200 cm2) is listed.
NG calc. CD*
Perm. calc. CD Perm. Perm./NG NG/Tex. Perm./Tex.
mg/mL mg/mL mg/mL µmol/mL µmol/mL wt.-% wt.-% wt.-%
0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
0.60 0.30 0.06 0.26 0.15 10.02 0.78 0.08
1.50 0.75 0.15 0.66 0.38 10.02 1.94 0.20
2.99 1.50 0.30 1.32 0.77 10.02 3.80 0.39
12.00 6.00 1.20 5.29 3.07 10.02 13.67 1.56
* calc. CD: calculated -CD content in –CD nanogel based on an expected conversion of 1:1
ratio β-CD: NCO-sP(EO-stat-PO)
212
9.2.5 Application of Permethrin-Based Insecticide onto Wool Textiles (Reference Treatment)
Permethrin-based insecticides (here: Eulan™ SPA-01, Tanatex GmbH, Leverkusen, Germany,
and Mystox™ CMP, Catomance Technologies Ltd., Stevenage, United Kingdom, were applied
onto wool fibers or fabrics in dosages of 0.3 – 1.0 % (wt.-% on weight of wool) from an aqueous
liquor (liquor ratio = 1:30) which contained 4 % (wt.-% on weight of wool) (NH4)2SO4, the pH-
value was adjusted to 6 using acetic acid, by bath exhaustion procedure. The treatment was
performed at 98 °C for 60 min using an Ahiba Turbomat (Type TM6) laboratory dyeing machine
(Ahiba, Birsfelden, Switzerland). The wool samples were rinsed after the treatment with warm
water (50 °C) for 10 min and with cold tap water for 20 min. The samples were squeezed off and
dried at ambient conditions protected from light exposure. In parallel, blank treatments without
addition of insecticides were performed.
9.2.6 Characterization of -CD containing nanogels, permethrin loaded nanogels and keratin
fibers and fabrics treated with permethrin
IR spectra were obtained using the FT-IR-spectrometer: Nexus 470 (Thermo Nicolet,
Neu-Isenburg, Germany) (spectral disintegration: 8 cm-1
). Nanogel dispersions were dried by
lyophilisation and studied preferentially in KBr-pellets.
Raman spectra were measured with a spectral resolution of 4 cm-1
with the help of a
Bruker RFS 100/s Raman spectrometer (Bruker Optics, Ettlingen, Germany) using a Nd:YAG
laser (wavelength: 1064 nm). The solid samples were measured in an aluminum pan.
1H- and
13C-NMR measurements were carried out using a AC400 spectrometer (Bruker,
Ettlingen, Germany); 1H-NMR spectra were recorded at 400 MHz and
13C-NMR spectra at 100
MHz. DMSO-d6 was used as solvent; the signal of the non-deuterated solvent was used as
standard.
UV-vis spectra were measured with the help of a Varian Cary 100 UV-vis-
spectrophotometer (Varian, Darmstadt, Germany) using quartz cuvettes (optical path length: 1
cm). The respective solvent (here: water or ethanol) was used as reference.
Analysis of the particle size was made by dynamic light scattering measurements (DLS),
using the Nano Zetasizer (Malvern Instruments GmbH, Herrenberg, Germany) spectrometer. The
spectrometer contains a He–Ne laser (λ0 = 633 nm). Back scattering light was detected using an
213
angle of 173°. The hydrodynamic particle radius and the particle distribution of the
hydrodynamic radius were determined. All DLS-measurements were made at 25 °C.
The electron microscopic analyses were made using the S-4800-Field-Emission-Scanning
Electron Microscope (Hitachi Ltd., Tokyo, Japan) with high disintegration and cryo-
function. Dry nanogels were studied after coating onto the surface of keratin fibers. After
application of nanogels by padding or dip-coating, the treated fibers were dried further at RT and
in vacuum. The samples coated with nanogels were studied by SEM at RT using an accelerating
voltage of 1 KV and 8 mm disintegration. The particle diameter was determined with the help of
the SEM enclosed software.
The permethrin concentration of -CD based nanogels was determined by RP-HPLC-
analysis with the help of Nucleosil 100-5 C18 columns (Macherey & Nagel GmbH, Dueren,
Germany) using the eluent: methanol/water - 87/13 (v/v), and a flow rate of 0.5 mL/min at RT.
The exact concentration was determined by the use of UV-detection at 206 nm and a straight
calibration line of pure permethrin. The permethrin content of treated textiles and of freeze-dried
nanogels was determined by HPLC analysis after extraction with methanol (1 g textile/20 mL
methanol; 30 min at 80 °C).
The fastness to washing of treated textiles was determined according to DIN EN ISO 105-
C10 at 40 °C (30 min). 5 g needle soap was used for the washing of 1 g wool in 50 mL soap
solution. The textile was then further washed with water for 10 min and 2 times with distilled
water. The evaluation of the insecticide resistance to washing was performed by determination of
the residual content of the parasite protection products after washing fastness tests by HPLC
analysis after extraction of the wool.
The light fastness testing of treated fabrics was performed according to DIN EN ISO 105-
B06. Here, permethrin treated fabrics were irradiated for 48 h in a Atlas Weather-Ometer ES25
equipment (ATLAS Material Testing Technology, Chicago, USA) at a light intensity of 0.27
W/m2/nm (recorded at 340 nm). The evaluation of the insecticide resistance to light was
performed by determination of the residual content of the parasite protection products on treated
wool after the light fastness test by HPLC analysis after extraction of the textile.
The color measurement was performed using the colorimeter Datacolor Spectraflash
SF600 plus CT from Datacolor, Marl, Germany. The measurements were made without luster
and with a 20 mm blend. They were performed using illuminant D65 and the 10° observer.
214
Fabrics were measured in two layers. For each sample, five measurements were made and the
mean values were calculated. The whiteness was calculated as W-CIE, the yellowness values as
G-DIN 6167 and the yellowness differences as ΔG-DIN 6167. The color values were calculated
according to the Datacolor formula based on the CIELAB system and for illuminant D65.
The biological activity of wool fabrics coated with permethrin containing nanogels was
determined according to ISO 3998-1977 (E) (in accordance with the Wools of New Zealand Test
Method 25) against the larvae of moths (Tineola bisselliella) and against the larvae of the
Australian carpet beetle (Anthrenocerus australis) at AgResearch, Inc., Hamilton, New Zealand.
215
9.3 Results and discussion
Aim of this work was to evaluate and exploit the application potential of nanogels as
surface-active carriers and anti-insect coatings for textiles. For this, nanogels were chosen to act
as carrier materials for permethrin as model compound with regard to fixation and as coating
systems due to self-bonding on fiber materials. The whole application procedure is subdivided in
3 main steps (Scheme 1a-c).
Scheme 1. Scheme of the synthesis of β-CD containing nanogels based on NCO-star P(EO-stat-
PO) in aqueous solution (a), incorporation of permethrin into β-CD containing nanogels in
aqueous solution (b), and nanogel application on textile surfaces (c). 7
Preparation and purification of nanogels with high active -CD content is followed by
complexation of permethrin into the nanogels. Finally, the treatment of fabrics by coating with
the loaded nanogels from washing liquors and thermofixation of the treated materials was
performed, and their bioactivity was tested.
O
O
Cl
Cl
O
aqueous cyclodextrin
mixture stirrer
24 h
gel-particles in water
RTNCO-
sP(EO-stat-PO)
stirrerpermethrin
solutionactive ingredients
in nanogelspermethrin
textile
aqueousnanogel
dispersion
a
b
c Rh = 25 -100 nm
Rh = 50 -200 nm
216
9.3.1 Cyclodextrin based nanogels
Nanogels are prepared in water by cross-linking of β-CD with a NCO-terminated star-
shaped pre-polymer on the basis of polyethylene oxide (80 %) and polypropylene oxide (20 %)
(sP(EO-stat-PO)) as described before [41,42]. The colloidal polymeric particles are created and
stabilized by incorporation of β-CD domains in the polymer backbone of cross-linked sP(EO-
stat-PO) in aqueous solution via covalent urethane bonding between the NCO groups of the
prepolymer and the hydroxy groups of the -CD units [41]. Furthermore, their size of several
nanometers can be controlled by the β-CD content, as an increasing β-CD concentration in the
reaction mixture leads to an increase of the size from 50 nm to several hundred nanometers. The
uptake capacity of these nanogels and quantitatively determined the complexation properties of
the -CD units in the nanoparticles by the dye-sorption method using the pH sensitive dye
phenolphthalein were investigated before.
For the present study,whether these nanogels do attach onto keratin fibers when applied
from aqueous dispersion it was initially checked. (Figure 1: nanogel adsorption on wool fibers).
Figure 1. β-CD nanogels coated on wool fibers (a) and uncoated wool fibers as reference (b).
The -CD containing nanogels can be coated onto fabrics by padding resulting in highly
homogeneous distribution as analyzed by field emission electron microscopy. Only FESEM with
a high resolution enables the optical detection of the applied nanogels. After application,
homogeneous coating of the wool fabrics with unloaded gel particles of the size of approx. 100
nm (hydrodynamic radii (Rh ≈ 50 nm)) is determined.
a b
1 µm 1 µm
217
9.3.2 Complexation and release of permethrin by/from -CD nanogels
Complexation of permethrin by natural low molecular weight CDs has already been
studied in detail by some workgroups. Stoichiometric formation of a 1:1 permethrin:-CD
complex is described using higher permethrin concentration and lower -CD content in aqueous
solution. By increase of the -CD ratio in comparison to permethrin the formation of a 2:1
complex and the formation of nanorods was described [32,33].
In this work, the complexation of permethrin by -CD nanogels is made in aqueous
dispersion (Scheme 2). Different concentrations of permethrin diluted in alcoholic solution were
dropwise added to -CD containing nanogels in a clear aqueous dispersion. The complexation of
the hydrophobic molecule is observed directly from the decrease of transparency. Hence,
hydrophobic molecules bind to the hydrophobic interior surfaces of covalently embedded -CD,
which makes nanogels more hydrophobic. The water insoluble ingredients increase their water
solubility by complexation and are distributed homogeneously in the whole dispersion. (Figure
S1).
Scheme 2. Uptake and complexation process of cis/trans permethrin in -CD containing star
P(EO-stat-PO) nanogels in aqueous dispersion.
The qualitative uptake of permethrin by β-CD nanogels was studied by IR, Raman, UV
and NMR spectroscopy of the freeze-dried permethrin-loaded β-CD nanogels (Figure 2).
Infrared spectroscopy shows beside the characteristic bands of the stretching vibration of
C-O-C bonds associated with β-CD (1030 cm-1
) the typical amide bands (1677 and 1535 cm-1
)
O
RR
R
O
O
R
R
RO
OR
R
R
O
O
R
R
R
O
O
R
R
R
O
O
R
RR
O
OR
R
R
O
O
RR
R
O
O
R
R
RO
OR
R
R
O
O
R
R
R
O
O
R
R
R
O
O
R
RR
O
OR
R
R
O
β-Cyclodextrin
Permethrin-β-Cyclodextrin-
Complexβ-Cyclodextrin-sP(EO-stat-PO)-Nanogel
Permethrin loaded β-Cyclodextrin-sP(EO-stat-PO)-Nanogel
O
O
Cl
Cl
O
O
O
Cl
Cl
O
cis/trans-Permethrin
218
and the urethane amide I band (1720 cm-1
) which confirm the chemical cross-linking and the
covalent bonding of β-CD into the sP(EO-stat-PO) based nanogels. The complexation of
permethrin is documented by the IR bands at 1585, 1487 and 1457 cm-1
which can be assigned to
aromatic residues. The C=O band of the permethrin ester group at 1720 cm-1
is overlapped by the
amide I band of the urethane groups in the nanogel (Figure 2a).
The Raman signal at 1003 cm-1
originates from breath vibrations of the benzene ring; it is
associated with the complexed permethrin. Furthermore, the Raman bands at 1595, 1617, 1732
and 3055 cm-1
can be referred to the complexed permethrin as these signals are due to the C-C-,
C=C- (olefinic or aromatic), ester and C-H (aromatic) residues in the permethrin molecule. The
successful incorporation of cyclodextrins into sP(EO-stat-PO) gels is proven by the presence of
the out-of-plane deformation of the glucose ring at 480 cm-1
in the Raman spectrum (Figure 2b).
The UV spectra of -CD nanogels, which are loaded with permethrin, exhibit a
characteristic UV maximum at 278 nm which originates from the aromatic residues of the
permethrin molecule (Figure 2c). The complexation of permethrin by natural -CD and -CD
nanogel resulted in a slight red shift of the UV absorption band compared to that of permethrin
(273 nm). This effect was be explained by the high electron density of the permethrin guest
molecule located inside the -CD host cavity [25,33].
The 1H-NMR spectra of -CD nanogels with complexed permethrin depict characteristic
peaks of the sP(EO-stat-PO) backbone at 1.04 ppm and 3.35 ppm which is overlapped by the CH
and CH2 protons of the CD ring in the area of 3.2-3.6 ppm. Furthermore, β-CD shows the
characteristic peak at 4.83 (s, CH-1) and the peaks of the OH groups at 4.53 (s, C-OH-6) and
5.62-5.66 (s, C-OH-2, 3). The complexed permethrin in the nanogel is depicted at 1H-NMR
signals at 1.164 ppm (CH3, cis/trans-permethrin), 2.04 (C-H, cyclopropane, permethrin), 5.11
(COO-CH2-Ar), 5.703 (HC=CCl2), 7.01 (CHar,), 7.40 (CHar) (Figure 2d).
From all the data of the spectrometric analysis and in comparison with pure cis/trans-
permethrin, the permethrin cyclodextrin complex and the unloaded β-CD nanogel, it can be
concluded that permethrin is complexed mainly by the β-CD nanogels. Furthermore, it is difficult
to analyze how much permethrin is complexed by the β-CD units with this analytical methods
and otherwise, how much is encapsulated by the cross-linked structure of the sP(EO-stat-PO)
polymer backbone. In this case, synergistic effects between the β-CD domains and the polymer
enhance the uptake process.
219
Figure 2. IR spectra of -CD and the permethrin:-CD inclusion-complex (Perm. CD) in
comparison with -CD nanogels (CD-NG) and permethrin:loaded nanogels (Perm. CD-NG) in
DMSO-d6 (a). Raman spectra of the permethrin:loaded (Perm. CD-NG) and unloaded -CD
nanogels (CD-NG) (b). UV absorption spectra of permethrin in ethanol and the permethrin:-CD
inclusion complex (Perm. CD) in water in comparison with -CD nanogels (CD-NG) and
permethrin-loaded nanogels (Perm. CD-NG) in aqueous dispersion (c). 1H-NMR spectra of
permethrin and the permethrin:-CD inclusion complex (Perm. CD) in comparison with -CD
nanogels (CD-NG) and permethrin-loaded nanogels (Perm. CD-NG) in DMSO-d6 (d).
In water, the β-CD nanogel complex is quite stable because the hydrophobic guest
molecule prefers the hydrophobic interior cavity of -CD molecules. By use of organic/water
mixtures permethrin release is expected due to the re-dispersion of the β-CD nanogels in water.
Hence, -CD nanogels (2.99 mg/mL) with included permethrin are tested for their release
behavior in methanolic solutions. Here, the freeze-dried permethrin loaded nanogels are extracted
a
c
b
d
2000 1500 1000 500
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
(4)
(3)
(2)
IR-T
ransm
issio
n
Wavenumber [cm-1]
CD-NG (4)
Perm. CD-NG (3)
CD (2)
Perm. CD (1)
(1)
240 260 280 300 3200.00
0.05
0.10
0.15
0.20
(4)
(3)
(2)
UV
-Absorb
ance
Wavelenght [nm]
CD-NG (4)
Perm. CD-NG (3)
Perm. CD (2)
Permethrin (1)
(1)
273
278
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
(1)
(2)
(3)
NM
R-I
nte
nsity
ppm
CD-NG (4)
Perm. CD-NG (3)
Perm. CD (2)
Permethrin (1)
(4)
2000 1500 1000 5000.00
0.03
0.06
0.09
0.12
0.15
4801732
16171595
Ram
an-T
ransm
issio
n
Wavenumber [cm-1]
CD-NG (2)
Perm. CD-NG (1)
1003
(2)
(1)
220
in methanolic solvent (150 mg/20 mL) and are washed by variation of time at 80 °C under
permanent shaking of the mixture. Then, the methanolic extraction solution is filtered and
analyzed by HPLC analysis, to determine the permethrin content quantitatively similar to the
literature [43,44].
In Figure 3a, the HPLC diagrams of permethrin released from nanogels in comparison to
unloaded nanogels in methanol are shown. The -CD nanogels without permethrin do not show
any significant peaks. This means that only released permethrin is detected at 206 nm. The
permethrin-loaded nanogels release the guest molecule, and in the HPLC diagrams, cis- and
trans-permethrin can be detected by the strong peaks at 17 min (trans) and at 21 min (cis) in a
ratio of 75 % (trans) to 25 % (cis). This ratio of the cis/trans isomers is similar to the ratio (3/1
trans/cis) of the original permethrin solution which is added to the -CD nanogel dispersion.
Thus, the -CD nanogel complex releases trans- and cis-permethrin without any preference of
one of the isomers.
Figure 3. Release of permethrin (Perm.) from -CD nanogels in methanolic solutions determined
by HPLC analysis. HPLC-diagram of trans- and cis-permethrin released from loaded -CD
nanogels in comparison with unloaded -CD nanogels in methanol (a). Trans- and cis-permethrin
release from -CD nanogels by variation of the methanol/water content of the extraction solvent
and variation of extraction time (b).
In Figure 3b, the variation of the methanol/water content in the extraction solvent and the
extraction time are studied. Here, a mixture of water and methanol (1:1) shows a slight release of
permethrin from -CD nanogels. Change of extraction time does not lead to an increase of the
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
Inte
nsity [m
V]
(at
20
6n
m)
Time [min]
Permethrin in CD nanogels
CD nanogels
cis-permethrin
trans-permethrin
ba
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
Pe
rm.
rele
ase f
rom
Na
no
ge
l [µ
g/m
g]
Extraction time [min]
trans-Perm. theo. cis-Perm. theo.
trans-Perm. MeOH cis-Perm. MeOH
trans-Perm. H2O/MeOH cis-Perm. H
2O/MeOH
221
released permethrin content. On the opposite, the pure methanolic solution increases the release
of trans- and cis-permethin significantly. Here, the extraction time can promote the released
amount of trans- and cis-permethrin. The total content of the complexed permethrin is rinsed out
by pure methanol. The hydrophobic properties of the guest molecule in a less hydrophilic
environment plus the high hydrodynamic pressure due to the surplus of the solvent lead to a
rising release of permethrin in organic solvents. The concentration of the released permethrin in
pure methanol increases to 100 % of the expected values. These values are 90 % higher than the
permethrin release in a water/methanol mixture (1:1).
9.3.3 Application onto textiles
Stable aqueous nanogel dispersions loaded with permethrin suggest a good possibility for
the application on surfaces. The treatment of textiles, especially of wool fabrics, with permethrin
loaded nanogels presents a controlled, but effective insect-proofing with safe application. The
coating process is made by dip-coating and padding. Keratin fibers like wool or human hairs can
be treated easily with permethrin from aqueous liquors. The coatings are studied using aqueous
dispersions with different β-CD nanogel concentrations (Table 1). The surface of wool fabrics
which were treated with permethrin loaded -CD containing nanogels is analyzed by field
emission electron microscopy (Figure 4). Slightly coated fabrics are obtained by padding using
0.6 mg/mL (0.8 wt.-% permethrin/textile) permethrin loaded nanogel dispersion (Figure 3b). In
comparison to the untreated fabric (Figure 4a) the surface shows the presence of small round
particles. The particle concentration and thus, the permethrin concentration on fibers increase
with the increase of the permethrin loaded particle concentration in the aqueous dispersion
(Figure 4b-d). An increase of the nanogel concentration to 1.5 mg/mL (2 wt.-%) results in a
higher particle concentration on the surface. Heavily coated fibers which can be seen in Figure 3d
are obtained with nanogel concentration of 3 mg/mL (4 wt.-%). Here, agglomerations and dense
distribution characterize the surface of the fabric. Very heavily coated fabrics obtained by using
nanogel concentrations of 12 mg/mL (16 wt.-%), exhibit the presence of a gel film which adheres
to the fabric and cross-links the individual wool fibers (Figure 4e). In case of coatings with low
nanogel concentrations, individual gel particles can be identified with relatively homogeneous
distribution on the wool fibers. In high resolution the particles show a homogenous distribution
222
with dimensions of 100 to 200 nm. The nanogels are difficult to detect in low resolution. The
morphology of the particles on the surface can be described as spherical.
Figure 4. FESEM images: Uncoated (a), slightly coated with clearly identifiable permethrin
loaded β-CD nanogels on wool fibers (b-f) and heavily coated wool fibers (e). Figure (f) shows
permethrin loaded nanogels applied onto human hairs. (FESEM images of untreated human hairs
are given in the Supplementary Information as Figure S2).
a b
dc
fe
40 µm 40 µm
40 µm
10 µm 10 µm
10 µm 10 µm
10 µm 5 µm
40 µm 40 µm
40 µm
223
In Figure 4f, human hairs which are treated with permethrin containing nanogels by dip-
coating are shown. Here, a low concentrated nanogel dispersion was used which results in slight
coating with particles. The treatment of human hairs with permethrin containing β-CD nanogels
might be a possible application against head lice. Permethrin loaded nanogels can be used in
shampoos or water based conditioners. The fixation of permethrin by nanogels on hairs exhibits
long activity and minimizes skin irritations caused by a reduction of application repetitions and
uncontrolled adsorption on the skin.
The coating of wool fabrics with permethrin containing nanogels is performed with
different permethrin concentrations (Table 2) in stable β-CD nanogel concentration. The
permethrin content of the wool fabrics is determined quantitatively by HPLC analysis after
extraction of the textile with pure methanol solution. Wool fabrics (3.79 g ≈ 200 cm2) are treated
with -CD nanogel dispersions (3 mg/mL 4 wt.-% on the textile) containing permethrin with
0.00 mg/mL (0 wt.-% on the textile), 0.06 mg/mL (0.08 wt.-% on the textile), 0.12 mg/mL (0.16
wt.-% on the textile), 0.29 mg/mL (0.39 wt.-% on the textile), 0.74 mg/mL (0.98 wt.-% on the
textile) or 1.45 mg/mL permethrin (1.94 wt.-% on the textile). The determined permethrin
concentrations in methanol extracts of treated wool fabrics are listed in Figure 5a.
Figure 5. Quantitative determination of the permethrin content of β-CD nanogel particles
obtained by extraction of treated wool fabrics with methanol and detection at 206 nm using
HPLC analysis in dependence on the applied permethrin concentration (= theo.) of the β-CD
nanogel dispersion. Measurements after treatment (a) and determination of the permethrin
amount after 3 years storage (b).
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
total permethrin concentration in dispersion [wt.-%]
perm
eth
rin c
onte
nt on fib
ers
[w
t.-%
] trans-Perm. (theo.)
cis-Perm. (theo.)
trans-Perm.
cis-Perm.
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
total permethrin concentration in dispersion [wt.-%]
perm
eth
rin
con
tent
on
fib
ers
[w
t.-%
] trans-Perm. (theo.)
cis-Perm. (theo.)
trans-Perm.
cis-Perm.
ba
224
In comparison to the linear order of the maximally expected values of the permethrin
content in the aqueous dispersion, the concentration is similar to the calculated maximally
possible concentration. Only the highest selected concentration of permethrin in the nanogels
(1.94 wt.-%) results in lower permethrin content in the wool extracts than added. Thus, the higher
calculated molar permethrin ratio in -CD domains in the nanogels shows, that the nanogel and
especially the -CD capacity for the complexation is reduced to take up a surplus of guest
molecules. Trans- and cis-permethrin are applied in the expected ratios on the fabrics due to the
good adsorption properties of the -CD nanogels on the fiber surface. Hence, the concentration of
permethrin can be controlled on the keratin fibers by the application of β-CD nanogels from
aqueous dispersion.
Figure 5b presents the results of the same samples measured after three years storage at
RT under ambient laboratory conditions. In the literature, it has already been reported that the
stability of permethrin is low due to decomposition primarily by microorganisms, but also by
photolysis [45]. In water, permethrin is broken down by photolysis into 3-phenoxybenzyl alcohol
(PBA) and dichlorovinyl acid (DCVA) [45]. The average half-life range of permethrin in water is
about 19-27 h. Permethrin can persist in sediments approximately for 1 year (1µg/mL of
120µg/mL after 1 year) [46]. Indoor studies of permethrin applied in a thin layer to a surface
showed that after 20 days of exposure to daylight 60% of the permethrin remained on the surface
[47]. In our studies (Figure 5b), a loss of the trans- and cis-permethrin concentration is detectable
after 3 years, but it is still active on the fabric. The trend of the permethrin content on the textile
after 3 years is linear and comparable with the permethrin concentration applied from the β-CD
nanogel dispersions. That means permethrin especially trans-permethrin is protected by
complexation in -CD nanogels against decomposition due to environmental influences. The
permethrin decomposition can be delayed but not prevented. The sensitive organic compound is
not permanently fixed to the textile and the release into the environment by evaporation, break
down or restructuration decrease the permethrin concentration on the textile by and by.
Interestingly, the loss of cis-permethrin concentration is in the same ratio as the one of the trans-
permethrin concentration. This leads to the conclusion that the trans-permethrin:-CD complex
and the cis-permethrin:-CD complex have the same stability in the nanogels.
225
9.3.4 Permanence of insecticides on wool applied after complexation in β-cyclodextrin
containing nanogels
Wool fabrics which were treated with permethrin loaded -CDcontaining nanogels are
investigated with regard to the fastness of the insecticides during washing (according to DIN EN
ISO 105-C10) or to light (according to DIN EN ISO 105-B02) (Figure 6).
Figure 6. Permethrin (Perm.) content (in wt.-%, trans-and cis-permethrin) on wool fabrics after
application, after a washing process and after 48 hours of irradiation of fabrics treated with
permethrin containing β-CD nanogels (a) and reference treated with permethrin containing
insecticides (b) - determined by HPLC analysis. The loss of permethrin from the fibers after
washing (c) and after UV irradiation (d) in direct comparison to permethrin complexed in -CD
nanogels and non-complexed permethrin.
Washing tests show that after one washing process about 40 % of the trans- and cis-
permethrin which were incorporated in -CD nanogels are removed from the wool. These losses
are similar to those determined for wool fabrics, which are treated with non-complexed
Perm. content Washing UV0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
Pem
eth
rin o
n fib
ers
[w
t.-%
]
trans-Perm. in CD-Nanogels
cis-Perm. in CD-Nanogels b
d
a
c
Perm. content Washing UV0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
Pem
eth
rin o
n fib
ers
[w
t.-%
]
trans-Perm. without Nanogels (Ref.)
cis-Perm. without Nanogels (Ref.)
Perm. CD nanogel Perm. (Ref.)0
10
20
30
40
50
60 trans-Perm.
cis-Perm.
Perm
. lo
ss o
n fib
ers
by U
V [w
t.-%
]
Perm. CD nanogel Perm. (Ref.)0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
Perm
. lo
ss o
n fib
ers
by w
ashin
g [w
t.-%
]
trans-Perm.
cis-Perm.
40 %43 % 41 %
32 %
16 %20 %
43 % 38 %
226
permethrin by conventional bath exhaustion procedure (98 °C, 1 h). Due to the water insolubility
of permethrin, it can be concluded, that the physically self-bonded permethrin loaded nanogels
which are redispersible in water are removed from the fibers by washing. Thus, the treatment is
not permanent; however, permethrin loaded nanogels can be re-applied easily onto textiles or
other surfaces on demand.
Irradiation tests are made according to DIN EN ISO 105-B02. The results are also shown
in Figure 6. Here, the permethrin coated fabric is irradiated for 48 h, and the losses of permethrin
during irradiation are determined by RP-HPLC analysis. In case of wool fabrics which were
treated with non-complexed permethrin by conventional bath exhaustion procedure about 40 %
of cis- and trans-permethrin losses are found after 48 h of irradiation. However, in case of
permethrin which was complexed by β-CD nanogels markedly less permethrin is degraded during
light exposure. Here, losses of about 16 % of trans-permethrin and approx. 20 % of cis-
permethrin are determined for wool fabrics which were treated with permethrin loaded -CD
nanogels after 48 h of irradiation. Hence, β-CD domains in the nanogel form inclusion complexes
and act as protector for influences of the environment. These results show that permethrin, in
particular trans-permethrin, is protected from light degradation by complexation in β-CD
nanogels. The irreversible degradation of UV-sensitive permethrin by light exposure can be
decreased for about 47 % (cis) and 63 % (trans) in comparison to the non-complexed active
ingredients.
It is known that the photodegradation of permethrin proceeds via two major reactions, i.e.
isomerization of the cyclopropane ring and ester cleavage on photolysis [45]. The medium and
the environment (e.g. the solvent) of the permethrin influence the photodegradation. The
complexation of sensitive ingredients by cyclodextrin leads to changes of physical and chemical
properties due to supramolecular bonding of guests by the host molecules. Furthermore, the
complexation protects the guest molecule against environmental influences e.g. molecular
degradation due to light irradiation which is explained by sterical fixation and shielding against
the environment [48,49]. The complexation of cis- and trans-permethrin by the cyclodextrin
groups in the nanogels leads to such sterical stabilization and shielding of the molecule,
especially of the ester group by the β-CD cone so that the photodegradation due to
photoisomerization is suppressed.
227
Wool fabrics treated with permethrin containing -CD nanogels are also tested for color
fastness upon light exposure. The yellowness index (G-DIN 6167) documents that a more or less
pronounced lightening of the wool fabric was obtained upon exposure to light (here: negative
values for the yellowness ΔG-DIN 6167 are measured). In Figure 7, the color change of
permethrin loaded fabric samples are presented. In the diagram, the change in yellowness of the
untreated and the nanogel treated wool fabric are shown. The yellowness index of the fabric
treated with the pure nanogel does not decrease as strongly as the untreated wool fabric when
exposed to light. The fabric, which is treated with permethrin loaded β-CD nanogels shows in
comparison to the untreated fabric also a minimal decrease in the yellowness index after
irradiation. It shows that photobleaching of the fabric is reduced in case of nanogel containing
fabrics compared to the untreated wool sample.
Figure 7. Color change (as change in yellowness ΔG-DIN 6167) of wool fabrics treated with
permethrin loaded and unloaded β-CD containing nanogels in comparison to the untreated wool
fabric when exposed to light (DIN EN ISO 105-B02 (48 h)).
Obviously, the treatment with -CD containing nanogels or with permethrin loaded -CD
nanogels protect the wool fabrics from color changes when exposed to light. Merino wool
exhibits a slightly yellowish color. The characteristic color is due to the presence of yellow
chromophores which are prone to bleaching upon light exposure under special conditions (e.g.
short-time exposure, exposure behind window glass). It is known that photobleaching of wool
uncoated fibers I CD nanogels IPerm.CD nanogels0.0
-0.5
-1.0
-1.5
-2.0
-2.5
-3.0
-3.5
G
-DIN
61
67
228
depends on its yellowness, the more yellowish wool bleaches stronger than whiter wool [50].
Photobleaching of wool is caused by the action of radicals and oxygen active species which are
formed during exposure to light [50,51]. It can be assume that the β-CD containing nanogels
protect the wool from photobleaching, due to scavenging of radicals or oxygen active species.
This phenomenon is less pronounced in case of β-CD gels which contain complexed light-
sensitive permethrin.
9.3.5 Biological effectiveness of the insecticide treatment
Wool fabrics which were treated with in β-CD nanogels complexed and with non-
complexed permethrin are investigated with regard to their biological effectiveness against the
larvae of Tineola bisselliella (clothes moth) and of Anthrenocerus australis (Australian carpet
beetle). The tests are performed by AgResearch Ltd., Hamilton, New Zealand, according to the
Test Method Wools of New Zealand Method 25 which complies with the quality standard of ISO
3998-1977 (E). The effectiveness of the treatment is evaluated by the average mortality of the
larvae in %, the mean mass losses of the fabric in % (compared to a control) and by visual
assessment of the fabrics with regard to damages due to foraging.
Table 3 depicts the results of the biological tests against Tineola bisselliella (clothes
moth) obtained for wool fabrics that are treated with β-CD nanogels and permethrin containing
nanogels. For blank-treated fabrics and for wools that are treated with unloaded β-CD nanogels,
no killing of the larvae is achieved. In the fabric sample, which is treated with the nanogels shows
even an increase of the mass loss of 72 %. In these fabrics, large holes due to feeding damages
are observed. However, for wool fabrics which are treated with permethrin loaded β-CD nanogels
100 % mortality of the moth larvae is determined, while no mass losses and no visible damages
are found for the wool fabric after the test. From Table 3 it is apparent that the permethrin
containing wool fabric is also effective with a concentration of 0.4 % (wt.-%) with respect to the
mortality of moth larvae. The complexed permethrin is applied here in a high concentration of
0.94 wt.-% onto the wool fabric, thus the sample passed the biological test without any reduction
of the effectiveness.
229
Table 3. Results of the biological tests of wool fabrics which were treated with permethrin based
insecticides and with permethrin loaded -CD nanogels against larvae of Tineola bisselliella –
according to Test Method Wools of New Zealand Method 25.
Wool fabrics Content of
permethrin
(wt.-%)
Average
mortality
(%)
Mean mass loss
(% of the
control)
Visual assessment of
fiber damages due to
foraging
Control - 0.0 100 Strong damages
Blank treatment* - 0.0 86.7 Strong damages
β-CD-nanogels - 1.7 172.3 Strong damages
Perm.-β-CD-nanogels 0.94 100.0 -0.3 No visible damages
Perm.-based insecticide* 0.55 100.0 - 0.4 No visible damages
Perm.-based insecticide* 0.34 100.0 - 1.6 No visible damages
* Blank treatment and treatment with permethrin by bath exhaustion procedure (98 °C, 1 h, pH 6)
The results of the biological tests against larvae of Anthrenocerus australis (Australian
carpet beetle) are given in Table 4. Beside a control, a blank-treated and a wool fabric that is
treated with an unloaded β-CD containing nanogel, fabrics which are treated with permethrin or
with permethin loaded β-CD nanogels are tested. The blank-treated and the wool fabric which is
treated with unloaded β-CD nanogels show no effectiveness to prevent degradation by the larvae
of the Australian carpet beetle. Wool fabrics which are treated with permethrin by bath
exhaustion procedure and those which are treated with permethrin loaded -CD nanogels are
effective to kill the larvae of the beetles. As the concentration of permethrin on the wool fabric
which is coated with β-CD nanogels with 0.94 wt.-% permethrin is much higher than that on the
wool which is treated by the conventional bath exhaustion procedure (here: 0.34 wt.-%
permethrin), a markedly better effectiveness against the larvae of the beetles is found in the first
case. This is visible in the mortality of the larvae of 40 % and a mass loss of the wool fabric of
7.5 % relative to the control. Visual assessment of these wool fabrics treated with permethrin
demonstrates that no holes or foraging damages are detected on the wool, so that it can be
assumed that in future lower permethrin concentrations can be applied.
230
Table 4. Results of the biological tests of wool fabrics which were treated with uncomplexed
permethrin and with permethrin loaded β-CD nanogels against larvae of Anthrenocerus australis
– according to Test Method Wools of New Zealand Method 25.
Wool fabrics Content of
permethrin
(wt.-%)
Average
mortality (%)
Mean mass loss
(% of the control)
Visual assessment of
fiber damages due to
foraging
Control - 0.0 100 Moderate damage
Blank treatment* - 7.1 126.4 Moderate damage
β-CD-nanogels - 4.5 85.1 Moderate damage
Perm.-β-CD-nanogels 0.94 40.0 7.5 No visible damage
Perm.-based insecticide* 0.34 7.1 28.5 No visible damage
* Blank treatment and treatment with permethrin by bath exhaustion procedure (98 °C, 1 h, pH 6)
The biological tests show that permethrin containing β-CD nanogels as well as other
substances containing permethrin provide good protection against moth larvae and carpet beetle
larvae. Even in the presence of low concentrations of permethrin high efficiency is obtained. In
these studies, high concentrations of permethrin are tested in nanogels on wool fabrics. In future
work, permethrin concentrations of 0.2 - 0.5 wt.-% offer the same effectiveness in order to
optimize cost and performance.
231
9.4. Summary
In this work, it has been demonstrated that nanogels can be used for coating and
protection of keratin based fibers. Urethane cross-linked β-CD/NCO-terminated sP(EO-stat-PO)
nanogels that were developed and characterized regarding their ability to complex low molecular
weight hydrophobic guest molecules before were choosen for the uptake of permethrin, a
commonly used insecticide. Release tests show that the guest molecule can be extracted by the
use of a methanolic solvent which enables the quantitative analysis by HPLC. Permethrin
containing β-CD nanogels were applied onto wool or human hairs with homogeneous distribution
and particles sizes of 100-200 nm. By the use of higher concentrated nanogel dispersions for the
coating process a gel film was observed on the fibers. Keratin fibers can be treated with
controlled permethrin concentrations from aqueous nanogel dispersion. Washing tests showed
that the insecticide was released during washing and removed from the fibers. However,
irradiation experiments revealed that the complexation of permethrin by -CD nanogels results in
light protection of the light-sensitive ingredient. The irreversible photodegradation of permethrin
can be decreased for about 47 % (cis-permethrin) and 63 % (trans-permethrin) in comparison to
the non-complexed active ingredient. Furthermore, application of -CD nanogels onto wool
fabrics reduces photobleaching when exposed to light. The biological tests demonstrated that
permethrin-loaded β-CD nanogels provide protection of wool from damage by the larvae of
clothes moths or carpet beetles in the same way like non-complexed permethrin. The biological
effectiveness of the insecticide is not affected by the complexation by -CDs. Our method is
straightforward, robust and generic with respect to the active compound and thus opens an
attractive alternative for the treatment and protection of keratin based fibers as well as other
materials.
232
9.5 References
1. Kabanov, A. V.; Vinogradov, S. V., Nanogels as pharmaceutical carriers: finite networks of infinite
capabilities, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2009, 48, 5418–5429.
2. Motornov, M.; Roiter, Y.; Tokarev, I.; Minko, S., Stimuli-responsive nanoparticles, nanogels and capsules for
integrated multifunctional intelligent systems, Prog. Polym. Sci. 2010, 35, 174-211.
3. Albrecht, K.; Moeller, M.; Groll, J., Nano- and microgels through addition reactions of functional oligomers
and polymers, Adv. Polym. Sci. 2011, 234, 65-93.
4. Pich, A.; Richtering, W., Microgels by Precipitation Polymerization: Synthesis, Characterization and
Functionalization, Adv. Polym. Sci. 2011, 234, 1–37.
5. Moya-Ortega, M. D.; Alvarez -Lorenzo, C.; Sigurdsson, H. H.; Concheiro, A.; Loftsson T., Cross-linked
hydroxypropyl--cyclodextrin and -cyclodextrin nanogels for drug delivery: Physicochemical and
loading/release properties, Carbohydr. Polym. 2012, 87, 2344–2351.
6. Del Valle, E.M.M., Cyclodextrins and their uses: a review, Process Biochem. 2004, 39, 1033-1046.
7. Rekharsky, M. V.; Inoue, Y., Complexation Thermodynamics of Cyclodextrins, Chem. Rev. 1998, 98, 1875-
1917.
8. Hedges, Allan R., Industrial applications of cyclodextrins, Chem. Rev. 1998, 98, 2035-2044.
9. Duchêne, D.; Wouessidjewe, D.; Ponchel, G., Cyclodextrins and carrier systems, J. Controlled Release 1999,
62, 263-268.
10. Buschmann, H. J.; Knittel, D.; Beermann, K.; Schollmeyer, E., Cyclodextrine und Textilien, Nachrichten aus
der Chemie 2001, 49, 620-622.
11. Buschmann H.-J., Knittel, D., Schollmeyer, E,. New Textile Applications of Cyclodextrins, J. Incl. Phenom.
Macrocycl. Chem. 2001, 40, 169-172.
12. Vyas, A.; Saraf, S.; Saraf, S., Cyclodextrin based novel drug delivery systems, J. Incl. Phenom. Macrocycl.
Chem., 2008, 62, 23–42.
13. Tanahashi, T.; Kawaguchi, M.; Honda, T.; Takahashi, A., Adsorption of Poly(N-isopropylacrylamide) on
Silica Surfaces, Macromolecules 1994, 27, 606-607.
14. Nolan , C. M. Serpe , M. J.; Lyon, L. A., Thermally Modulated Insulin Release from Microgel Thin Films,
Biomacromolecules 2004, 5, 1940–1946.
15. Buschmann, H.-J.; Knittel, D.; Schollmeyer, E., Hochveredlung von Baumwolle in Anwesenheit von
Cyclodextrinen zur Einlagerung von Duftstoffen, Melliand Textilber. 1991, 72, 198-199.
16. Buschmann, H.-J.; Schollmeyer, E., Ausrüstung von Wolle mit Cyclodextrinen, Melliand Textilber. 2009, 90,
107-109.
17. De Boos, A.; White, M. A., The Stiffness of Polymer-treated Wool Fabric, J. Text. Inst. 1978, 69, 194-197.
18. Fischer, K., Moderne Trends mit Appretan-Marken für die Ausrüstung, zum Binden und Beschichten von
Textilien, Melliand Textilber. 1990, 71, 290-303.
19. Inoue, Y.; Ohono, S.; Mizuno, T.; Yura, Y.; Murayama, K., Insecticidal Activities of Synthetic Pyrethroids,
Synthetic Pyrethroids, ed. Elliott, M. ACS Symposium Series, Illus. American Chemical Society: Washington,
D.C., USA. ISBN 0-8412-0368-7' 1977, 7, 72-84.
233
20. Deblinger, R. D.; Rimmer, D. W., Efficacy of a permethrin-based acaricide to reduce the abundance of Ixodes
dammini (Acari: Ixodidae), J. Med. Entomol. 1991, 28, 708-11.
21. Gupta, R. K.; Sweeney A. W.; Rutledge L. C.; Cooper, R. D.; Frances, S. P.; Westrom D. R., Effectiveness of
controlled release personal-use arthropod repellents and permethrin-impregnated clothing in the field, J. Am.
Mosq. Control Assoc. 1987, 3, 556–560.
22. Narahashi, T., Neuronal ion channels as the target sites of insecticides, Pharmacol. Toxicol. 1996, 79, 1–14.
23. Zlotki, E., The insect voltage-gated sodium channel as target of insecticides, Annu. Rev. Entomol. 1999, 44,
429–455.
24. Weichenthal, S.; Moase, C.; Chan, P., A review of pesticide exposure and cancer incidence in the Agricultural
Health Study cohort, Environmental Health Perspectives 2010, 118, 1117-1125.
25. Hoyt, S. C.; Westigard, P. H.; Burts E. C., Effects of Two Synthetic Pyrethroids on the Codling Moth, Pear
Psylla, and Various Mite Species in Northwest Apple and Pear Orchards, J. Econ. Entomol. 1978, 71, 431-
434.
26. Bissinger, B. W.; Roe, R. M., Tick repellents: Past, present, and future, Pestic. Biochem. Physiol. 2010, 96,
63-79.
27. Fisher, M. A.; Hutchinson, M. J.; Jacobs, D. E.; Dick, I. C. G., Comparative efficacy of fenthion,
dichlorvos/fenitrothion and permethrin against the flea, Ctenocephalides felis, on the dog, J. Small Anim.
Pract. 1994, 35, 244–246.
28. Frances S. P.; Cooper, R. D., Personal protective measures against mosquitoes: insecticide-treated uniforms,
bednets and tents, ADF Health 2007, 8, 50-56.
29. Shmidt, E.; Levitt, J., Dermatologic infestations, Inter. J. Dermatol. 2012, 51, 131-141.
30. Vander Stichele, R. H.; Dezeure, E. M.; Bogaert, M. G., Systematic review of clinical efficacy of topical
treatments for head lice, BMJ 1995, 311, 604-608.
31. Breeden, G. C.; Schreck, C. E.; Sorensen, A. L., Permethrin as a clothing treatment for personal protection
against chigger mites (Acarina: Trombiculidae), Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyg. 1982, 31, 589-92.
32. Nair, R. K.; Sawant, M. R., Study of solubility of inclusion complex of permethrin with β-cyclodextrin,
Pestology 2005, 29, 38-43.
33. Yang, G.-F.; Wang, H.-B.; Yang, W.-C.; Gao, D.; Zhan, C.-G., Bioactive permethrin/β-Cyclodextrin Inclusion
Complex, J. Phys. Chem. B 2006, 110, 7044-7048.
34. Li, W.; Lu, B.-T.; Sheng, A.-G.; Yang, F.; Wang, Z.-D. Y., Spectroscopic and theoretical study on inclusion
complexation of beta-cyclodextrin with permethrin, J. Mol. Struct. 2010, 981, 194-203.
35. Yang, G.-F.; Wang, H.-B.; Yang, W.-C.; Gao, D.; Zhan, C. G., Formation of supramolecular permethrin/β-
cyclodextrin nanorods, J. Chem. Phys. 2006, 125, 111104-1-111104-4.
36. Romi, R.; Lo Nostro, P.; Bocci, E.; Ridi, F., Baglioni, P., Bioengineering of a cellulosic fabric for insecticide
delivery via grafted cyclodextrin, Biotechnol. Prog. 2005, 21, 1724-1730.
37. Abdel-Mohdy, F. A.; Fouda, M. M. G.; Rehan, M. F.; Ali, A. S., Repellency of controlled-release treated-
cotton fabrics based on permethrin and biollethrin against mosquitos, J. Text. Inst. 2009, 100, 695-701.
38. Shahba, A. F.; Halawa, O.; Ragaei, M.; Hashem, M., Development of longer-lasting insect repellence
cellulosic based curtain fabrics, Mater. Sci. Appl. 2011, 2, 200-208.
234
39. Lindblade, K. A.; Dotson, E.; Hawley, W. A.; Bayoh N.; Williamson, J.; Mount, D.; Olang, G.; Vulule, J.;
Slutsker, L.; Gimnig, J., Contact Poison, Evaluation of long-lasting insecticidal nets after 2 years of household
use, Trop. Med. Int. Health 2005, 10, 1141-50.
40. Lui, Y. Y.; Fan, X. D., Synthesis, properties and controlled release behaviors of hydrogel networks using
cyclodextrin as pendant groups, Biomaterials 2005, 26, 6367-6374.
41. Kettel, M. J.; Hildebrandt, H.; Schaefer, K.; Moeller, M.; Groll, J., Tenside Free Preparation of Nanogels with
High Functional β-Cyclodextrin Content, ACS Nano, 2012, 6, 8087-8093.
42. Goetz, H.; Beginn, U.; Bartelink, C. F.; Gruenbauer, H. J. M.; Moeller, M., Preparation of
isophoronediisocyanate terminated starpolyethers, Macromol. Mater. En. 2002, 287, 223-230.
43. Sevcik, J.; Lemr, K.; Stransky, Z.; Vecera, T.; Hlavac, J., Possible uses of micellar electrokinetic capillary
chromatography and high-performance liquid chromatography for the chiral discrimination of some
pyrethroids, Chirality 1997, 9, 162-166.
44. Shishovska, M.; Trajkovska, V., HPLC-method for determination of permethrin enantiomers using chiral
beta-cyclodextrin-based stationary phase, Chirality 2010, 22, 527-33.
45. Holmstead, R. L.; Casida, J. E.; Ruzo, L. O.; Fullmer, D. G., Pyrethroid photodecomposition: Permethrin, J.
Agric. Food Chem. 1978, 26, 590-595.
46. Imgrund, H., Environmental Fate of Permethrin; California Department of Pesticide Regulation,
Environmental Monitoring Branch: Sacramento, 2003.
47. WHO, Environmental Health Criteria 94, Permethrin; International Programme on Chemical Safety, World
Health Organization: Geneva, 1990; pp26-33.
48. Szejtli, J., Cyclodextrins in Pesticides, Starch 1985, 37, 382-386.
49. Zhang, A.; Weiping, L., Inclusion Effect of Alpha-Cyclodextrin on Chemical Degradation of Malathion in
Water, Arch. Environ. Contam. Toxicol. 2008, 54, 355-362.
50. Schaefer, K.; Muellejans, I., Photobleaching of wool, Melliand Textilber. 1992, 73, E414-E416.
51. Schaefer, K.; Quadflieg, J., Radical mechanisms involved in the photobleaching and photoyellowing of wool,
Proceedings of 11th Int. Wool Text. Res. Conf., Leeds (UK) 2005, eds.: Byrne, K.; Duffield, P.; Myers, P.;
Scouller, S.; Swift, J. A., University of Leeds, 104FWSA.pdf.
235
9.6 Supporting Informations
Analytical data cf. Chapter 2.2: β-CD Containing Nanogels
FTIR (KBr): ν/cm-1
= 3356 (m, (OH)), 2870 (m), 1720 (m, sym(C=O), amide I band, urethane),
1677 (m, (N-H)), 1638 (m, (OH), 1458 (m), 1350 (m), 1301 (m), 1248 (m), 1147 (s), 1101 (s),
1081 (s), 1032 (s, (C-O-C)), 1004 (s), 945 (m, sym(C-O-C)), 863 (m).*
Raman: ν/cm-1
= 3190 (w, br, (O-H)), 2929 (s, asym(CH2)), 2873 (s, sym(CH2)), 1700.9 (w,
(C=O)), 1454 (m, asym(CH2)), 1373 (w, (CH2)), 1278.6 (m, (CH)), 1236 (w, (C-O)), 1124
(w, asym(C-O-C)), 1024 (w, (C-C)), 906 (w, (C-C)), 862 (w, sym(C-O-C)), 827 (w, (C-C)),
796.5 (w, (C-C)).*
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6, 400 MHz): (ppm): 1.036 (w, CH3, sP(EO-stat-PO)), 3.306 (m, CH-2, 4,
CD), 3.350 (w, sP(EO-stat-PO)), 3.508 (m, CH-5, 3, CH2-6, CD), 3.549 (s), 3.641 (s, CH2,
sP(EO-stat-PO)), 4.466 (w, C-OH-6, CD), 4.830, (w, CH-1, CD), 4.466 (w, C-OH-6, CD), 5.62-
5.66 (s, C-OH-2, 3) **.
13C-NMR (DMSO-d6, 400 MHz): (ppm): 17.113 (w, CH3 or CH2), 28.867 (w, CH3 or CH2 or
CH), 69.759 (m, CH2, sP(EO-stat-PO)), 72.380 (w, C5, CD), 74.208 (w, C-N, urethane), 81.497
(w, C4, CD), 102.149 (w, C1, CD) **.
Analytical data cf. Chapter 2.2: β-CD-Containing Nanogels after Complexation of Permethrin
UV: maximum at 278 nm (in water).
FTIR (KBr): /cm-1
= 3404 (s, (OH), 2921 (s, br, (C-H)), 1720 (w, (C=O), amide I band,
urethane), 1642 (w, (OH) or (C-N-H)), 1585 (w, (C=C)benz), 1535 (w, (C-N) + (N-H),
amide II band, urethane), 1487 (w, (C=C)benz and/or asym(CH3) + (CH2)), 1457 (m,
236
(C=C)benz), 1254 (m, asym (C-O-C)), 1156.5 (s, asym (C-O-C)), 1030 (s, (C-O-C), glucose),
945.5 (m, sym(C-O-C), 757.5 (w, (C-H)benz), 578 (w, (O-H)).*
Raman: /cm-1
= 3055 (s, (C-H)benz), 2954 (s, asym(C-H)), 2846 (m, sym(C-H)), 1732 (w,
(C=O)ester), 1617 (w, (C=C)), 1595 (w, (C-C) or (C=C)benz), 1456 (m, asym(CH3)), 1373 (w,
(CH2)), 1278.6 (w, (CH) or breath of cyclopropyl residue), 1238 (w, (C-O)), 1128 (w, (C-
C)), 1033 (w, (C-O)), 1003 (w, breath vibration of benzene ring), 921 (w, (C-H)benz), 837 (w,
breath vibration of glucose ring), 567 (w, (C-H)benz i.p. or (O-H)), 480 (out-of-plane
deformation of glucose ring or (C-C-C) of permethrin).*
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6, 400 MHz): (ppm): 1.036 (w, CH3, (sP(EO-stat-PO)), 1.164 (w, CH3,
cis/trans-permethrin), 2.042 (w, C-H, cyclopropane, permethrin), 3.306 (m, CH-2, 4, CD), 3.350
(w, sP(EO-stat-PO), 3.508 (m, CH-5, 3, CH2-6, CD), 3.549 (s), 3.641 (s, CH2, sP(EO-stat-PO)),
4.466 (w, C-OH-6, CD), 4.830 (w, CH-1, CD), 5.109 (w, COO-CH2-Ar, permethrin), 5.62-5.66
(s, C-OH-2, 3), 5.703 (w, HC=CCl2, permethrin), 7.005 (w, CHar, permethrin), 7.403 (w, CHar,
permethrin) **.
13C-NMR (DMSO-d6, 400 MHz): (ppm): 17.113 (w, CH3 or CH2), 28.867 (w, CH3 or CH2 or
CH, cyclopropane), 67.762 (s, CH-O or CH-C=), 69.759 (m, CH2, sP(EO-stat-PO)), 72.380 (w,
C5), 74.208 (w, C-N, urethane), 81.497 (w, C4), 102.149 (w, C1), 118.750 (w, C=C, olefinic or
aromatic, permethrin), 128.463 (w, C=C, olefinic or aromatic, permethrin), 130.059 (m, C=C,
olefinic or aromatic, permethrin).**
Remarks:
*IR or Raman: ν = stretching, δ =scissoring, = out-of-plane bending, br = broad, w = weak, m =
medium, s = strong, asym = asymmetric, sym = symmetric, i.p. = in-plane, o.o.p = out-of-plane,
benz = benzene.
** NMR: = chemical shift, s = strong, m = medium, w = weak, ar = aromatic.
237
Figure S1. Dispersion of cyclodextrin-containing sP(EO-stat-PO) nanogel (3) which contains
complexed permethrin after 3 days standing at ambient laboratory conditions.
Figure S2. FESEM images of uncoated human hairs.
3 µm
238
239
Chapter 10
β-Cyclodextrin based host-guest systems for safe application and
release of insecticides (Appendix to Chapter 9)
Abstract: In this work, a series of common and alternative active agents for insect-proofing were
selected to study the uptake and release properties of these agents by/from β-CDs. Here,
theoretical and preparative complexation studies of fourteen selected synthetic and natural
insecticides are made to evaluate the potential use in finishing of textiles for safe application with
maximum protection. Computer-based Monte Carlo force field simulations were performed to
calculate the energetically preferred -CD complexes of selected insecticides. The resulting
ranking list of all active agents complexed by β-CD is presented with the theoretically most
stable β-CD insecticide complexes. It shows that greater molecules form less stable complexes
with β-CD than smaller molecules. The real insecticide β-CD complexes were prepared in
aqueous solution based on the theoretical calculations, and they were characterized by different
analytical methods. Furthermore, release studies of active agents from the complexes are made by
head space GC/MS analysis. The results show that the release process depends on the guest
molecule and on the present water content.
240
10.1 Introduction
Many potential active agents find application for insect-proofing of humans, crops or
materials. Permethrin (pyrethroid ester), sulcofuron (urea insecticide) and chlorfenapyr (pyrrole
insecticide) are such insecticides which are used to prevent the attack of moths and beetles to
wool textiles [1]. Furthermore, pyrethroid esters show activity against mosquitos as well. This led
to the development of different types of textiles which are treated with e.g. permethrin containing
products. Other insecticides like chlorpyrifos (pyridine organothiophosphate), propoxur
(phenylmethyl carbamate) and mosquito repellents like icaridin and DEET are used in different
areas against many species of insects.
Naturally occurring insecticides find more and more acceptance, but their activity is
controversially discussed and is not proofed sufficiently. A great many of terpenes are interesting
for insect-proofing especially for moth-proofing. Azadirachtin A, the main component of neem
oil, shows activity against many insects, e.g. against moths and carpet beetles [2]. Cedrol, the
main active ingredient of cedar wood oil, terpineol, menthone, limonene und camphor are also
used against insects and as alternative to synthetic insecticides [3]. In any case, the right
concentration must be applied to sustain the activity against insects, keep up the permanence and
protect people from contact with high concentrations of toxic insecticides.
The complexation of insecticides by cyclodextrins (CDs) presents an interesting approach
for both safe application and controlled release [4]. Cyclodextrins are well known to create host-
guest systems with amphiphilic and hydrophobic compounds because of their conical structure
providing a hydrophobic interior space and a hydrophilic outer shell. Hence, sensitive active
agents in different applications can be protected by such inclusion complexation from
degradation caused by various environmental factors e.g. UV-irradiation and from uncontrolled
release in the near environment [5]. Nowadays, different applications of CDs in commercial
products are used in wide range and especially the combination of CD with textiles show focus of
interest. On textiles, CDs have been fixed covalently using reactive groups e.g.
monochlorotriazinyl groups or physically by self-bonding of CD containing nano- and microgels
almost for the uptake of bad odors or release of perfumes [6,7].
In this study, seven synthetic and seven natural active agents against insects were selected
on basis of their effectiveness, availability, structure, and agent class. The aim of the work is the
241
investigation of the complexation and release properties of these agents by β-CD for safe
application on textiles with maximum protection.
10.2 Experimental
10.2.1 Computer based simulations of insecticide-β-CD complexes
Theoretical complexation studies were made by means of Macromodel 8.0, using the
OPLS force-field [8]. The solvent environment (water) was simulated as dielectric continuum,
parameterized in OPLS. Two guest molecules and one host molecule were positioned together
and in respect to their orientations and their energetically favored positions a sufficient large
number of configurations was simulated, a mode-integration procedure (MINTA [9]) was used to
estimate the Gibbs free energy of the system.
10.2.2 Preparation of insecticide-β-CD complexes
Practical complexation of the hydrophobic guest molecules into the β-CD core were made
in water. An oversaturated aqueous solution of β-CD (Wacker, Burghausen) (8.81 x 10-4
mol/L)
was heated up to 50 °C under stirring. The guest molecules (Aldrich, Taufkirchen) were added in
an equimolar ratio to the clear solution and the mixture was stirred over 6 h at 50 °C. After
cooling to room temperature the host-guest complexes precipitate as solid. The precipitated was
filtered off and washed with small amounts of cold water and acetone. The β-CD insecticide
complex was dried gently at 40 °C for two hours.
10.2.3 Characterization of β-CD complexes
1H-NMR and
13C-NMR spectra were recorded with the help of a Bruker 400 NMR
spectrometer (Bruker, Rheinstetten) operating at 400 MHz. The samples were dissolved in
deuterated dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO-d6). IR measurements were made using a FTIR
spectrometer: Nexus 470 (Thermo Nicolet, Offenbach) (spectral disintegration: 8 cm-1
). -CD
complexes were dried and pressed in KBr-pellets.
UV-vis absorption spectra were recorded with a Varian Cary 100 UV-VIS
spectrophotometer (Varian, Darmstadt) using quartz cuvettes with an optical path length of 1 cm.
Water was used as reference.
242
Isothermal titration microcalorimetry studies were performed with the help of Microcal
VP-ITC Isothermal Titration Calorimeter (MicroCal, LLC, Northampton, MA). Measurements of
the enthalpy changes associated with the addition of successive aliquots of a solution of guest
compounds (i.e. 4.8 mM camphor, 0.1 mM sulcofuron) to 0.1mM host (β-CD) solution at 25 °C
were made. Thus, for all the systems, the sample cell of the microcalorimeter (1.4 mL) was filled
with 0.1 mM solution of respective host molecules, and after baseline equilibration, i. e. 4.8 mM
of camphor solution was injected in 34 × 8 µL aliquots using the default injection rate. It was
found that adding guest solution from the syringe to the host system solution in the cell gives a
very good representation of the saturation process of the β-CD cavities by guest. ITC software
supplied by MicroCal, LLC was used. Experimental parameters for titration experiments were:
number of injections: 34; cell temperature: 25 °C; stirring speed: 290 rpm; cell volume: 1.43 mL;
injection volume: 8 µL; injection duration: 16 s; spacing: 300 s; and filter speed: 2 s. Figure 6
(left) shows a typical ITC result of the camphor titration to the host system. Considerable strong
interaction occurs when camphor was titrated with such β-CD, as indicated by the heat flow.
signal (in µcal/sec in Figure 5).
Headspace (HS) solid phase micro extraction (SPME) gas liquid chromatography mass
spectrometry studies (GC-MS) were performed by Varian GC: 3800, MS: 2000 Saturn (Varian
Deutschland GmbH, Darmstadt) using Optima 5-MS-Separation Column (30 m x 0.25 mm),
(Macherey & Nagel, Düren). Helium was used as carrier gas. The process of release was
followed by headspace SPME-GC-MS. 25 mg of each β-CD complex were gently dried and
weighed in to headspace vials under standard conditions (constant atmosphere: 65 % r. h., 20 °C).
A second series of samples was prepared in the same way and 30 µL of water were added. All
samples were kept at RT for 12 h and, afterwards, the samples were heated for 2 h at 100 °C to
establish equilibrium conditions. Finally, samples from the gas phase were taken and analyzed by
headspace-SPME-GC-MS.
243
10.3 Results and discussion
10.3.1 Theoretical studies of the stability of insecticide β-CD complexes
Since force-field calculations do not easily permit to determine absolute values of
thermodynamic functions, a series of mutually comparative calculations was performed that
allowed to generate a relative sequence of host-guest stabilities. In aqueous solvent environment
which was simulated as dielectric continuum, (parameterized in OPLS) two different guest
molecules were positioned in the vicinity of one β-CD molecule. Subsequently, relative positions
and orientations of the three molecules were randomly altered during a Monte Carlo stochastic
search, followed by minimizing the force field energy after each Monte Carlo step. After a
sufficient large number of configurations were simulated, a mode-integration procedure
(MINTA) was used to estimate the Gibbs free energy of the system. The most stable
configurations contained a host-guest complex with the more suitable of the two competing
molecules located in the β-CDs cavity (Figure 1). Pair-wise combinations of 14 different guest
molecules were treated in this procedure, allowing the setting up of a rank list of relative
stabilities according to (i) calculated free enthalpies, and (ii) the ability of a certain guest to
occupy the host’s cavity in the presence of a competitor (cf. Table 1).
Figure 1. Force-field simulation of cedrol, azadirachtin A and β-CD and Monte Carlo stochastic
search of the most stable configuration.
Azadirachtin
Cedrolenergetically preferred
constitution of the molecules
All energetically stable constitutions of
Azadirachtin, Cedrol and β-Cyclodextrin in Waterβ-Cyclodextrin
244
Menthone and terpineol were found to form the most stable complexes with β-CD. Cedrol,
limonene and the large azadirachtin A formed energetically unfavorable β-CD complexes; hence
the investigated natural insecticides created the two best, but also the complexes of lowest
stability (limonene, azadirachtin) with β-CD. All synthetic insecticides formed β-CD inclusion
complexes of intermediate stability and were ranked in the upper middle field of Table 1.
Icaridin, sulcofuron und permethrin formed the most stable β-CD complexes of the synthetic
insecticides.
Table 1. Ranking list of selected active agents for insect-proofing complexed by β-CD and the
included Figure 2. energetically preferred positions of two guest and one β-CD molecule as host
after Monte Carlo stochastic search.
energetically preferred
β-cyclodextrin complex
energetically preferred
β-cyclodextrin complex
No. Name Agent class
1 (-) Menthone natural material/ monoterpene
2 Terpineol natural material/ monoterpene
3 Icaridin repellent/ piperidinecarboxylate
4 Sulcofuron urea insecticide
5 Permethrin pyrethroidester
6 Chlorfenapyr pyrrol insecticide
7 Diethyltoluamide/DEET repellent/ diethyltoluamide
8 Chlorpyrifos pyridine organothiophosphate
9 Propoxur phenylmethyl-carbamate
10 Quassin natural material/ triterpene-lactone
11 L-(-) Camphor natural material/ monoterpene
12 R-(+) Cedrol natural material/sesquiterpene
13 R-(+) Limonene natural material/ monoterpene
14 Azadirachtin A natural material / tetranortriterpenoid
No. Name Agent class
1 (-) Menthone natural material/ monoterpene
2 Terpineol natural material/ monoterpene
3 Icaridin repellent/ piperidinecarboxylate
4 Sulcofuron urea insecticide
5 Permethrin pyrethroidester
6 Chlorfenapyr pyrrol insecticide
7 Diethyltoluamide/DEET repellent/ diethyltoluamide
8 Chlorpyrifos pyridine organothiophosphate
9 Propoxur phenylmethyl-carbamate
10 Quassin natural material/ triterpene-lactone
11 L-(-) Camphor natural material/ monoterpene
12 R-(+) Cedrol natural material/sesquiterpene
13 R-(+) Limonene natural material/ monoterpene
14 Azadirachtin A natural material / tetranortriterpenoid
Figure 2: Sample of force-field
simulation of menthone, sulcofuron
und β-cyclodextrin
sulcofuron
menthone
245
10.3.2 Experimental studies of the complexation of synthetic and natural active agents by β-CD
The preparation of solid β-CD complexes is a simple procedure which can be performed
in one synthesis step. The proof of the formation of host-guest systems was required for all
selected guests. Complexations of guest molecules into the β-CD cone take place in water. Water
insoluble organic agents were added in an equimolar ratio to a clear oversaturated β-CD solution
and the mixture was stirred over 6 h at 50 °C. Water molecules act as means of transportation and
conduct the hydrophobic guests to the hydrophobic inner cavity of the β-CD cone. Trapped water
molecules are pushed out by the hydrophobic guests and the energetically preferred host-guest
complexes are formed. After cooling to room temperature, the host-guest complexes precipitate
as solid. Depending on the molecule size and on the bearing functional groups the inclusion takes
place as 1:1, but also as 2:1 or 1:2 host-guest complexations. The complexes were characterized
by different analytical methods depending on the guest molecule. IR, UV-vis and headspace
GC/MS analysis was made to prove that the complexation occurred. NMR studies show how
many guest molecules can be incorporated in one β-CD ring. Thermodynamic data characterize
the complexation in situ. For molecules with high vapor pressure headspace-GC/MS analysis
characterizes the complex and the release behavior of the insecticide from the β-CD.
Preparative investigations
The obtained yield after reaction and purification is also a good parameter to characterize
the complexation process itself and furthermore, the hydrophobicity and the resulting solubility
properties of the complex in water. β-CD complexes loaded with amphiphilic guest molecules
show good solubility behavior, in most cases a better solubility than the pure uncomplexed guest
molecule. Some highly structured hydrophobic guests complexed in the β-CD cavity show bad
solubility in water and precipitate directly after complexation. Working in oversaturate β-CD
solution promotes the precipitation of the complex after cooling.
Hence, high yield of precipitated complexes results in good uptake of water insoluble guest
molecules. On the other hand, a low yield of the complex indicates the complexation of an
amphiphilic, water soluble guest, of completely encapsulated small hydrophobic molecules or of
the occurrence of a bad complexation process (cf. Table 2).
246
Cedrol and camphor containing β-CD complexes precipitate in a high amount with yields of 70
%. This leads to the conclusion that the complexation of molecules or just parts of the high
structured molecules takes place. Here, further hydrophobic groups of the large molecule stick
out of the β-CD molecule and the hydrophobicity of the whole complex increases, this effect
results in high water insolubility of the complex.
DEET and icaridin are rather water insoluble molecules as well and their corresponding
complexes have been obtained in yields of around 20 %. These molecules are smaller and the
structure exhibits a better complexation than in case of cedrol and camphor. Furthermore, a better
solubility of the complex than of the guest molecules themselves is expected which results in a
lower yield of the complexation.
Complexes of β-CD with smaller guest molecules like menthone could be obtained in a very
small yield. Here, in conformity with the theoretical simulations, the complextion should be
formed, but the small size of the molecules and the tendency for the formation of a fully
encapsulated 1:1 complex led to better solubility of the complex than of the highly structured
guest.
The complex of terpineol with β-CD on the other side could be obtained in yields of 50 %. It is
theoretically ranked together with menthone on top of the theoretically calculated ranking list of
complexes (Table 1). The structure is also relatively similar, but the yield of the corresponding
complex is different due to its solubility. It occurs that the carbonyl group of menthone influences
the complexation more than the hydroxy group of terpineol. It can be concluded that the
formation of hydrogen bonds of terpineol and β-CD between its hydroxy groups and hydroxy
groups of the β-CD ring are more handicapped than hydrogen bonds between the carbonyl group
of menthone and β-CD. These hydrogen bond formations between host and guest can determine
the inner circle of the hydrogen bonds linked between all glucose units within the β-CD molecule
and results in better solubility of the host and the guest. Hence, menthone β-CD complexes do not
precipitate in such a large amount in water as terpineol β-CD complexes.
According to the theoretical calculations, the complexation of limonene should be
disadvantageous but in combination with a fully interior encapsulation by the β-CD cone the
solubility should increase. Thus, a low yield of the complex formation is expected.
Quassin has also a voluminous high structure and thus it is more handicapped with regard to the
formation of a complex with β-CD. On the other hand the complex should have a decrease in
247
solubility because β-CD cannot include the molecule completely and the part which sticks out
promotes the formation of a more hydrophobic complex. These are indications for a rather poor
complexation process.
Table 2 List of all active agents which were complexed by β-CD. Data of the complexes, the
achieved yields and the characterization are presented.
No Complex Empirical formula Results/
Yield
Analysis
1 (-)Menthone-β-CD C10H18O – C42H70O35 white solid;
8 %
IR and NMR
spectroscopy,
headspace GC/MS
2 Terpineol-β-CD C10H18O – C42H70O35 white solid;
56 %
NMR spectroscopy,
headspace GC/MS
3 Icaridin-β-CD C10H18O – C42H70O35 white solid;
21 %
headspace GC/MS
4 Sulcofuron-β-CD C19H11Cl4N2Na O5S –C42H70O35 white solid
34 %
NMR spectroscopy,
ITC
5 Permethrin-β-CD C21H20Cl2O3 – C42H70O35 white solid
30 %
HPLC and
headspace GC/MS
6 Chlorfenapyr-β-CD C15H11BrClF3N2O – C42H70O35 white solid
28 %
headspace GC/MS
7 DEET-β-CD C12H17NO – C42H70O35 white solid;
20 %
headspace GC/MS
8 Chlorpyrifos-β-CD C9H11Cl3NO3PS – C42H70O35 white solid
24%
headspace GC/MS
9 Propoxur-β-CD C11H15NO3 – C42H70O35 white solid
16 %
headspace GC/MS
10 Quassin-β-CD C20H26O7 – C42H70O35 yellow solid;
9 %
headspace GC/MS
11 L-Camphor-β-CD C10H16O – C42H70O35 white solid;
76 %
IR, UV-Vis and
NMR spectroscopy,
headspace GC/MS
ITC
12 R-(+)Cedrol-β-CD C15H26O – C42H70O35 white solid;
74 %
NMR spectroscopy,
headspace GC/MS
13 R-(+)Limonene-β-CD C10H16 – C42H70O35 white solid;
7 %
UV-Vis and
NMR spectroscopy,
headspace GC/MS
14 Azadirachtin-β-CD C35H44O16 – C42H70O35 yellow solid
6 %
HPLC analysis
248
IR spectroscopy
If these guests contain a typical functional group, e. g. a carbonyl group, the purified
complex can be studied by IR spectroscopy. Here, a typical IR signal of specific functional
groups characterizes the presence of the guest molecule trapped by the host molecule. Camphor
and menthone contain carbonyl groups. The typical bands at 1709 and 1730 cm-1
in the IR spectra
of the respective complexes prove that the complexation occurred (Figure 3). The band at 1032
cm-1
belongs to β-CD and characterizes the C-O-C stretching vibration of the glucose units.
Figure 3. IR spectra of menthone (left) and camphor (right) show the typical bands of the
carbonyl groups at 1709 and 1730 cm-1
.
4000 3500 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 500
0,0
0,2
0,4
0,6
0,8
1,0
1,2
1,4
1,6
1,8
Menthone-CD Complex
Wavenumbers [cm-1]
Absorb
ance
1709
4000 3500 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 500
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
Ab
so
rba
nce
Wavenumbers [cm-1]
Camphor-CD Complex
1730
12
3
456
7
H3C8 CH3
9
CH3
10
O 11
1
23
4
5
6
CH3
7
8
CH3 9H3C10
O 11
249
UV-vis spectroscopy
UV-vis spectroscopy is a good analytical method as well to study the complexation in
solution. β-CD does not show any absorbance in the UV-vis spectrum. Hence, UV-vis active
guest molecules can be studied without any disturbance by the host molecules. Hypsochromic or
bathochromic shift or increase or decreas of absorbance without change in λmax have been
considered as evidence for the interaction between β-CD and the guest in the formation of the
complex. Hydrogen bonding can be considered as the main force behind the inclusion complex
formation. In Figure 4, UV-vis spectra of camphor and limonene are shown with the typical
absorbance of the guest molecule in DMSO. For investigation of the complex in solution DMSO
was chosen because the two components, guest as well as host are soluble in the same solvent. It
occurs, that after dilution the complex was stable and the guest was not decomplexed by DMSO.
Cleavage or change of the existing hydrogen bonds in the compound can lead to a bathochromic
shift (red shift) due to complexation. Here, bathochromic shifts were observed in complexation of
limonene and in complexation of camphor in β-CD.
Figure 4. UV-Vis spectra of limonene (left) and camphor (right) in DMSO show the typical
absorbance, but with a lower absorbance and a bathochromic shift of the corresponding
complexes.
250 275 300 325 3500,0
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,4
0,5
Limonene CD Complex
Limonene
Ab
sorb
ance
Wavelength [nm]
275 300 325 3500,0
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
Ab
so
rba
nce
Wavelength [nm]
Camphor CD Complex
Camphor
12
3
456
7
H3C8 CH3
9
CH3
10
O 11
1
23
4
5
6
CH3
7
8
H3C9 CH2 11
250
NMR spectroscopy
By NMR spectroscopy the structure of the obtained β-CD complex can be determined. In
Figure 5, 1H-NMR and
13C-NMR spectra of 1:1 β-CD complexes of cedrol and terpineol are
given. The integrals of the peaks belonging to the guest molecule can be compared with the peak
integrals belonging to the host. The results show that the integral of the C1-proton at each of the 7
glucose units standing for 1 β-CD molecule, is equivalent to all protons of the guest molecule
which appear in the low field of the 1H-NMR spectrum. The obtained solid terpene β-CD
complexes are characterized as simple 1:1 complex. Here, cyclic structure in combination with
the molecular size favors a 1:1 complexation with β-CD. Cyclohexane and phenol rings are
suitable for the β-CD cone.
Figure 5. 1H-NMR (left) and
13C-NMR spectra (right) of terpineol (above) and cedrol (below) in
DMSO-d6 show the typical H and C signals of the guests and the host with an integral ratio of
1:1.
ppm (t1)
1.02.03.04.05.06.0
0
100000000
200000000
300000000
400000000
5.7
37
5.7
20
5.6
78
5.6
72
4.8
32
4.8
24
4.4
58
3.9
39
3.6
61
3.6
56
3.6
34
3.6
15
3.3
73
3.3
63
3.3
28
3.3
03
2.5
05
2.5
01
1.8
35
1.8
20
1.7
22
1.7
01
1.5
15
1.4
59
1.4
46
1.3
22
1.3
10
1.2
80
1.2
31
1.1
46
0.9
22
0.8
12
0.7
94
7.0
0
14.1
6
7.0
0
28.4
0
29.3
4
1.8
2
0.9
8
26.8
7
Cedrol beta CD KomplexCedrol-β-CD Complex
C15H26O - C42H70O35
prim OHCH 12 sek OH
11
12 13
9,5,1,2,10,7,3,14,
9,5,1,10,14
15
CH 4,2,3 CH 5
CH2 6
β-CD
1
2
3
4
5
67
8
9
10
CH3
11
H3C12
CH3
13
14
CH3
15
OH 16
ppm (t1)
50100
0
50000000
100000000
150000000
200000000
250000000
300000000
10
1.9
03
81
.50
3
73
.00
2
72
.56
4
72
.37
0
71
.99
4
60
.20
6
59
.87
0
55
.93
4
53
.66
0
43
.02
7
41
.18
1
40
.88
5
36
.44
0
34
.74
6
30
.98
9
30
.54
7
28
.90
8
28
.00
6
24
.90
8
15
.50
0
Cedrol beta CD Komplex
Cedrol-β-CD Complex
C15H26O - C42H70O35
5, 6,98 7 4 3 14 1 10,2,15,12 13 11C1 C4 C2,3,5 C6
1
2
3
4
5
67
8
9
10
CH3
11
H3C12
CH3
13
14
CH3
15
OH 16
ppm (t1)
1.02.03.04.05.06.0
0
100000000
200000000
300000000
400000000
5.6
99
5.3
48
4.8
32
4.8
23
4.4
56
4.4
52
4.4
41
3.6
56
3.6
34
3.6
19
3.6
12
3.3
74
3.3
51
2.5
04
1.6
07
1.5
98
1.0
87
1.0
32
1.0
19
13
.14
7.0
0
6.1
6
29
.91
35
.39
2.0
4
0.7
9
16
.55
Terpinol beta CD Komplex
1
23
4
5
6
CH3
7
8
H3C9
OH10
CH3 11
5
9, 11
7
14 3 2
CH 1
prim OH
2 sek OH
Terpineol-β-CD Complex
C10H18O - C42H70O35
CH 4,2,3
CH2 6
CH 5
β-CD
ppm (t1)
50100
0
50000000
100000000
133.0
03
130.9
77
120.9
96
101.9
02
81.4
96
73.0
02
72.3
68
71.9
87
70.4
21
67.5
16
59.8
65
44.4
99
30.6
64
29.5
57
27.2
96
26.5
08
26.4
36
26.2
80
25.3
66
23.5
50
23.2
04
19.8
25
Terpinol beta CD Komplex1
23
4
5
6
CH3
7
8
H3C9
OH10
CH3 11
6
35
8
1, 9, 11, 4, 7, 2
Terpineol-β-CD Complex
C10H18O - C42H70O35
C1
C6
C2,3,5C4
251
Isothermal titration microcalorimetry (ITC)
Stability constants of the complex and the change in thermodynamic data of the host-
guest system serve as good parameter of the complexation and stability of the complex. In case of
slightly water soluble molecules with solubility constants higher than 10-3
-10-4
mol/L, the
complexation can just be investigated by isothermal titration microcalorimetry (ITC). Here, the
temperature change generated during the reaction can be measured and the changes in enthalpy
can be determined. With the determination of the complexation constants, the free Gibbs enthalpy
can be calculated and furthermore, the free entropy of the complexation. Changes in enthalpy and
entropy are associated with the alteration of the water structure within the cavity and the removal
of the water from the cavity as well as restructuring of water around the guest molecule and
release of water into the bulk. Other contributions to the overall energies of reaction are due to
the restriction in rotation around the glycosidal linkages of the β-CD when the guest molecule
enters the cavity [10].
Sulcofuron and camphor are slightly water soluble, thus complexation studies via isothermal
titration microcalorimetry (ITC) experiments were performed with β-CD in aqueous solution at
25 °C to allow the investigation of the complexation in more detail. Measurements of the
enthalpy changes associated with the addition of successive aliquots of a solution of guest
compound (i.e. 4.8 mM camphor, 0.1 mM sulcofuron) to 0.1 mM host (β-CD) solution at a fixed
temperature were made.
The thermograms of the complexation and the calculated thermodynamic data are shown for
camphor (Figure 6) and sulcofuron (Figure 7). From these studies, the stoichiometry of binding
interaction between the guests and the hosts are confirmed to be 1:1. The calorimetric data for the
interaction of sulcofuron and camphor with β-CD indicated extremely strong binding as the
association constants are in the order 103-10
4/M, which is in correlation with the established 10
2-
104/M range quoted for other β-CD complexes [11].
252
Figure 6. Calorimetric titration of the host with L-camphor (a) and sulcofuron (b) in water at
298.15 K. Raw data for 34 sequential injections of camphor solution to β-CD solution (left
above). Reaction heat obtained from the integration of the calorimetric traces (left below). “Net”
heat effects of the host-guest interaction for each titration step, fitted by computer simulation
using the “one set of binding sites model” for calculation of complexation data (right).
253
10.3.3 Release studies of the insecticides from the β-CD complexes
Four natural insecticides were selected for release studies of the active agents from β-CD.
Cedrol, L-camphor, menthone and terpineol exhibit a high vapor pressure and are suitable for
release under different conditions. The process of release was followed by headspace (HS) solid
phase micro extraction (SPME) gas liquid chromatography mass spectrometry studies (GC-MS).
25 mg of each terpene-β-CD complex were gently dried and weighed into headspace vials under
standard conditions (constant atmosphere: 65 % r. h., 20 °C). A second series of samples was
prepared in the same way and 30 µL of water were added. All samples were kept at RT for 12 h
and, afterwards, the samples were heated for 2 h at 100 °C to establish equilibrium conditions.
Finally, samples from the gas phase were taken and analyzed by headspace-SPME-GC-MS.The
obtained chromatograms with the corresponding mass spectra of each released active agent are
shown in Figure 7. Different amounts of the guest molecule are released from the terpene β-CD
complexes. For each type of active molecule the same conditions for preparation of the
complexes and of the samples for the GC-MS were ensured; the only difference for the release of
the guest molecule was the controlled contingent of water. The first result is that the release of
the guest molecules from the complexes is readily supported by moisture in the ambient air.
Furthermore, the chromatograms show an increase in the water content of the gas phase going
along with a higher release of the active agent. The experiment shows the influence of water on
the release properties of the host-guest complexes. Higher water contents of the environment
favor the complex dissociation, and accelerate the guest release.
In comparison with the theoretical calculations, menthone and terpineol complexes form
stable complexes with β-CD but on the other side these complexes need more water for the
release of the agents than host-guest complexes ranked in the lower part of the Table 1. Hence,
stable complexes in the dry state which are rather suitable for complexation in β-CD needs more
water for the release than complexes with guest molecules theoretically ranked in the lower part
of (Table 1).
254
Figure 7. Mass spectrum (above) and the release of the terpenes cedrol (a), camphor (b),
menthone (c) and terpineol (d) from their β-CD complexes in absence (middle) or presence
(bottom) of additional water (determined by headspace-SPME-GC-MS). The prozentual
difference of the release in presence and absence additional water is calculated.
C h ro m a t o g r a m P lo ts
P l o t 1 : d : \ h a u s \ s i l ly \ s p m e \ k e t t e l \ k 1 a t e r p i n e o l . s m s R I C a l l
P l o t 2 : d : \ h a u s \ s i l ly \ s p m e \ k e t t e l \ k 1 b t e r p i n e o l . s m s R I C a l l
1 0 0 2 0 0 3 0 0 4 0 0 5 0 0 6 0 0m /z
0 %
2 5 %
5 0 %
7 5 %
1 0 0 % 8 1
1 3 6
2 2 7
S p e c t 1
8 . 8 3 2 m in . S c a n : 5 4 9 C h a n : 1 I o n : 1 4 9 u s R IC : 1 6 6 5 2 2 8B P 1 3 6 ( 1 9 0 6 0 4 = 1 0 0 % ) k 1 a t e r p i n e o l .s m s
6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2m in u te s
0
1 0
2 0
3 0
4 0
5 0
6 0
7 0
8 0
M C o u n t s
0
1 0
2 0
3 0
4 0
5 0
6 0
7 0
8 0
M C o u n t s
R IC a l l k 1 a te r p i n e o l .s m s
R IC a l l k 1 b te r p i n e o l .s m s
C h ro m a t o g r a m P lo ts
P l o t 1 : d : \ h a u s \ s i l ly \ s p m e \ k e t t e l \ k 2 a m e n t h o n . s m s R I C a l l
P l o t 2 : d : \ h a u s \ s i l ly \ s p m e \ k e t t e l \ k 2 b m e n t h o n . s m s R I C a l l
1 0 0 2 0 0 3 0 0 4 0 0 5 0 0 6 0 0m /z
0 %
2 5 %
5 0 %
7 5 %
1 0 0 %
3 9 6 9
1 1 2
1 3 9
2 1 1 2 8 1
S p e c t 1
8 . 2 7 1 m i n . S c a n : 5 1 5 C h a n : 1 I o n : 1 4 7 2 u s R IC : 2 2 9 8 6 0B P 1 1 2 ( 2 1 3 3 1 = 1 0 0 % ) k 2 a m e n t h o n .s m s
6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2m i n u te s
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
M C o u n t s
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
M C o u n t s
R IC a l l k 2 a m e n th o n .s m s
R IC a l l k 2 b m e n th o n .s m s
Mass spectrum
of Terpineol
Mass spectrum
of Menthone
ambient
conditions
ambient
conditions
Plus
additional
water
Plus
additional
water
209 %
more release
21 %
more release
C h ro m a t o g r a m P lo ts
P l o t 1 : d : \ h a u s \ s i l ly \ s p m e \ k e t t e l \ k 4 a c e d ro l. s m s R I C a ll
P l o t 2 : d : \ h a u s \ s i l ly \ s p m e \ k e t t e l \ k 4 b c e d ro l. s m s R I C a ll
1 0 0 2 0 0 3 0 0 4 0 0 5 0 0 6 0 0m /z
0 %
2 5 %
5 0 %
7 5 %
1 0 0 %
4 3
9 5
1 3 5
2 0 7
S p e c t 1
1 7 . 1 0 4 m i n . S c a n : 1 0 7 5 C h a n : 1 Io n : 2 0 5 u s R IC : 1 6 0 0 5 2 5B P 9 5 ( 1 2 3 5 3 6 = 1 0 0 % ) k 4 a c e d r o l. s m s
1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0m i n u te s
0
5
1 0
1 5
2 0
M C o u n t s
0
5
1 0
1 5
2 0
M C o u n t s
R IC a l l k 4 a c e d r o l . s m s
R IC a l l k 4 b c e d r o l . s m s
C h ro m a t o g r a m P l o ts
P l o t 1 : d : \ h a u s \ s i l ly \ s p m e \ k e t t e l \ k 5 a c a m p h e r . s m s R I C a l l
P l o t 2 : d : \ h a u s \ s i l ly \ s p m e \ k e t t e l \ k 5 b c a m p h e r . s m s R I C a l l
1 0 0 2 0 0 3 0 0 4 0 0 5 0 0 6 0 0m /z
0 %
2 5 %
5 0 %
7 5 %
1 0 0 %
3 9
9 5
1 5 2
2 1 1 2 8 1
S p e c t 1
8 . 2 7 3 m i n . S c a n : 5 1 7 C h a n : 1 I o n : 6 4 0 u s R IC : 4 7 5 7 9 4B P 9 5 ( 6 2 0 7 0 = 1 0 0 % ) k 5 a c a m p h e r .s m s
6 7 8 9 1 0m i n u te s
0 .0
0 .5
1 .0
1 .5
2 .0
2 .5
M C o u n t s
0 .0
0 .5
1 .0
1 .5
2 .0
2 .5
M C o u n t s
R IC a l l k 5 a c a m p h e r . s m s
R IC a l l k 5 b c a m p h e r . s m s
Mass spectrum
of Camphor
Mass spectrum
of Cedrol
ambient
conditions
ambient
conditions
Plus
additional
water
Plus
additional
water
93 %
more release
11 %
more release
c d
a b
HS-SPEME-GC HS-SPEME-GC
HS-SPEME-GC HS-SPEME-GC
255
10.4 Summary
Fourteen selected synthetic insecticides and natural active agents were investigated in
respect to their complexation behavior with β-CD. Theoretical, computer based studies of the
stability and the complexation possibilities in β-CDs were performed. All selected agents were
calculated against each other in the presence of β-CD and the most energetically preferred host-
guest complexes were obtained by Monte Carlo-Force Field-Simulations. The constructed
ranking list of all insecticides showed that smaller molecules like menthone and terpineol are
complexed more preferentially to bigger molecules like azadirachtin A. β-CD complexes
containing synthetic active agents like permethrin and chlorfenapyr are arranged in the middle
field of the ranking list. Complexes from the selected insecticides and β-CD were successfully
prepared in the laboratory using water as solvent. Different analytic methods like IR, UV-Vis,
NMR spectroscopy, Headspace-GC/MS and ITC experiments were used for specific
characterization of host-guest systems and for the investigation of the complexation process in
more detail. Release experiments with four selected natural active agent-β-CD complexes (cedrol,
terpineol, menthone, camphor) showed that the release depends on the guest molecule and on the
water concentration in the environment. The release is preferred by addition of water which
accelerates the decomplexation by displacement with water.
256
10.5 References
1. Schaefer K.; Kettel M. J., Moeller M., New Concepts for the Insect Proofing of Textile Materials (AiF 15123 N),
Proceedings of the 2nd
Aachen-Dresden International Textile Conference 2008, ed. Doerfel A., ITB/TU Dresden
(ISSN 1867-6405), Dresden/Germany, Poster P83.
2. Schaefer K., Neem-Extrakte zur Parasitenschutzausrüstung von Wolle (AiF 15123 N), Proceedings 3rd
Aachen-
Dresden International Textile Conference 2009, ed. Kueppers B., DWI an der RWTH Aachen e.V. (ISSN 1867-
6405), Aachen/Germany, Poster P43.
3. Skórka M.; Asztemborska M.; Zukowski J., Thermodynamic studies of complexation and enantiorecognition
processes of monoterpenoids by α- and β-cyclodextrin in gas chromatography, J. Chromatography A 2005,
1078, 136-143.
4. Szente L.; Szejtli J., Cyclodextrins in Pesticides, Compr. Supramol. Chem. 1996, 3, 503-514.
5. Dodziuk, H., Applications other than in pharmaceutical industry, Cyclodextrins and Their Complexes, Dodziuk,
H., Eds.; WILEY-VCH: Weinheim, 2006; pp 450-466.
6. Buschmann, H. J.; Knittel, D.; Beermann, K.; Schollmeyer, E., Cyclodextrine und Textilien, Nachrichten aus der
Chemie 2001, 49, 620-622.
7. Kettel M. J.; Groll J.; Schaefer K.; Moeller M., Complexation of Permethrin in Cyclodextrin based Nanogels
and Application on Textiles (AiF 15123N), Proceedings of the 3nd
Aachen-Dresden International Textile
Conference 2009, ed. Kueppers B., DWI at RWTH Aachen e.V., (ISSN 1867-6405), Aachen/Germany, Poster
P41.
8. Mohamadi F.; Richards N. G. J.; Guida W. C.; Liskamp R.; Lipton M.; Caufield C.; Chang G.; Hendrickson T.;
Still W. C., Macromodel—an integrated software system for modeling organic and bioorganic molecules using
molecular mechanics, J. Comput. Chem. 1990, 11, 440-467.
9. Kolossvary I., Evaluation of the Molecular Configuration Integral in All Degrees of Freedom for the Direct
Calculation of Binding Free Energies: Application to the Enantioselective Binding of Amino Acid Derivatives to
Synthetic Host Molecules, J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 1997, 119, 10233-10234.
10. Singh R.; Bharti N.; Madan J.; Hiremath S. N., Characterization of cyclodextrin inclusion complexes - a review,
J. Pharma. Sci. Technol. 2010, 2, 171-183.
11. Lui Y.; Yang E. C.; Yang Y. W.; Zhang H. Y.; Fan Z.; Ding F., Cao R., Thermodynamics of the molecular and
chiral recognition of cycloalkanols and camphor by modified beta-cyclodextrins possessing simple aromatic
tethers, J. Org. Chem. 2004, 69, 173-180.